This service manual covers the following models FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Color Laser Printer DocuPrint C525 A Related Materials No other related materials issued other than this service manual. Confidentiality This service manual is issued intending use by maintenance service personnel authorized by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Copying, transferring or leasing this manual without prior consent by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited. When a page becomes irrelavant (e.g. superceded by a replacement page), destroy the page by burning or shredding it. Handle with care to avoid loss or damage of the manual. Revision and Modification Information When design changes or revisions relating to this service manual occur, the overseas technical information or overseas service bulletin may be issued as supplementary information until such changes are accomodated in the updated version of this service manual. CAUTION Important changes including revisions of spare part numbers and adjustment specifications must immediately be reflected on the respective pages of this service manual upon reception of such information. Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS&S TSC SDEG KSP R&D Business Park Bldg 6A7 3-2-1, Sakado, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 213-8508 TEL 044-812-7637 [XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks. PRINTED IN JAPAN DocuPrint C525 A Service Manual 1st Edition Issued: January 2005 Company Name Department Name Telephone No. Full Name Employee No. . Introduction Getting to know the Service Manual How to use the Service Manual Terms and Symbols Abbreviations Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Chapter 5 Parts List Chapter 6 General Chapter 7 Wiring Data Chapter 8 Accessories Chapter 9 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Not yet issued Chapter 10 Machine Overview Preface Preface Table of Contents Preface-1 Table of Contents 1 Getting to know the Service Manual .............................................................. Preface-2 2 How to use the Service Manual ..................................................................... Preface-2 2.1 Contents of Manual ......................................................................................................Preface-2 2.2 Information on Updating ...............................................................................................Preface-3 3 Terms and Symbols....................................................................................... Preface-4 4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................. Preface-5 Introduction 1. Getting to know the Service Manual Preface-2 1. Getting to know the Service Manual This manual is used as the standard service manual for the DocuPrint C525 A. Publication Comment Sheet Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding the DocuPrint C525 A service manual into the Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to FX/CSS/IBS through the OpCo TS or CS department. 2. How to use the Service Manual This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of the DocuPrint C525 A. Refer to Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during maintenance calls. 2.1 Contents of Manual Hardware This manual summarizes all technical information on the DocuPrint C525 A. Chapters This manual is divided into ten chapters as described below. Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of the DocuPrint C525 A. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting of the DocuPrint C525 A. It also describes how to use the diagnostics and some programs. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting This chapter describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures of DocuPrint C525 A. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures for components of the DocuPrint C525 A. Chapter 5 Parts List This chapter contains spare parts list for DocuPrint C525 A.
Chapter 6 General This chapter contains the following general information on DocuPrint C525 A. 6.1 Specifications 6.2 Tools and Service Consumables 6.3 Consumables 6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts 6.5 Installing the Printer 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6.7 Software Related Information Chapter 7 Wiring Data This chapter describes the wiring data of DocuPrint C525 A. 7.1 Connectors [P (Plug)/J (Jack)] 7.2 P/J Layout 7.3 Connection Charts 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts Introduction 2. How to use the Service Manual Preface-3 Chapter 8 Accessories This chapter provides information on accessories and options specific to DocuPrint C525 A. 8.1 200/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide Chapter 9 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) (Not yet issued) Chapter 10 Machine Overview This chapter gives an overview of the functions of the main components of DocuPrint C525 A. 2.2 Information on Updating This manual will be revised and sent to each customer engineer as specified below. Revisions must be incorporated correctly to keep the manual up-to-date. Updating Procedure When the entire manual is revised, "1st Edition" on the front cover will be renewed to 1st Edition, 2nd Edition, 3rd Edition and so on. When this manual is partially revised, revisions will be sequentially indicated as Revision A, Revision B, Revision C, etc. All revised pages will be marked accordingly with "Revision A", "Revision B", "Revision C" and so on. Revision Sidebar When any paragraph, table or figure has been added or amended, a revision sidebar will be added to indicate where the revision was made. If the same page is changed again due to a subsequent revision, revision sidebars associated with the previous revision(s) will be deleted.
(Example) Introduction 3. Terms and Symbols Preface-4 3. Terms and Symbols Specific terms and symbols used in any particular chapter are described in the Preface for that section. The terms and symbols described here are used throughout this manual. The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows: DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. INSTRUCTION Indicates that the printer or its components may be damaged if the instructed procedure is not strictly observed. NOTE Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation. REFERENCE Used to describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations. OBJECTIVE Used to explain purpose of adjustment. REP : Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference. ADJ : Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference. PL : Indicates the parts list for reference. ASSY : Means Assembly. Safety Critical Components (SCC) For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Introduction 4. Abbreviations Preface-5 4. Abbreviations Abbreviations This manual contains abbreviations that are specific to this manual, as well as general abbreviations, which include: ADC Automatic Density Control AG Analog Ground APS Auto Paper Select ARC Auto Registration Control ASSY Assembly ATS Auto Tray Switching B Black BCR Bias Charge Roll Bk Black BLK Black BLU Blue BRN Brown BTR Bias Transfer Roll C Cyan CLN Cleaner CRU Customer Replaceable Unit CRUM CRU Moniter CTRG Cartridge DET Detoner Roll DEVE. Developer DIAG. Diagnostic DISP Dispense dpi dots per inch DTS Detack Saw DUP Duplex ESB Electro Static Brush ESS Electric Subsystem F Front FEED, FDR Feeder FIP Fault Isolation Procedure GND Ground GRN Green GRY Gray HT Half Tone HUM Humidity HVPS High Voltage Power Supply ICDC Image Count Dispense Control ID Image Density, or Identification IBT Intermediate Belt Transfer INTL, INLK Interlock IOT Image Output Terminal K Black L Left L/H Left Hand LD Laser diode LDD Lightly Doped Drain LED Light-emitting diode LEF Long Edge Feed LH Left Hand LV Low Voltage LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply M Magenta MAG Mag. Roll MCU Machine Control Unit MOB Marks On Belt MOT Motor MSI Multi Sheet Inserter N/P No Paper NVM Non Volatile Memory OEM Original Equipment Manufacuring OHP Overhead Project OP Operation OPC Organic Photo Conductor ORN ORANGE PC Personal Computer PCDC Pixel Count Dispense Control PH Paper Handling PHD Printer Head PNK Pink POP Paper On Photoreceptor PPM Prints Per Minute PR,P/R Process PV Print Volume PWB(A) Printed Wiring Boad (Assembly) R Right R Rear R/H Right Hand REF Refresher REGI. Registration RH Right Hand ROS Raster Output Scanner ROT Rotary RTC Rubber Tube Charger RTN Return SEF Short Edge Feed SG Signal Ground SMH Special Material Handler SNR Sensor SOL. Solenoid SOS Start Of Scan STM Single Tray Module SW Switch TEMP. Temperature TM Tray Module TNER, TNR Toner TP Thermopile TR Transfer VIO Violet WHT White XERO Xerographic Y Yellow YEL Yellow Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure Table of Contents 1-1 Table of Contents 1.1 Before Starting the Servicing .................................................................................... 1-2 1.1.1 Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.1.2 Other Things to Note .............................................................................................................. 1-3 1.2 Servicing Call Procedure .......................................................................................... 1-4 1.3 TRIM Servicing ......................................................................................................... 1-5 1.3.1 TRIM Servicing Procedure ..................................................................................................... 1-5 1.3.2 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts ...................................................... 1-6 1.3.3 TRIM Check List ..................................................................................................................... 1-7 Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure 1.1 Before Starting the Servicing 1-2 1.1 Before Starting the Servicing 1.1.1 Safety To prevent any accident that may occur during maintenance servicing, any WARNING or CAUTION regarding the servicing must be strictly observed. Do not perform any hazardous operation. 1. Power Supply To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be sure to switch OFF the machine and disconnect the plug before starting the maintenance servicing. If the machine has to be switched ON, such as when measuring the voltage, take extra care to prevent an electrical shock. 2. Drive Area Never inspect or lubricate the drive area such as the gears during the machine operation. 3. Heavy Parts The weight of the machine is 24.5kg. When moving the machine to ensure sufficient working space, take extra care to prevent back pain. 4. Safety Device See that safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers, interlock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and covers, function properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited. 5. Installing and removing the parts The edge of parts and covers may be sharp, take care not to touch them. If the oil gets onto your hand, wipe it off before getting on with the servicing. When removing parts or cables, do not pull them out by force but remove them slowly. 6. Specified Tools Follow the instruction when a tool is specified. 7. Organic Solvents When using an organic solvent such as the Drum Cleaner or Machine Cleaner, pay attention to the following: Ensure good ventilation in the room to prevent too much intake of the solvent. Do not use heated solvent. Keep away from fire. 8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer As the toner may cause a dust explosion, sweep the spilt toner into a waste container. When using a cleaner to clean the remaining toner, be sure to use the FX standard toner-proof cleaner and not a customer's cleaner. Also, as the developer also contains toner, exercise the same caution during cleaning. 9. Modifications If any modifications are deemed necessary for the printer, submit an Application for Approval of Modification prior to performing any work. 10.Other Safety Precautions For safety, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above 1 to 9 items. Follow the SAFE WORKING PRACTICES FOR ENGINEERS issued by FXAP EH and S (Environmental Health and Safety) to ensure greater safety during servicing, Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure 1.1 Before Starting the Servicing 1-3 1.1.2 Other Things to Note Pay attention to the following when performing maintenance service to avoid wrong or redundant servicing: 1. Reference Materials Before performing maintenance servicing, read all relevant technical materials such as SB, FTI, or FTO for a systematic approach. 2. Disassembling Make sure to check the assembled condition before removing parts or disassembling the machine. 3. Installation/Adjustment After the installation or adjustment is complete, check that no parts or tools are left inside or on the assemblies before using the machine. 4. Handling of parts/consumables replaced Make sure that the replaced parts or consumables as well as the packaging materials are collected back to the Service Center. NOTE For the separation and processing methods for the collected items, refer to the Common Technical Information No. 2-138 for all machines. If you have replaced the following consumables, affix the "U" sticker for the recyclable parts to be handled appropriately. Drum Cartridge Individual Color Toner Cartridge For recyclable parts, fill the necessary items in the "U-TAG" and perform collection. 5. General precautions Take care not to disturb the customer's daily work. Place the drip cloth or paper on the customer's floor during work in the machine because color toners may dirty the floor and are difficult to clean. Throw any trash generated during the maintenance service into the trash bag and bring them to the servicing office. Record the service details and the consumables and parts replaced at visit in the Machine Service Log. DocuPrint C525 A weighs 24.5kg. Always have 2 or more people available to move the printer. Refer to the Installation Procedures for details. Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure 1.2 Servicing Call Procedure 1-4 1.2 Servicing Call Procedure Initial Actions 1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition. 2. Record the billing meter readings. 3. Inspect any printing error, then check the machine. 4. Check the Service Log. UM Call 1. Troubleshoot on Level 1. 2. Troubleshoot. 3. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine. 4. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the Feed Roll. 5. Repair all the secondary problems. 6. Perform TRIM servicing. SM Call 1. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine. 2. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the Feed Roll. 3. Repair all the secondary problems. 4. Perform TRIM servicing. Final Actions 1. Check overall operation/features. 2. Check the machine exterior and consumables. 3. Train the operator as required. 4. Complete the Service Log and Service Report. 5. Keep the print sample with the Service Log. Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure 1.3 TRIM Servicing 1-5 1.3 TRIM Servicing TRIM Servicing for DocuPrint C525 A is performed in all SM/UM to maintain the performance of the machine. Independent visits for TRIM Servicing does not take place. 1.3.1 TRIM Servicing Procedure 1. Check overall operation before servicing Make prints with a test pattern containing 20% color pattern for each color, gradation pattern and grid pattern. 1. 20% color pattern for each color: Checks for any scratches on the IBT Belt and Drum, and for fusing failure. 2. Gradation pattern : Checks for improper low-density reproducibility, color balance and fusing failure. 3. Grid pattern : Checks for color misalignment and fusing failure. * Refer to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.4 Test Print on how to print test patterns. 2. Clean the interior of the machine Clean toner residues and paper powder etc. in the paper delivery system. (Clean especially the operation section of the operator.) 3. Inspect parts that require periodic replacement (consumables) and replace them if necessary. 4. Safety Precautions Check the connection of the power plug and any damage on the cord and the plug. 5. Check the overall operation after servicing as follows: Check machine operation. Check the print quality. Check the billing meter reading. Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure 1.3 TRIM Servicing 1-6 1.3.2 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Check the total number of copies printed during TRIM Servicing before replacing the machine consumables. Machine Consumables * Use Conditions (*1) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5% (*2) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5%, Quantity printed at one time = 2 pages on average Periodic Replacement Parts * Use Conditions (*1) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5%, Quantity printed at one time = 2 pages on average (*2) Replace the Fuser Unit and the 2nd BTR Assy at the same time (whichever needs to be replaced earlier) (*3) Replace Deve Assy K independently (*4) Replace Deve Assy Y, M and C at the same time (replace when whichever's life has expired) Consumables Product Code Life Black Toner Cartridge CT200649 4KPV (*1) Cyan Toner Cartridge CT200650 4KPV (*1) Magenta Toner Cartridge CT200651 4KPV (*1) Yellow Toner Cartridge CT200652 4KPV (*1) Drum Cartridge CT350380 14KPV (*2) Consumables Life (Life Warning Interval) Remarks Fuser Unit 100KPV (99KPV) Deve Assy K 100KPV (99KPV) Deve Assy Y 67KPV (66KPV) Deve Assy M 67KPV (66KPV) Deve Assy C 67KPV (66KPV) 2nd BTR Assy 100KPV (99KPV) Service Call Procedure 1.3 TRIM Servicing 1-7 1.3.3 TRIM Check List A --- Perform checking. Clean, replace, or supply if necessary. B --- Always perform cleaning and checking. C --- Always perform replacement service at the specified interval. * Refer to pages 3-5 on how to print test patterns. CAUTION Do not touch the Drum, IBT Belt and 2nd BTR inside the Drum Cartridge directly with your hands. Do not use solvents such as Drum cleaner. (Time is required for recovery.) No. Servicing Items Every time 100K Disassembly/ Adjustment No. Service Details 1.1 Pre-servicing check (check the sound of the machine in operation) A Activate the machine and check that abnormal noise is not heard. 1.2 Pre-servicing check (print test patterns) A Print built-in test patterns and check the print quality. (Check the 20% color pattern for each color for density unevenness and image deletion. Check the Drum/IBT belt for damage, and the patterns for gradation recurrence and low density recurrence.) 2 Clean the interior of the machine (paper delivery system) Retard Roll A C Clean the paper dust and toner residue in the paper path and on the jam sensor. Clean especially the operation section of the operator. Check and clean the feed roll of the MSI. 3.1 Fuser Unit B C REP9.1 Check the H.Roll and P.Roll for scratches. Replace them if necessary. 3.2 2nd BTR Assy A C REP9.2 Check visually. Do not make direct contact. 4 Safety Precautions B Make sure that the power plug is plugged in properly. Make sure that the power cords are not cracked and no wires are exposed. Make sure that no extension cord with insufficient capacity or power cord outside the specification for off-the-shelf power strips is used. Make sure that no multiple power plugs are added to a single socket. 5.1 Post-servicing check (print quality) A Print built-in test patterns to confirm that the print quality satisfies the specification. 5.2 Post-servicing check (machine in operation) A Check the paper feed and check for abnormal noise. 5.3 Post-servicing check (meter) A Create the Service Log and Service Report. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Table of Contents 2-1 Table of Contents 2.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 2-4 2.1.1 Fault repair flow...................................................................................................................... 2-4 2.1.2 Installation check .................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.1.3 Things to take note when servicing ........................................................................................ 2-6 2.1.4 Things to take note when using FIP ....................................................................................... 2-7 2.1.5 Warm Up Operation Flow Chart at Power ON........................................................................ 2-9 2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................... 2-10 2.2.1 Level 1 FIP ........................................................................................................................... 2-10 2.2.2 FIP Flow ............................................................................................................................... 2-10 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................... 2-11 2.3.1 Error/Status Code List (Paper Jam) ..................................................................................... 2-11 2.3.2 Error/Status Code List (Except Paper Jam) ......................................................................... 2-14 2.3.3 Error Code FIP ..................................................................................................................... 2-21 FIP-1. 1 Y Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-21 FIP-1. 2 M Toner Detached ............................................................................................................ 2-22 FIP-1. 3 C Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-23 FIP-1. 4 K Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-24 FIP-1. 5 XERO CRU Detached ....................................................................................................... 2-25 FIP-1. 6 XERO Communication Error ............................................................................................. 2-26 FIP-1. 7 XERO Verify Error ............................................................................................................. 2-28 FIP-1. 8 XERO Imitation Error ........................................................................................................ 2-29 FIP-1. 9 XERO ID Error .................................................................................................................. 2-30 FIP-1. 10 Y Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-31 FIP-1. 11 Y Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-33 FIP-1. 12 Y Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-34 FIP-1. 13 Y Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-35 FIP-1. 14 M Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-36 FIP-1. 15 M Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-38 FIP-1. 16 M Toner Imitation Error ................................................................................................... 2-39 FIP-1. 17 M Toner ID Error ............................................................................................................. 2-40 FIP-1. 18 C Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-41 FIP-1. 19 C Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-43 FIP-1. 20 C Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-45 FIP-1. 21 C Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-46 FIP-1. 22 K Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-47 FIP-1. 23 K Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-49 FIP-1. 24 K Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-50 FIP-1. 25 K Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-51 FIP-1. 26 Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam .................................................................................................... 2-52 FIP-1. 27 MSI Regi On Jam ............................................................................................................ 2-56 FIP-1. 28 Tray Regi On Jam ........................................................................................................... 2-59 FIP-1. 29 Regi Off Jam ................................................................................................................... 2-62 FIP-1. 30 Exit On Jam ..................................................................................................................... 2-65 FIP-1. 31 BTR 2 Jam ...................................................................................................................... 2-70 FIP-1. 32 OHP (lead) Jam .............................................................................................................. 2-75 FIP-1. 34 Fuser In On Jam ............................................................................................................. 2-77 FIP-1. 35 Exit Off Jam ..................................................................................................................... 2-81 FIP-1. 36 Duplex Regi On Jam ....................................................................................................... 2-84 FIP-1. 37 Duplex Out On Jam ......................................................................................................... 2-88 FIP-1. 38 Duplex In On Jam ........................................................................................................... 2-90 FIP-1. 39 Static Jam ....................................................................................................................... 2-93 FIP-1. 40 Communication Error Feeder .......................................................................................... 2-94 FIP-1. 41 Communication Error Duplex .......................................................................................... 2-96 FIP-1. 42 PAGE Timeout ................................................................................................................ 2-97 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Table of Contents 2-2 FIP-1. 43 NVRAM Error .................................................................................................................. 2-98 FIP-1. 44 TR0 Failure ..................................................................................................................... 2-99 FIP-1. 45 ROS Motor Failure ........................................................................................................ 2-101 FIP-1. 46 Deve Home Position Sensor Error ................................................................................ 2-102 FIP-1. 47 ADC Contamination ...................................................................................................... 2-103 FIP-1. 48 High Density .................................................................................................................. 2-104 FIP-1. 49 Low Density ................................................................................................................... 2-106 FIP-1. 51 High Coverage .............................................................................................................. 2-108 FIP-1. 52 BTR 2 Error ................................................................................................................... 2-109 FIP-1. 53 BTR 2 Advance Error .................................................................................................... 2-111 FIP-1. 54 Fuser Fail ...................................................................................................................... 2-113 FIP-1. 55 Temp Sensor Error ........................................................................................................ 2-115 FIP-1. 58 Humidity Sensor Error ................................................................................................... 2-116 FIP-1. 59 Feed Motor Failure ........................................................................................................ 2-117 FIP-1. 60 Duplex Motor Failure ..................................................................................................... 2-119 FIP-1. 61 IBT CLN Fail .................................................................................................................. 2-122 FIP-1. 62 Y Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-124 FIP-1. 63 M Toner Life Over ......................................................................................................... 2-125 FIP-1. 64 C Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-126 FIP-1. 65 K Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-127 FIP-1. 66 Waste Toner Bottle Life Over ........................................................................................ 2-128 FIP-1. 68 Regi Cover Open (P/H Cover Open) ............................................................................. 2-129 FIP-1. 69 2nd BTR Cover Open .................................................................................................... 2-130 FIP-1. 70 Exit Cover Open ............................................................................................................ 2-131 FIP-1. 71 Tray 1 Cover Open ........................................................................................................ 2-132 FIP-1. 72 Duplex Cover Open ....................................................................................................... 2-134 FIP-1. 73 Duplex Tray Open ......................................................................................................... 2-136 FIP-1. 74 Front Cover Open ......................................................................................................... 2-137 FIP-1. 75 Y Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-139 FIP-1. 76 M Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-140 FIP-1. 77 C Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-141 FIP-1. 78 K Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-142 FIP-1. 79 Toner Bottle Life Warning ............................................................................................. 2-143 FIP-1. 80 Xero CRU Life Warning / Xero CRU Life2 .................................................................... 2-144 FIP-1. 81 Electrical Noise ............................................................................................................. 2-145 FIP-1. 82 ESS-Related Error ........................................................................................................ 2-146 2.3.4 Abnormal Noise.................................................................................................................. 2-147 2.3.4.1 Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting Entry Chart .......................................................... 2-147 2.3.5 Operation Table in Each Mode........................................................................................... 2-148 FIP-1.N1 During Power ON .......................................................................................................... 2-148 FIP-1.N2 During STANDBY .......................................................................................................... 2-149 FIP-1.N3 During Printing (1 Sided) ............................................................................................... 2-150 FIP-1.N4 During Printing (2 Sided) ............................................................................................... 2-152 FIP-1.N5 During STANDBY .......................................................................................................... 2-155 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode .......................................................................... 2-156 2.4.1 Explanation......................................................................................................................... 2-156 2.4.2 Menu tree ........................................................................................................................... 2-157 2.4.3 Function Items in CE Mode ................................................................................................ 2-172 2.4.4 ESS Diag Details ................................................................................................................ 2-174 2.4.4.1 CodeROM Test ........................................................................................................ 2-174 2.4.4.2 EEPROM Test .......................................................................................................... 2-174 2.4.4.3 DRAM Test ............................................................................................................... 2-174 2.4.4.4 CENTRONICS Test .................................................................................................. 2-174 2.4.4.5 MAC+PHY Test ........................................................................................................ 2-175 2.4.4.6 HAYATE Test ........................................................................................................... 2-175 2.4.4.7 IOT Test ................................................................................................................... 2-175 2.4.4.8 PANEL Test .............................................................................................................. 2-176 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Table of Contents 2-3 2.4.4.9 All Test ..................................................................................................................... 2-176 2.4.5 Other Diag./Settings ........................................................................................................... 2-177 2.4.5.1 Digital Input (DI) Test ............................................................................................... 2-177 2.4.5.2 Digital Input Test Parameter Table ........................................................................... 2-177 2.4.5.3 Digital Output (DO) Test ........................................................................................... 2-178 2.4.5.4 Digital Output Test Parameter Table ........................................................................ 2-178 2.4.5.5 NVM Access ............................................................................................................. 2-180 2.4.5.6 Parameter Settings ................................................................................................... 2-181 2.4.5.7 Installation Settings .................................................................................................. 2-181 2.4.6 Test Print ............................................................................................................................ 2-182 2.4.6.1 Grid ........................................................................................................................... 2-182 2.4.6.2 Grid 2 ........................................................................................................................ 2-182 2.4.6.3 Density 20% Pattern ................................................................................................. 2-182 2.4.6.4 Gradation Pattern ..................................................................................................... 2-182 2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone ......................................................................................... 2-183 2.5.1 Overview............................................................................................................................. 2-183 2.5.2 Print Method ....................................................................................................................... 2-183 2.5.3 Test Print Pattern................................................................................................................ 2-184 2.6 NVM List ............................................................................................................... 2-185 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Preface 2-4 NOTE This manual describes Fuji Xerox standard specifications and printer controllers in normal status. 2.1 Preface Perform pre-check and verify the phenomenon, then use the FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure), "Diag. Operation", "Wiring Connection Charts", and "Operation Principles" to perform troubleshooting effectively. 2.1.1 Fault repair flow Faults are repaired in the following flow: Check status and phenomenon Perform pre-check Start fault repair Perform FIP End Check fault repair Perform preventive maintenance Chapter 7 Wiring Data Chapter 10 Machine Overview *Clean the Feed Roll. Check for any other problems. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Preface 2-5 2.1.2 Installation check Before troubleshooting, always check the following items. 1) The power supply voltage is within the specifications. 2) Check the power cord for damage, short-circuit, poor contact and improper connection. 3) The machine is properly grounded. 4) Avoid installing the machine at a place with high temperature, high humidity, low temperature, low humidity, or a place where the temperature will change drastically. 5) Avoid installing the machine near a water outlet, humidifier, heater or fire, dusty areas, or under the direct draft of an air-conditioner. 6) Avoid installing the machine in a place where volatile or flammable gas is generated. 7) Avoid installing the machine in a place exposed to direct sunlight. 8) Install the machine in a well-ventilated place. 9) Install the machine on a stable level surface. 10)Paper used must be within the specifications. (Standard paper is recommended.) 11)The machine must be properly handled. 12)The periodic replacement parts are replaced for every replacement sheet count. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Preface 2-6 2.1.3 Things to take note when servicing 1) When servicing, always remove the power cord unless required otherwise. WARNING When the power is turned ON, never touch a current-carrying part unless necessary. Also, as current is carried in the LVPS power switch/inlet even when the power is turned OFF, never touch the current-carrying part. 2) When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, always remove the connector (P/J601) on the ROS ASSY. WARNING When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, always remove the connector (P/J601) on the ROS ASSY because laser light may be emitted from the ROS ASSY. 3) When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, be careful of high voltage from the HVPS. WARNING When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, never touch the HVPS and high-voltage output parts because high voltage may be output from the HVPS. 4) Be careful not to burn yourself when touching a hot part. 5) When servicing, perform earthing for the service personnel with wrist bands etc. to remove static electricity from the body. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Preface 2-7 2.1.4 Things to take note when using FIP 1) In the FIP, the printer controller (PWBA ESS) is assumed to be functioning properly. Therefore, when a fault persists after troubleshooting, check by replacing with a functioning printer controller. If the fault persists, check by replacing in order the "Main Check Parts" and related parts in "Initial Check". 2) Before troubleshooting using the FIP, prepare functioning MCU, LV/HVPS, FUSER ASSY, and 2ND BTR ASSY, etc. as they may be needed to identify failures/faults. 3) During "Initial Check" in the FIP, do the checking at the level that can be easily carried out. 4) For "Initial Check" in the FIP, besides the "Main Check Parts", check also the parts that configure the main check parts as well as other related parts. 5) When servicing, always remove the power cord unless required otherwise. When the power cord is connected, never touch a current-carrying part unless necessary. 6) Descriptions related to connectors are expressed as follows: "P/J12" -> The connector (P/J12) is connected "P12" -> The plug side when the connector (P/J12) is disconnected (except when the connector is directly connected to the board) "J12" -> The jack side when the connector (P/J12) is disconnected (except when the connector is directly connected to the board) 7) In the FIP, "P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN" means that the plus side of the instrument should be connected to "2PIN" of "P/J1" and the minus side to "4PIN" of "P/J3". 8) In the FIP, "P/J1<=>P/J2" means that all the relevant pins between the "P/J1" and "P/J2" should be measured. 9) For voltage measurement in the FIP, "P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN" means that the "P/J3-4PIN" at the rear and minus side is always AG [Analog Ground], SG [Signal Ground], or RTN [Return]. Therefore, it is possible to connect the rear and minus side to another "AG", "SG", or "RTN" pin instead of "P/J3-4PIN" if the "AG", "SG", and "RTN" of both pins are conducting each other properly. However, care must be taken not to mess up "AG", "SG", and "RTN" because they are not at the same level. 10) A special tool must be used to measure the voltage of a small connector. Be careful when handling the tool as the edge of the tool is sharp. 11) When measuring a voltage, install the IBT ASSY, 2ND BTR ASSY and paper cassette and close the covers before turning ON the power to measure. 12) The numerical values described in the FIP are for reference only. Approximate values are considered to be the same. 13) Note that the parts that must be removed for checking specified in the FIP and their procedures are not described in the document. 14) "Replacement" in the FIP shows the parts that are considered to be the cause of the problem. Check by replacing the parts and the assembly parts (HIGH ASSY) that contains those parts. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Preface 2-8 15) In the FIP, the first feeding part using the paper cassette placed at the bottom of the machine is called "Tray 1" and the second part is called "Tray 2". 16) In the FIP, some procedures are separately described for each specification. Follow the instructions for your model to repair the faults. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Preface 2-9 2.1.5 Warm Up Operation Flow Chart at Power ON The following shows the printer warm up operation flow (overview) from Power ON to Ready to Print. Yes Yes No No No Yes No Yes Power ON Ready (to print) Fuser Warming Up (time-out in 45 sec) Heater is red and hot. Is Fuser Temp at power on lower than Fuser Temp Threshold? Is there a certain difference or more between Environment SNR detected value at previous print and the one at current print? Are Cleaning and Fuser Warming Up complete? *1 : Rotary rotates 360 degrees+some at Home Position Correction; 720 at Procon Sequence. *2 : ADC TC Correction corrects TC Target, based on Deve Housing driving time. *3 : Procon Sequence performs ADC Patch creation and reading to adjust toner/image density. If the ID Errors occur, go to: XERO: FIP 1.9 Y Toner: FIP 1.13 M Toner: FIP 1.17 C Toner: FIP 1.21 K Toner: FIP 1.25 If Fuser Fail occurs, go to FIP 1.54. If Deve Home Position Sensor Error occurs, go to FIP 1.46. Leg_Sec001_031FA Are errors displayed? Resolve each error. (See Error/Status Codes List.) CRUM Check & ADC TC Target Value Correction (*2) (16 sec) Rotary Operation Check & Home Position Correction (8 sec) MOT ASSY ROT operates.(*1) IBT Brush Motor operates. BTR/IBT Cleaning (11 sec) IBT Brush Motor operates. Procon Sequence (*3) (30 sec or more) MOT ASSY ROT operates. (*1) If Deve Home Position Sensor Error occurs, go to FIP 1.46. If IBT CLN Fail occurs, go to FIP 1.61. A total of 37~840 sec (depending on the environment) Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting 2-10 2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting 2.2.1 Level 1 FIP The FIP is the first step in diagnosing a problem. The FIP helps to proceed with troubleshooting while checking for any error codes and other kinds of problems. 2.2.2 FIP Flow Ask the operator about the problem. Did the operator operate the machine correctly? Explain to the operator how to operate the machine correctly. Is it an image quality problem? Take note of the Jam code. Refer to the FIP to solve the problem. Is it a jam problem? Is an error message (error code) displayed on the Control Panel? Refer to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data" to perform the appropriate troubleshooting. Refer to "Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting" to repair the problem. Ask the operator about the conditions when the jam occurred and to print again in the same mode. Does the jam occur again? Check the status of the customer's problem again and perform the preventive maintenance by referring to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data", Disassembly/Adjustment procedure, or information, etc. Refer to the FIP to solve the problem. N Y Y Y Y N N N Y N Is the version of PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU the latest? Is there abnormal noise? N Y Refer to "2.3.4 Abnormal Noise" and repair the problem. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-11 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2.3.1 Error/Status Code List (Paper Jam) LCD Display and Location of Occurrence Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Open Tray 1 & G Clear jam (1) Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam The SENSOR T/R did not turn ON within the specified time after SOLENOID FEED - ON. FIP-1 26 Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area E (2) MSI Regi On Jam The SENSOR REGI did not turn ON within the specified time after SOLENOID PICK UP - ON. FIP-1 27 Open Cover G Clear jam (3) Tray Regi On Jam The SENSOR REGI did not turn ON within the specified time after SENSOR T/R - ON. FIP-1 28 Leg_Sec001_020FA Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-12 Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area E (3) (4) Regi Off Jam The SENSOR REGI did not turn OFF within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON. FIP-1 29 Open Cover A Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear jam (4) (5) Exit On Jam The Exit Sensor did not turn ON and the SENSOR FUSER IN was turned OFF within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON. FIP-1 30 Open Cover F Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area F (4) (5) BTR 2 Jam The Exit Sensor did not turn ON and the SENSOR FUSER IN was turned ON within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON. FIP-1 31 Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open D and C Clear jam Or Load correct paper in tray (3) OHP (lead) Jam The SENSOR OHP did not detect Transparency when Transparency setting is selected, or detected Transparency when Transparency setting is not selected. FIP-1 32 Open Cover F Clear jam (4) Fuser In On Jam The SENSOR FUSER IN did not turn ON within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON. FIP-1 34 Open Cover A Clear jam (4) (5) (6) Exit Off Jam The Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after SENSOR REGI - ON. FIP-1 35 Open C of D and check for paper Or If none Clear Area E (8) (9) (3) Duplex Regi On Jam The SENSOR REGI did not turn ON within the specified time after DUPLEX Load Signal (MCU). FIP-1 36 Open D and C Clear jam (8) Duplex Out On Jam The SENSOR LOW PATH did not turn ON within the specified time after SENSOR UPPER PATH - ON. FIP-1 37 Open Unit D Clear jam (7) Duplex In On Jam The SENSOR UPPER PATH did not turn ON within the specified time after Exit Sensor - OFF. FIP-1 38 LCD Display and Location of Occurrence Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-13 Open D and C Clear jam Static Jam (Remain at Dup Out) The SENSOR LOW PATH was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) FIP-1 39 Open Unit D Clear jam Static Jam (Remain at Dup In) The SENSOR UPPER PATH was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) Open Cover G Clear jam Static Jam (Remain at Tray Path 1) The SENSOR T/R was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) (No LCD Display) Static Jam (Remain at OHP) The SENSOR OHP was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area E Static Jam (Remain at Regi) The SENSOR REGI was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) Open Cover F Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area F Static Jam (Remain at Fuser In) The SENSOR FUSER IN was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) Open Cover A Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear jam Static Jam (Remain at Exit) The Exit Sensor was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) Open Cover H Clear jam IOT Tray Path2 JAM TrayPath2 Sensor JAM Detected Remove jammed paper. Open Tray 2 & H Clear jam IOT Feeder2 JAM Tray2 Misfeed JAM Detected Remove jammed paper. Open Cover G, H Clear jam IOT Tray2 PSNR1 On JAM JAM Caused By Tray2 PSNR1 On Remove jammed paper. LCD Display and Location of Occurrence Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-14 2.3.2 Error/Status Code List (Except Paper Jam) Status Code Or LCD Display Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Load Yellow Cartridge Y Toner Detached The yellow toner cartridge has not been installed. FIP-1 1 Load Magenta Cartridge M Toner Detached The magenta toner cartridge has not been installed. FIP-1 2 Load Cyan Cartridge C Toner Detached The cyan toner cartridge has not been installed. FIP-1 3 Load Black Cartridge K Toner Detached The black toner cartridge has not been installed. FIP-1 4 Load Drum Cartridge XERO CRU Detached The drum cartridge has not been installed. FIP-1 5 Load Drum Cartridge Xero Communication Error A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA ASSY (CRUM XERO). FIP-1 6 009-361 Xero Verify Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA ASSY (CRUM XERO). FIP-1 7 009-366 Xero Imitation Error The drum cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. FIP-1 8 009-366 Xero ID Error The drum cartridge with different specifications has been installed. FIP-1 9 Load Yellow Cartridge Y Toner Communication Error A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 10 009-364 Y Toner Verify Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 11 009-369 Y Toner Imitation Error A yellow toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. FIP-1 12 009-369 Y Toner ID Error A yellow toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed. FIP-1 13 Load Magenta Cartridge M Toner Communication Error A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 14 009-363 M Toner Verify Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 15 009-368 M Toner Imitation Error A magenta toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. FIP-1 16 009-368 M Toner ID Error A magenta toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed. FIP-1 17 Load Cyan Cartridge C Toner Communication Error A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 18 009-362 C Toner Verify Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 19 009-367 C Toner Imitation Error A cyan toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. FIP-1 20 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-15 009-367 C Toner ID Error A cyan toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed. FIP-1 21 Load Black Cartridge K Toner Communication Error A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 22 009-365 K Toner Verify Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). FIP-1 23 009-370 K Toner Imitation Error A black toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. FIP-1 24 009-370 K Toner ID Error A black toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed. FIP-1 25 004-310 Communication Error Feeder A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the feeder. FIP-1 40 004-311 Communication Error Duplex A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the Duplex. FIP-1 41 004-371 PAGE Timeout The PAGEC/PAGE signal was not received within 60s after PFA had been sent. FIP-1 42 003-356 NVRAM Error An error occurred in the NVRAM on the PWBA MCU. FIP-1 43 004-321 TR0 Failure The PWBA MCU did not receive the output signals from the SENSOR TR-0 (TR0 Sensor) at the specified timing. FIP-1 44 006-370 ROS Motor Failure The PWBA MCU did not receive the output signals from the SOS Sensor in the ROS within the specified time. FIP-1 45 004-332 Deve Home Position Sensor Error The PWBA MCU did not receive the output signals from the Rotary Home Position Sensor within the specified time after the Rotary Developer had started rotation. FIP-1 46 009-340 ADC Contamination An error occurred in the SENSOR ASSY ADC (ADC Sensor). FIP-1 47 009-341 High Density The output value from the SENSOR ASSY ADC (ADC Sensor) exceeds the specified value. FIP-1 48 009-342 Low Density The output value from the SENSOR ASSY ADC (ADC Sensor) is below the specified value. FIP-1 49 009-344 High Coverage The 500msec coverage for the lead edge of the image exceeds the limit. FIP-1 51 009-359 BTR 2 Error The inputs of the 2nd BTR Retract Sensor did not change during 2nd BTR initialization. FIP-1 52 009-358 BTR 2 Advance Error The 2nd BTR Retract Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time. FIP-1 53 Status Code Or LCD Display Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-16 010-397 Fuser Fail The Control Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value. The Safety Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value. The Control Thermistor does not detect READY within the specified time after the Main Lamp was turned ON during warm up. The Main Lamp was still lit ON after the specified time had passed since the Control Thermistor had detected READY. The Control Thermistor detected a temperature lower than the specified value after the specified time had passed since the Main Lamp turned ON during warm up. The FUSER ASSY latch lever has not been installed properly. FIP-1 54 010-354 Temp Sensor Error The SENSOR HUM & TEMP detected a temperature lower than -7 degrees Celsius or higher than 55 degrees Celsius. FIP-1 55 004-324 Humidity Sensor Error The inputs from the SENSOR HUM & TEMP are out of the specifications. FIP-1 58 007-340 Feed Motor Failure The Feeder DRIVE ASSY FEED (Feed Motor) is not rotating at the specified speed. FIP-1 59 007-341 Duplex Motor Failure The Duplex MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) or MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (Upper Roll Motor) are not rotating at the specified speed. FIP-1 60 009-360 IBT CLN Fail The SENSOR IBT RETRACT cannot detect Advance/Retract of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL. FIP-1 61 Replace Yellow Cartridge Y Toner Life Over It is time to replace the yellow toner cartridge. FIP-1 62 Replace Magenta Cartridge M Toner Life Over It is time to replace the magenta toner cartridge. FIP-1 63 Replace Cyan Cartridge C Toner Life Over It is time to replace the cyan toner cartridge. FIP-1 64 Replace Black Cartridge K Toner Life Over It is time to replace the black toner cartridge. FIP-1 65 Replace Drum Cartridge Waste Toner Bottle Life Over It is time to replace the waste toner bottle. FIP-1 66 Close Cover E Regi Cover Open The CHUTE ASSY-REAR is open. FIP-1 68 Close Cover F 2nd BTR Cover Open The CHUTE ASSY-FSR is open. FIP-1 69 Close Cover A Exit Cover Open The COVER FUSER is open. FIP-1 70 Close Cover G Tray 1 Cover Open The Tray 1 Cover is open. FIP-1 71 Close Cover C Duplex Cover Open The Duplex Cover is open. FIP-1 72 Close Unit D Duplex Tray Open The Duplex is open. FIP-1 73 Close FrontCover Front Cover Open The COVER FRONT ASSY U or COVER TOP is open. FIP-1 74 Status Code Or LCD Display Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-17 - Y Toner Life Warning The yellow toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. FIP-1 75 - M Toner Life Warning The magenta toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. FIP-1 76 - C Toner Life Warning The cyan toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. FIP-1 77 - K Toner Life Warning The black toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. FIP-1 78 - Toner Bottle Life Warning The waste toner bottle is detected FULL by the SENSOR TNER FULL but can still work. FIP-1 79 - Xero CRU Life Warning The drum has exceeded its specified rotation count but it can still work. FIP-1 80 Replace Drum Cartridge Xero CRU Life2 The drum rotation count has exceeded the specified count. Open Cover H IOT Cover Feeder2 Open The Feeder 2 Cover is open. Interlock is close. 016-300 ESS Data Cache Error CPU data cache error. FIP-1 82 016-301 ESS Instruction Cache Error CPU instruction cache error. FIP-1 82 016-302 ESS Illegal Exception CPU invalid exception. FIP-1 82 016-310 ESS FontROM Error (Main) Built-in Font ROM check sum error. FIP-1 82 016-311 ESS FontROM Error (Option) Option Font ROM check sum error. FIP-1 82 016-312 ESS HD Failure Detected by an HDD error. FIP-1 82 016-313 ASIC Failure TBD FIP-1 82 016-314 Reserved (VSYNC error) FIP-1 82 016-315 ESS On Baord RAM W/R Check Failure Detected at Intial On Baord RAM W/R Check. FIP-1 82 016-316 ESS DIMM Slot RAM W/R Check Failure Detected at Intial DIMM Slot RAM W/R Check. FIP-1 82 016-317 ESS ROM Check(Main) Failure Main Program ROM check sum error. FIP-1 82 016-318 ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error This occurs when an unavailable DIMM is inserted in the DIMM Slot during initialization process at Power ON. FIP-1 82 016-323 ESS NVRAM1 W/R Check Failure Detected by Master NVRAM W/R Check FIP-1 82 016-324 ESS NVRAM2 W/R Check Failure Detected by Secondary NVRAM W/R Check FIP-1 82 016-325 Reserved (for NVRAM3) FIP-1 82 016-326 Reserved (for NVRAM4) FIP-1 82 Status Code Or LCD Display Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-18 016-327 ESS NVRAM1 SIZE And ID Check Failure Detected by matching check of the system- required NVRAM size and the real size and of the ID to be recorded at the first Power ON. FIP-1 82 016-328 Reserved (for NVRAM2) FIP-1 82 016-340 On Board Network Communication Failure Communication failure between the 1 CPU network and the ESS F/W. FIP-1 82 016-344 On Board Network MAC Address Checksum Error FIP-1 82 016-345 On Board Network Ethernet BIST Parity/ RAM R/W Error FIP-1 82 016-346 On Board Network Internal Loopback Error FIP-1 82 016-351 Reserved FIP-1 82 016-360 PCI Option#0 Fail PCI option 0 detection error. FIP-1 82 016-361 PCI Option#1 Fail PCI option 1 detection error. FIP-1 82 016-350 IEEE1284 Data Error Detected by the IEEE1284 controller. FIP-1 82 016-370 IOT-ESS Communication Failure Communication failure between the IOT and ESS. FIP-1 82 016-355 USB Error (Spec only for DIAG) FIP-1 82 016-380 MACPHY CHIP TEST Error (Spec only for DIAG) FIP-1 82 016-381 MACPHY INT LOOP TEST Error (Spec only for DIAG) FIP-1 82 016-382 MACPHY EXT LOOP TEST Error (Spec only for DIAG) FIP-1 82 016-330 NIC-ESS Communication Failure Communication failure between the NIC and ESS. FIP-1 82 016-331 NIC Flash ROM Boot Module Checksum Error FIP-1 82 016-332 NIC RAM R/W Test Error FIP-1 82 016-333 NIC Flash ROM Application Module Checksum Error FIP-1 82 016-334 NIC MAC Address Checksum Error FIP-1 82 016-335 NIC Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error FIP-1 82 016-336 NIC Internal Loopback Error FIP-1 82 Status Code Or LCD Display Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-19 009-343 IOT PCDC Error PCDC error detected. Power OFF/ ON 001-358 IOT Fan Error Fuser Fan Error Fuser detected. Power OFF/ ON 001-360 IOT Fan Error Rear Fan Error Rear detected. Power OFF/ ON 010-317 IOT Fuser Detached Fuser Detached detected. Power OFF/ ON Paper Tray Config Error Tray Configuration Error Tray configuration error detected. (Includes all wrong configurations.) Turn OFF the power, reset the tray and turn ON the power. 009-371 IOT TONER ROTATE ERROR Rotation error during toner replacement. Cover is open. %s Check paper IOT Paper Size Mismatch Paper Size Mismatch detected. Open/close the tray or remove and reload paper in Bypass Tray. Load in %s %s %s No Suitable Paper No paper is loaded in all existing trays during job standby or when the paper feed automatic selection is specified (All Tray Empty). When the paper feed automatic selection is specified, paper loaded in all existing trays do not match the setting (All Tray Size Mismatch). When a paper tray is specified, no paper is loaded in the specified tray (Specified Tray Empty). When a paper tray is specified, the paper size loaded in the specified tray is different (Specified Tray Size Mismatch). - Out of memory Press Set Memory Overflow Press the Set button. Disk is full Press Set Hard Disk Full Press the Set button. PDL Error Press Set PDL Error Press the Set button. Invalid job Press Set Job Environment Violation A violation of the print conditions has occurred. Press the Set button. 016-383 DOWNLOAD ID ERROR The download file ID is incorrect. Press the Set button. 016-384 DOWNLOAD RANGE ERROR The write destination address during download is incorrect. Range check error. Press the Set button. 016-385 DOWNLOAD HEADER ERROR The download file header information is incorrect. Press the Set button. Status Code Or LCD Display Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-20 016-386 DOWNLOAD CHECKSUM ERROR The download file check sum is incorrect. Press the Set button. 016-387 DOWNLOAD FORMAT ERROR The download file format is incorrect. Press the Set button. 016-388 DOWNLOAD INITIAL ERROR NIC activation in the download mode has failed when downloading the optional NIC. Press the Set button. 016-389 DOWNLOAD INSERTION ERROR Download was performed when the optional NIC was not installed. Press the Set button. 016-390 DOWNLOAD COMM ERROR A communication error occurred when downloading the optional NIC. Press the Set button. 016-391 DOWNLOAD PROTECT ERROR FW download was performed when FW update was prohibited by the panel settings. Press the Set button. 016-392 DOWNLOAD DELETE ERROR Flash deletion error during download. FIP-1 82 016-393 DOWNLOAD WRITE ERROR Flash write error during download. FIP-1 82 016-394 DOWNLOAD VERIFY ERROR Flash verify error during download. FIP-1 82 Status Code Or LCD Display Error Details Error Description FIP/ Corrective Action Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-21 2.3.3 Error Code FIP FIP-1. 1 Y Toner Detached Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU Y Is the TNR CRU Y installed properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y installed properly? Go to Step 5. Reinstall and go to Step 5. 5 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 9. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 9. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 9 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-22 FIP-1. 2 M Toner Detached Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU M Is the TNR CRU M installed properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M installed properly? Go to Step 5. Reinstall and go to Step 5. 5 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 9. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 9. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 9 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-23 FIP-1. 3 C Toner Detached Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU C Is the TNR CRU C installed properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C installed properly? Go to Step 5. Reinstall and go to Step 5. 5 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 9. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect the P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 9. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 9 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-24 FIP-1. 4 K Toner Detached Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU K Is the TNR CRU K installed properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K installed properly? Go to Step 5. Reinstall and go to Step 5. 5 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 9. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect the P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 9. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 9 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-25 FIP-1. 5 XERO CRU Detached Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. After the power is turned ON/OFF, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect the P/J416 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. 4 Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Go to Step 5. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY XERO. 5 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-26 FIP-1. 6 XERO Communication Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 ANTENNA ASSY check Is the ANTENNA ASSY dirty? Clean the ANTENNA ASSY and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Go to Step 7. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY XERO. 7 Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-27 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-28 FIP-1. 7 XERO Verify Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 ANTENNA ASSY check Is the ANTENNA ASSY dirty? Clean the ANTENNA ASSY and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. 4 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Go to Step 6. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY XERO. 6 Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 8. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-29 FIP-1. 8 XERO Imitation Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-30 FIP-1. 9 XERO ID Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications. 2 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 4. 4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-31 FIP-1. 10 Y Toner Communication Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU Y Reinstall the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 ANTENNA CTRG check Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-32 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-33 FIP-1. 11 Y Toner Verify Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 ANTENNA CTRG check Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. 4 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 6 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 8. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-34 FIP-1. 12 Y Toner Imitation Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU Y Reinstall the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-35 FIP-1. 13 Y Toner ID Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications. 2 Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 4. 4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-36 FIP-1. 14 M Toner Communication Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU M Reinstall the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 ANTENNA CTRG check Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-37 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-38 FIP-1. 15 M Toner Verify Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. 4 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 6 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 8. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-39 FIP-1. 16 M Toner Imitation Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU M Reinstall the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-40 FIP-1. 17 M Toner ID Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications. 2 Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 4. 4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-41 FIP-1. 18 C Toner Communication Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU C Reinstall the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-42 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-43 FIP-1. 19 C Toner Verify Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. 4 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 6 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 8. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-44 8 Check the cables between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN PWBA MCU and the LV/HVPS. Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-45 FIP-1. 20 C Toner Imitation Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU C Reinstall the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-46 FIP-1. 21 C Toner ID Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. 2 Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 4. 4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-47 FIP-1. 22 K Toner Communication Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU K Reinstall the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-48 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-49 FIP-1. 23 K Toner Verify Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. 4 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 6 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 8. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-50 FIP-1. 24 K Toner Imitation Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications. 2 Check installation of TNR CRU K Reinstall the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-51 FIP-1. 25 K Toner ID Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Go to Step 2. Replace with a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications. 2 Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 4. 4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-52 FIP-1. 26 Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam
Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 (PL14.4.14) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12) HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (PL14.3.2) DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) 1 Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Replace with fresh dry paper. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 4. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check shape and operation of Feeder ROLL ASSY Open the Feeder COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3). Are the parts such as the ROLL ASSY TURN 500, HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500, or ROLL ASSY FEED 500 installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 5. Replace the appropriate roll. 5 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check operation of SOLENOID FEED Is the SOLENOID FEED operating properly? Perform a test print for checking. Go to Step 12. Go to Step 7. 7 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-16 <=> P610-2 J437-17 <=> P610-1 Go to Step 8. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED MAIN. 8 Check DRIVE ASSY FEED after replacement Replace the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-53 9 Check PWBA TRAY 500 after replacement Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-2 <=> P608-9 J435-3 <=> P608-8 J435-4 <=> P608-7 Go to Step 11. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) 11 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-7 <=> J608-4 J421-8 <=> J608-3 J421-9 <=> J608-2 Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 12 Check operation of ACTUATOR T/R Is the ACTUATOR T/R operating smoothly? Does the ACTUATOR T/R go out of the detectable area of the Tray Path Sensor when there is paper and go into the detectable area when there is no paper? Go to Step 13. Replace the ACTUATOR T/R. (REP14.30) 13 Check operation of SENSOR T/R Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P437-15 <=> P437-14 on the PWBA TRAY CONT when the ACTUATOR T/R is in the SENSOR T/R detectable area and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 22. Go to Step 14. 14 Check power supply to SENSOR T/R 5 VDC Remove the COVER LEFT 500. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P437-13 <=> P437-14 on the PWBA TRAY 500? Go to Step 15. Go to Step 17. 15 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 and P/J618 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-13 <=> J618-3 J437-14 <=> J618-2 J437-15 <=> J618-1 Go to Step 16. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED MAIN. 16 Check HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 cables Disconnect P/J618. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P618-4 <=> J120-3 P618-5 <=> J120-2 P618-6 <=> J120-1 Replace the SENSOR T/R (REP14.31) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 17 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY 500 Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P435-6 <=> P435-5 on the PWBA TRAY 500? Go to Step 9. Go to Step 18. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-54 18 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-6 <=> P608-5 J435-5 <=> P608-6 Go to Step 19. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) 19 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-5 <=> J608-6 J421-6 <=> J608-5 Go to Step 20. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 20 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 21. 21 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 22 Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY FEED Is the CLUTCH ASY FEED operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Go to Step 30. Go to Step 23. 23 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-6 <=> P609-2 J437-7 <=> P609-1 Go to Step 24. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED MAIN. 24 Check CLUTCH ASSY FEED resistance Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 25. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 25 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY 500 Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P435-9/10 <=> 435-7/8 on the PWBA TRAY 500? Go to Step 9. Go to Step 26. 26 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-7 <=> P608-4 J435-8 <=> P608-3 J435-9 <=> P608-2 J435-10 <=> P608-1 Go to Step 27. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) 27 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-1 <=> J608-10 J421-2 <=> J608-9 J421-3 <=> J608-8 J421-4 <=> J608-7 Go to Step 28. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-55 28 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Disconnect the P/J410 on the PWBA MCU. Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 29. 29 Check HARNESS-ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 30 Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY FEED Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P437-4 <=> P437-5 on the PWBA TRAY CONT? Go to Step 31. Go to Step 25. 31 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-5 <=> J440-1 J437-4 <=> J440-2 J437-2 <=> J440-4 J437-1 <=> J440-5 Go to Step 8. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED MAIN. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-56 FIP-1. 27 MSI Regi On Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.28) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) 1 Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Replace with fresh dry paper. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 4. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check shape and operation of MSI ROLL ASSY Remove the MSI. (REP4.1) Are the parts such as the ROLL MSI, HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI, or CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 5. Replace the appropriate ROLL ASSY. 5 Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 6. Replace the appropriate roll. 6 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the PRE REGI ROLL? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 20. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-57 8 Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Go to Step 9. Replace the ACTUATOR- REGI (REP5.10) 9 Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 15. Go to Step 10. 10 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 11. Go to Step 13. 11 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Go to Step 12. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 12 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 and P/J102 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Replace the SENSOR REGI. (REP5.11) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 13 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 14. 14 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 15 Check 24 VDC power supply to P/H MOTOR Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 16. Go to Step 18. 16 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect the P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Go to Step 17. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-58 17 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 18 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 19. 19 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 20 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-1 <=> J603-12 J408-2 <=> J603-11 Go to Step 21. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 21 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect the P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-1 <=> P202-2 P603-2 <=> P202-1 Go to Step 22. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 22 Check CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI resistance Disconnect P/J202. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 18. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. (REP5.13) Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-59 FIP-1. 28 Tray Regi On Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) ROLL PINCH A (PL14.2.6) ROLL PINCH B (PL14.2.7) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) 1 Check installation of feeder to Main Unit Remove and reinstall the feeder and perform a test print. Does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Replace with fresh dry paper. Go to Step 3. 3 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 5. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 4. 4 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check shape and operation of Feeder ROLL ASSY Open the Feeder COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3). Are the parts such as the ROLL ASSY TURN 500, HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500, or ROLL ASSY FEED 500 installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 6. Replace the appropriate ROLL ASSY. 6 Check shape and operation of Tray1 feeder ROLL PINCH A and ROLL PINCH B Open the COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3). Are the ROLL PINCH A and ROLL PINCH B installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 7. Replace the appropriate ROLL PINCH. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-60 7 Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 8. Replace the appropriate roll. 8 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. 9 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the PRE REGI ROLL? Go to Step 10. Go to Step 22. 10 Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Go to Step 11. Replace the ACTUATOR- REGI. (REP5.10) 11 Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 17. Go to Step 12. 12 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 13. Go to Step 15. 13 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Go to Step 14. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 14 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 and P/J102 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Replace the SENSOR- REGI. (REP5.11) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 15 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 16. 16 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-61 17 Check 24 VDC power supply to P/H MOTOR Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 18. Go to Step 20. 18 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect the P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Go to Step 19. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 19 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 20 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 21. 21 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 22 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-1 <=> J603-12 J408-2 <=> J603-11 Go to Step 23. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 23 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect the P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-1 <=> P202-2 P603-2 <=> P202-1 Go to Step 24. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 24 Check CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI resistance Disconnect P/J202. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 20. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. (REP5.13) Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-62 FIP-1. 29 Regi Off Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) 1 Paper size check Is the paper within specifications used? Go to Step 2. Use paper within specifications. 2 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 4. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 5. Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll. 5 Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL and ROLL REGI RUBBER Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. Are the ROLL-REGI and ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 6. Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll. 6 Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Go to Step 7. Replace the ACTUATOR- REGI. (REP5.10) 7 Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the SENSOR REGI and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 11. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-63 8 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 9. Go to Step 14. 9 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J405 and P/J604 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Go to Step 10. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 10 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 11 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 12. Go to Step 16. 12 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Go to Step 13. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 13 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Replace the SENSOR REGI. (REP5.11) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 14 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 15. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 16 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 17. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-64 17 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-65 FIP-1. 30 Exit On Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9) FRAME ASSY BTR (PL6.1.10) BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (PL6.1.4) CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) 1 Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Replace with fresh dry paper. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 4. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check the paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Is there the remaining paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY? Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Is the ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 7. Replace the appropriate roll. 7 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-66 8 Check paper position Is the paper lead edge before the REGI-ROLL? Go to Step 10. Go to Step 9. 9 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI-ROLL and before the Fuser Roll in the FUSER ASSY? Go to Step 17. Go to Step 30. 10 Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY REGI Is the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Go to Step 14. Go to Step 11. 11 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-3 <=> J603-10 J408-4 <=> J603-9 Go to Step 12. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 12 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-3 <=> P203-2 P603-4 <=> P203-1 Go to Step 13. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 13 Check CLUTCH ASSY REGI resistance Disconnect P/J203. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 36. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) 14 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 15. Go to Step 36. 15 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? Are all the pins between the J409 <=> P604 conducting properly? Go to Step 16. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 16 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 17 Check shape and operation of 2ND BTR ASSY Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY damaged? Are the SHAFT-CENT 2ND, FRAME ASSY BTR, and BEARING-BRUSH CAM damaged? Are they operating properly? Go to Step 18. Replace the 2ND BTR ASSY and appropriate parts. 18 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 19. Completed. 19 Check operation of SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-2 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU when paper is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 23. Go to Step 20. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-67 20 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-3 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 21. Go to Step 39. 21 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 and P/J620 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-1 <=> J620-3 J418-2 <=> J620-2 J418-3 <=> J620-1 Go to Step 22. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 22 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS cables Disconnect P/J620 on the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P620-1 <=> J111-3 P620-2 <=> J111-2 P620-3 <=> J111-1 Replace the SENSOR FUSER IN. (REP6.2) Replace the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. 23 Check shape and operation of CAM ASSY-2ND Is the CAM-ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any damage? Does it go into the detectable area of the sensor? Go to Step 24. Replace the CAM ASSY- 2ND. (REP6.5) 24 Check operation of SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P418-6 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND is in the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 27. Go to Step 25. 25 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 26. Go to Step 39. 26 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 27 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Go to Step 28. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 28 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2ND BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 29. Go to Step 36. 29 Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.6) Completed. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-68 30 Check operation of EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P417-8 <=> P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 33. Go to Step 31. 31 Check 5 VDC power supply to EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between FUSER ASSY on the Main Unit and the connectors (PL10.1.2) J614A-7 <=> J614A-6? Go to Step 32. Go to Step 38. 32 Check HARNESS ASSY FUSER SENS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J619 and P/J110 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P619-1 <=> J110-3 P619-2 <=> J110-2 P619-3 <=> J110-1 J619-3 <=> P614A-7 J619-2 <=> P614A-8 J619-1 <=> P614A-9 Replace the EXIT SENSOR. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 33 Check shape and operation of FUSER ASSY parts WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are the gears in the FUSER ASSY, the FUSER ROLL, the EXIT ROLL, and the PINCH ROLL installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 34. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 34 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P404-6 <=> P404-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 35. Go to Step 36. 35 Check MOT ASSY FSR after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. (REP11.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 36 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 37. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-69 37 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and the P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 38 Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J417 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J417-6 <=> J614A-7 J417-7 <=> J614A-6 Go to Step 39. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 39 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 40. 40 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-70 FIP-1. 31 BTR 2 Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9) FRAME ASSY BTR (PL6.1.10) BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (PL6.1.4) CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) 1 Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Replace with fresh dry paper. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 4. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check the paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Is there the remaining paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY? Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Is the ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 7. Replace the appropriate roll. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-71 7 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check paper position Is the paper lead edge before the REGI-ROLL? Go to Step 10. Go to Step 9. 9 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI-ROLL and before the Fuser Roll in the FUSER ASSY? Go to Step 17. Go to Step 30. 10 Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY REGI Is the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Go to Step 14. Go to Step 11. 11 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-3 <=> J603-10 J408-4 <=> J603-9 Go to Step 12. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 12 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-3 <=> P203-2 P603-4 <=> P203-1 Go to Step 13. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 13 Check CLUTCH ASSY REGI resistance Disconnect P/J203. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 36. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) 14 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 15. Go to Step 36. 15 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? Are all the pins between the J409 <=> P604 conducting properly? Go to Step 16. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 16 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 17 Check shape and operation of 2ND BTR ASSY Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY damaged? Are the SHAFT-CENT 2ND, FRAME ASSY BTR, and BEARING-BRUSH CAM damaged? Are they operating properly? Go to Step 18. Replace the 2ND BTR ASSY and appropriate parts. 18 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 19. Completed. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-72 19 Check operation of SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-2 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU when paper is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 23. Go to Step 20. 20 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-3 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 21. Go to Step 39. 21 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 and P/J620 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-1 <=> J620-3 J418-2 <=> J620-2 J418-3 <=> J620-1 Go to Step 22. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 22 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS cables Disconnect P/J620 on the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P620-1 <=> J111-3 P620-2 <=> J111-2 P620-3 <=> J111-1 Replace the SENSOR FUSER IN. (REP6.2) Replace the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. 23 Check shape and operation of CAM ASSY-2ND Is the CAM ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any damage? Does it go into the detectable area of the sensor? Go to Step 24. Replace the CAM ASSY- 2ND (REP6.5) 24 Check operation of SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P418-6 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND is in the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 27. Go to Step 25. 25 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 26. Go to Step 39. 26 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 27 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Go to Step 28. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-73 28 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2ND BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 29. Go to Step 36. 29 Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.6) Completed. 30 Check operation of EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P417-8 <=> P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 33. Go to Step 31. 31 Check 5 VDC power supply to EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between FUSER ASSY on the Main Unit and the connectors (PL10.1.2) J614A-7 <=> J614A-6? Go to Step 32. Go to Step 38. 32 Check HARNESS ASSY FUSER SENS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J619 and P/J110 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P619-1 <=> J110-3 P619-2 <=> J110-2 P619-3 <=> J110-1 J619-3 <=> P614A-7 J619-2 <=> P614A-8 J619-1 <=> P614A-9 Replace the EXIT SENSOR. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 33 Check shape and operation of FUSER ASSY parts WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are the gears in the FUSER ASSY, the FUSER ROLL, the EXIT ROLL, and the PINCH ROLL installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 34. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 34 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P404-6 <=> P404-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 35. Go to Step 36. 35 Check MOT ASSY FSR after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. (REP11.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-74 36 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 37. 37 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and the P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 38 Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J417 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J417-6 <=> J614A-7 J417-7 <=> J614A-6 Go to Step 39. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 39 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 40. 40 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-75 FIP-1. 32 OHP (lead) Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.23) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check transparency setting Does the transparency used match the NVRAM setting (setting for enabling/disabling the transparencies with/ without a white frame to run)? Go to Step 3. Replace the transparency used with paper that matches the NVRAM setting, or change the NVRAM setting and go to Step 2. 2 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check SENSOR OHP surface for dirt / foreign substances Open the COVER-P/H (PL5.1.1). Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR OHP? Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. 4 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check operation of SENSOR OHP Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-8 <=> P408-7 on the PWBA MCU when white paper (except transparencies) is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 6. 6 Check power supply to SENSOR OHP Disconnect the P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-9 <=> P408-7 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 7. Go to Step 9. 7 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-7 <=> J603-6 J408-8 <=> J603-5 J408-9 <=> J603-4 Go to Step 8. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 8 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-7 <=> J101-3 P603-8 <=> J101-2 P603-9 <=> J101-1 Replace the SENSOR OHP. (REP5.8) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-76 9 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 10. 10 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-77 FIP-1. 34 Fuser In On Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9) FRAME ASSY BTR (PL6.1.10) BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (PL6.1.4) CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) 1 Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Replace with fresh dry paper. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 4. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Is the ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 5. Replace the appropriate roll. 5 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI ROLL? Go to Step 7. Go to Step 24. 7 Check shape and operation of 2ND BTR ASSY Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY damaged? Are the SHAFT-CENT 2ND, FRAME ASSY BTR, and BEARING-BRUSH CAM damaged? Are they operating properly? Go to Step 8. Replace the 2ND BTR ASSY and appropriate parts. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-78 8 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. 9 Check operation of SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-2 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU when paper is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 13. Go to Step 10. 10 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-3 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 11. Go to Step 17. 11 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 and P/J620 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-1 <=> J620-3 J418-2 <=> J620-2 J418-3 <=> J620-1 Go to Step 12. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 12 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS cables Disconnect P/J620 on the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P620-1 <=> J111-3 P620-2 <=> J111-2 P620-3 <=> J111-1 Replace the SENSOR FUSER IN. (REP6.2) Replace the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. 13 Check shape and operation of CAM ASSY-2ND Is the CAM-ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any damage? Does it go into the detectable area of the sensor? Go to Step 14. Replace the CAM ASSY- 2ND. (REP6.5) 14 Check operation of SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P418-6 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND Actuator is in the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 19. Go to Step 15. 15 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 16. Go to Step 17. 16 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 17 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 18. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-79 18 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 19 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Go to Step 20. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 20 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2nd BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 21. Go to Step 22. 21 Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 22 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 23. 23 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 24 Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY REGI Is the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Go to Step 28. Go to Step 25. 25 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-3 <=> J603-10 J408-4 <=> J603-9 Go to Step 26. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 26 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-3 <=> P203-2 P603-4 <=> P203-1 Go to Step 27. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 27 Check CLUTCH ASSY REGI resistance Disconnect P/J203. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 22. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-80 28 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 29. Go to Step 22. 29 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect the P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Go to Step 30. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 30 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-81 FIP-1. 35 Exit Off Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) 1 Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Replace with fresh dry paper. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? Go to Step 4. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check the paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is there the remaining paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY? Remove the paper and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check shape and operation of ACTUATOR at the EXIT SENSOR Is the ACTUATOR operating smoothly? Does it go into the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR? Go to Step 7. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 7 Check operation of EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P417-8 <=> P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the EXIT SENSOR ACTUATOR goes into the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR when there is no paper and 5 VDC when it is out of the area when there is paper? Go to Step 13. Go to Step 8. 8 Check 5 VDC power supply to EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between the connectors J614A-7 <=> J614A-6 to the FUSER ASSY on the Main Unit? Go to Step 9. Go to Step 10. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-82 9 Check HARNESS ASSY FUSER SENS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER in the FUSER ASSY cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect the P/J619 and P/J110 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P619-1 <=> J110-3 P619-2 <=> J110-2 P619-3 <=> J110-1 J619-3 <=> P614A-7 J619-2 <=> P614A-8 J619-1 <=> P614A-9 Replace the EXIT SENSOR. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 10 Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J417 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J417-6 <=> J614A-7 J417-7 <=> J614A-6 Go to Step 11. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 11 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 12. 12 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 13 Check shape and operation of FUSER ASSY parts WARNING:Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are the gears in the FUSER ASSY, the FUSER ROLL, the EXIT ROLL, and the PINCH ROLL installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 14. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 14 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P404-6 <=> P404-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 15. Go to Step 16. 15 Check MOT ASSY FSR after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. (REP11.3) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 16 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 17. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-83 17 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-84 FIP-1. 36 Duplex Regi On Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.2.23) ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP (PL13.2.29) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.4.2) MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) 1 Check SENSOR UPPER PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR UPPER PASS? Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 2. Go to Step 9. 2 Check installation of Duplex Open the Duplex and close it. Disconnect and reconnect the connector between the Duplex and Main Unit. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 5. Replace/ reinstall the appropriate ROLL and go to Step 4. 4 When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER? Go to Step 6. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-85 6 Check the drive transmission of the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1), COVER-RDUP (PL3.1.2), and COVER-L DUP (PL3.1.3). (REP13.4/ REP13.2/REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotation to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check. Go to Step 7. Replace the appropriate gear. 7 Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP INV Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Go to Step 9. Go to Step 8. 8 Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (REP13.10) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. 9 Check SENSOR LOW PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR LOW PASS? Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 10. Go to Step 16. 10 Check ROLLER ASSY DUP, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY DUT, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 12. Replace/ reinstall the appropriate ROLL and go to Step 11. 11 When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 12. Completed. 12 Check the drive transmission to the ROLLER ASSY DUP. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) rotation to the ROLLER ASSY DUP rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check. Go to Step 13. Replace the appropriate gear. 13 Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Go to Step 15. Go to Step 14. 14 Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.26) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 15. Completed. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-86 15 Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 16. Completed. 16 Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 17. Replace the appropriate roll. 17 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 18. Completed. 18 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the PRE REGI ROLL? Go to Step 19. Go to Step 31. 19 Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Go to Step 20. Replace the ACTUATOR- REGI (REP5.10) 20 Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 26. Go to Step 21. 21 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 22. Go to Step 24. 22 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Go to Step 23. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 23 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 and P/J102 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Replace the SENSOR REGI (REP5.11) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 24 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 25. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-87 25 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 26 Check 24 VDC power supply to P/H MOTOR Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 27. Go to Step 29. 27 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Go to Step 28. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 28 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 29 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 30. 30 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 31 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-1 <=> J603-12 J408-2 <=> J603-11 Go to Step 32. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 32 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-1 <=> P202-2 P603-2 <=> P202-1 Go to Step 33. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 33 Check CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI resistance Disconnect P/J202. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 29. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. (REP5.13) Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-88 FIP-1. 37 Duplex Out On Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.4.2) ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check SENSOR LOW PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR LOW PASS? Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 2. Go to Step 2. 2 Check ROLLER ASSY DUP, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY DUT, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 4. Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check the drive transmission to the ROLLER ASSY DUP. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) rotation to the ROLLER ASSY DUP rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check. Go to Step 5. Replace the appropriate gear. 5 Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Go to Step 6. Go to Step 11. 6 Check operation of ACTUATOR DUP Is the ACTUATOR DUP operating smoothly without any damage? And does the ACTUATOR DUP go out of the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go into the detectable area when there is no paper? Go to Step 7. Replace the ACTUATOR DUP. (REP13.15) 7 Check operation of SENSOR LOW PASS Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P443-15 <=> P443-14 on the PWBA DUP-L when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the SENSOR LOW PASS and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 12. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-89 8 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 conducting properly? Go to Step 9. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP2. 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Go to Step 10. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 10 Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. 11 Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.26) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 12 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR LOW PASS Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P443-13 <=> P443-14 on the PWBA DUP-L? Go to Step 13. Go to Step 14. 13 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J443-13 <=> J123-3 J443-14 <=> J123-2 J443-15 <=> J123-1 SENSOR LOW PASS SENSOR REGI (REP13.16) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP2. 14 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA DUP-L Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P443-7 <=> P443-8 on the PWBA DUP-L? Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) Go to Step 15. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J420-6 <=> J607-7 J420-5 <=> J607-8 Go to Step 16. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 16 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 17. 17 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-90 FIP-1. 38 Duplex In On Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.2.23) ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP (PL13.2.29) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) HARNESS ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check SENSOR UPPER PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR UPPER PASS? Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 2. Go to Step 2. 2 Check installation of Duplex Open the Duplex and close it. Disconnect and reconnect the connector between the Duplex and Main Unit. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 5. Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll and go to Step 4. 4 When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER? Go to Step 6. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 6 Check the drive transmission of the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1), COVER-RDUP (PL3.1.2), and COVER-L DUP (PL3.1.3). (REP13.4/ REP13.2/REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotation to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check. Go to Step 7. Replace the appropriate gear. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-91 7 Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP INV Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Go to Step 8. Go to Step 12. 8 Check operation of ACTUATOR INV Is the ACTUATOR INV operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR go out of the detectable area of the Sensor when there is paper and go into the detectable area when there is no paper? Go to Step 9. Replace the ACTUATOR INV. (REP13.8) 9 Check operation of SENSOR UPPER PASS Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P444-10 <=> P444-9 on the PWBA DUP-L when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the SENSOR UPPER PASS and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Go to Step 13. Go to Step 10. 10 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR UPPER PASS Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P444-8 <=> P444-9 on the PWBA DUP-L? Go to Step 11. Go to Step 16. 11 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 cables Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J444-6 <=> J124-3 J444-7 <=> J124-2 J444-8 <=> J124-1 Replace the SENSOR PHOTO (REP13.9) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP1. 12 Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (REP13.10) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 13. Completed. 13 Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Go to Step 14. Completed. 14 Check HARNESS ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 conducting properly? Go to Step 15. Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP2. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 16 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA DUP-L Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P443-7 <=> P443-8 on the PWBA DUP-L? Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) Go to Step 17. 17 Check HARNESS ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J443-7 <=> P607-6 J443-8 <=> P607-5 Go to Step 18. Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP2. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-92 18 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J420-6 <=> J607-7 J420-5 <=> J607-8 Go to Step 19. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 19 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 20. 20 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-93 FIP-1. 39 Static Jam Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) 1 Check LCD display Identify the faulty sensor with the LCD display. "Open D and C Clear jam" : SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) "Open Unit D Clear jam" : SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) "Open Cover G Clear jam" : SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) No LCD Display: SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) "Open Cover E Clear jam" or "Open Unit D Clear Area E" : REGI (PL5.2.19) "Open Cover F Clear jam" or "Open Unit D Clear Area F" : SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) "Open Cover A Clear jam" or "Open Unit D Clear jam" : EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) Is there remaining paper in the faulty sensor? Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 2. Go to Step 3. 2 When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check operation of faulty sensor (1) Does the ACTUATOR move smoothly without any damage? Or is the light receptor of the sensor dirty? Go to Step 4. Reinstall or replace the ACTUATOR and clean the receptor. 4 Check operation of faulty sensor (2) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured on the common line and signal line to each Sensor on the PWBA MCU when paper is detected by the Sensor and 0 VDC when it is not detected? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Replace the faulty sensor. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-94 FIP-1. 40 Communication Error Feeder Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of feeder to Main Unit Remove/reinstall the feeder. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Remove the feeder from the Main Unit. Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J421 <=> J608 (connectors to the feeder) conducting properly? Go to Step 3. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 3 Identify the feeder with an error When two feeders are installed: Remove the Tray 2 feeder. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? When one feeder is installed: When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? For both cases where one feeder is installed or two feeders are installed, go to Step 4. When two feeders are installed, go to Step 8. When one feeder is installed, procedure is completed. 4 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables on the feeder Remove the feeder. Disconnect the P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Are all the pins between the J435 <=> P608 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 5. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) 5 Check PWBA TRAY CONT after replacement Replace the PWBA TRAY CONT (REP3.12). When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Are all the pins between the J410 <=> J502 conducting properly? Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 8 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 cables on the Tray 1 feeder Remove the feeder. Disconnect P/J436 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Are all the pins between the J436 <=> J4358 (connectors of the feeder on Tray 2 to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 9. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 2. (REP14.19) Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-95 9 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables on the Tray 2 feeder Remove the feeder. Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Are all the pins between the J435 <=> P608 (connectors of the feeder on Tray 1 to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 5. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-96 FIP-1. 41 Communication Error Duplex Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of Duplex to the Main Unit Remove/reinstall the Duplex. Reconnect the connector (P/J607) to the Main Unit. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Open the Duplex to disconnect the connector to the Main Unit. Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Go to Step 3. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 3 Check Duplex HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Open the Duplex to disconnect the connector to the Main Unit. Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 conducting properly? Go to Step 4. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP2. 4 Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Are all the pins between the J410 <=> J502 conducting properly? Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-97 FIP-1. 42 PAGE Timeout Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: FFC-ASSY ESS (PL12.2.5) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) 1 Check connection of FFC-ASSY ESS When a test print is performed after reconnecting the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY ESS on the PWBA ESS, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check FFC-ASSY ESS Check the FFC-ASSY ESS for damage or poor circuit. Go to Step 3. Replace the FFC-ASSY ESS (REP12.7) 3 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA ESS. (REP12.7) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-98 FIP-1. 43 NVRAM Error NOTE *1: This may be caused by external noises. Go to "FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise" to check. NOTE If "NVRAM Error" occured right after replacing the PWBA MCU, the PWBA MCU may be a used one. Replace with a new PWBA MCU. The PWBA MCU that has been installed on another machine cannot be used without reconfiguration. Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) 1 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON again, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3. 3 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF for several times? Go to Step 4. Completed.* 4 Disconnect all the connectors to the PWBA MCU and reconnect them. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-99 FIP-1. 44 TR0 Failure Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) MOTOR ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of IBT ASSY Reinstall the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check operation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY Drum rotating? Go to Step 3. Go to Step 10. 3 Check silver seal on the belt in the IBT ASSY for dirt Remove the IBT ASSY. Rotate the IBT ASSY gear until the silver seal on the belt can be seen. Is the silver seal dirty? Replace the IBT ASSY. Go to Step 4. 4 Check installation of SENSOR TR-0 (TR0 Sensor) Remove the IBT ASSY. Is the SENSOR TR-0 installed properly? Go to Step 5. Reinstall and go to Step 5. 5 Check surface of SENSOR TR-0 for dirt and foreign substances Remove the IBT ASSY. Is there dirt or foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR TR-0? Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 6. Go to Step 7. 6 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check operation of SENSOR TR-0 Remove the IBT ASSY. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P416-2 <=> P416-3 on the PWBA MCU when a reflective object such as silver paper is placed close to the detectable area of the SENSOR TR-0 and 0 VDC when it is distanced? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 8. 8 Check 5 VCD power supply to SENSOR TR-0 Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P416-1 <=> P416-3 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 9. Go to Step 14. 9 Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-1 <=> J108-3 J416-2 <=> J108-2 J416-3 <=> J108-1 Replace the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY XERO. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-100 10 Check MOTOR ASSY P/R after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY P/R. (REP11.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 11. Completed. 11 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY P/R 24 VDC Disconnect P/J201 of the MOTOR ASSY P/R. Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between J201-1 <=> J201-2? Go to Step 12. Go to Step 13. 12 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J403 <=> J200 conducting properly? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 13 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Remove P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J502-9 <=> J201-1 J502-10 <=> J201-2 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 14 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 15. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-101 FIP-1. 45 ROS Motor Failure Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of ROS ASSY Reinstall the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Remove the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) Disconnect P/J407 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J407 <=> J601 conducting properly? Go to Step 3. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 3 Check 5 VDC power supply to ROS and PWB SOS Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P407-16 <=> P407-14 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 6. 4 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise. Completed. 6 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 7. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-102 FIP-1. 46 Deve Home Position Sensor Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: MOTOR ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of FRAME ASSY ROTARY (PL9.2.9) and MOTOR ASSY MAG Are the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG installed properly? Go to Step 2. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 Check rotation of FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG Are the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG rotating smoothly? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Go to Step 3. Remove anything that is obstructing the rotation. 3 Check installation of SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Is the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 4. 4 Check operation of MOTOR ASSY MAG Check the rotation by Diag. operations. Go to Step 5. Replace the MOTOR ASSY MAG. (REP11.4) 5 Check operation of SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P413-7 <=> P413-6 on the PWBA MCU when the FRAME ASSY ROTARY is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 6. 6 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-5 <=> P413-6 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 7. Go to Step 8. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-5 <=> J105-3 J413-6 <=> J105-2 J413-7 <=> J105-1 Replace the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (REP9.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 8 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between J410-3 <=> J410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-103 FIP-1. 47 ADC Contamination Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt and foreign substances Is there dirt or foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 2. Go to Step 2. 2 Check installation of SENSOR ASSY ADC Is the SENSOR ASSY ADC installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check 5 VDC and 24 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY ADC Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P422-2 <=> P422-4 on the PWBA MCU? Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P422-8 <=> P422-4? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 7. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J422 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J422-8 <=> J431-1 J422-4 <=> J431-5 J422-2 <=> J431-7 Go to Step 6. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 6 Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.7) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 8. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-104 FIP-1. 48 High Density Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check contact surface between IBT ASSY and conductor attached to the frame Remove the IBT ASSY. Is the contact surface deformed or is there foreign substances on the contact surface between the IBT ASSY and the CONDUCTOR attached to the frame? Clean it and go to Step 2. Go to Step 2. 2 Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt and foreign substances Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? Clean it and go to Step 3. Go to Step 4. 3 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check Toner Cartridge after replacement Replace the Toner Cartridge for each color. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check 5 VDC and 24 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY ADC Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P422-2 <=> P422-4 on the PWBA MCU? Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P422-8 <=> P422-4? Go to Step 7. Go to Step 14. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J422 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J422-8 <=> J431-1 J422-4 <=> J431-5 J422-2 <=> J431-7 Go to Step 8. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 8 Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.7) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-105 9 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY HUM & TEMP Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-4 <=> P413-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 10. Go to Step 14. 10 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-1 <=> J104-4 J413-2 <=> J104-3 J413-3 <=> J104-2 J413-4 <=> J104-1 Go to Step 11. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 11 Check SENSOR HUM & TEMP after replacement Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 12. Completed. 12 Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 13. Completed. 13 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Completed. 14 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 15. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-106 FIP-1. 49 Low Density Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check contact surface between IBT ASSY and conductor attached to the frame Is the contact surface deformed or is there foreign substances on the contact surface between the IBT ASSY and the conductor attached to the frame? Clean it and go to Step 2. Go to Step 2. 2 Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt/foreign substances Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? Clean it and go to Step 3. Go to Step 4. 3 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check Toner Cartridge after replacement Replace the Toner Cartridge for each color. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check 5 VDC and 24 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY ADC Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P422-2 <=> P422-4 on the PWBA MCU? Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P422-8 <=> P422-4? Go to Step 7. Go to Step 14. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J422 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J422-8 <=> J431-1 J422-4 <=> J431-5 J422-2 <=> J431-7 Go to Step 8. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 8 Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.8) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-107 9 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR HUM & TEMP Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-4 <=> P413-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 10. Go to Step 14. 10 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-1 <=> J104-4 J413-2 <=> J104-3 J413-3 <=> J104-2 J413-4 <=> J104-1 Go to Step 11. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 11 Check SENSOR HUM & TEMP after replacement Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 12. Completed. 12 Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 13. Completed. 13 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Completed. 14 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 15. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-108 FIP-1. 51 High Coverage Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt/foreign substances Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 2. Go to Step 2. 2 Check installation of SENSOR ASSY ADC Is the SENSOR ASSY ADC installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.7) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 5. Completed. 5 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check TNR CRU after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K/Y/M/C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. 9 Check LV/HVPS after replacement Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-109 FIP-1. 52 BTR 2 Error
Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY installed properly? Go to Step 2. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 Does the error occur again after rebooting? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Go to Step 4. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 4 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2nd BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 10. 5 Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) Does the error occur again after rebooting? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 7. Go to Step 10. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Go to Step 8. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 8 Check SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT after replacement Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Does the error occur again after rebooting? Go to Step 9. Completed. 9 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Does the error occur again after rebooting? Go to Step 11. Completed. 10 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 11. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-110 11 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-111 FIP-1. 53 BTR 2 Advance Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) Is the DRIVE ASSY BTR installed properly? Go to Step 2. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 Check installation of 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Go to Step 5. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 5 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2nd BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 6. Go to Step 11. 6 Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 8. Go to Step 11. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Go to Step 9. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 9 Check SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT after replacement Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 12. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-112 11 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 12. 12 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-113 FIP-1. 54 Fuser Fail Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) FFC-ASSY LV/MCU (PL12.2.2) HARNESS ASSY AC (PL12.2.4) PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) Is the FUSER ASSY installed properly? Is the connector to the Main Unit connected securely? Is it latched properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check operation of FUSER LOCK SWITCH Disconnect P/J128 on the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. Do P128-1 <=> P128-2 conduct when the FUSER LOCK SWITCH is pressed and not conduct when the switch is released? Go to Step 4. Replace the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. (REP10.2) 4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-10 <=> J1-1 J410-9 <=> J128-1 J1-3 <=> J128-2 Go to Step 5. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 5 Check FUSER ASSY after replacement Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are all the pins between J614A <=> J417 and J614 <=> J3 conducting properly? Go to Step 7. Replace the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L. 7 Check FFC-ASSY LV/MCU cables Disconnect P/J401 on the PWBA MCU and P/J500 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P401-21 <=> J500-2 P401-22 <=> J500-1 Go to Step 8. Replace the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU. 8 Check HARNESS ASSY AC cables Disconnect P/J503 on the LV/HVPS and P/J2 on the PWBA FUSER CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J503-5 <=> J2-5 J503-6 <=> J2-6 Go to Step 9. Replace the HARNESS ASSY AC. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-114 9 Check PWBA FUSER CONT after replacement Replace the PWBA FUSER CONT. (REP12.8) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check LV/HVPS after replacement Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 11. Completed. 11 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J1 on the PWBA FUSER CONT and P/J410 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P/J1-1 <=> P/J410-10 P/J1-3 <=> P/J410-9 Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Replace the HARNESS ASSY MAIN. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-115 FIP-1. 55 Temp Sensor Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check temperature at installation location of main unit Is the temperature at the installation location of the main unit -7 degrees Celsius and below or 55 degrees Celsius and above? Request the customer to improve on the conditions of installation environment. Go to Step 2. 2 Check resistance of SENSOR HUM & TEMP thermistor Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Is the P104-4 <=> P104-3 resistance value 10 KOhm 1 KOhm (approx. 20 degrees Celsius)? Go to Step 3. Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.1) 3 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J413 <=> J104 conducting properly? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-116 FIP-1. 58 Humidity Sensor Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J413 <=> J104 conducting properly? Go to Step 2. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 2 Check SENSOR HUM & TEMP after replacement Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-117 FIP-1. 59 Feed Motor Failure Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (PL14.3.2) DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) Is the DRIVE ASSY FEED installed properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 Check rotation of DRIVE ASSY FEED Check the DRIVE ASSY FEED rotation by Diag. operations. Is the DRIVE ASSY FEED rotating properly? Completed. Go to Step 3. 3 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-1 <=> J440-5 J437-2 <=> J440-4 J437-4 <=> J440-2 J437-5 <=> J440-1 Go to Step 4. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED MAIN. 4 Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY FEED Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P440-2 <=> P440-1 on the PWBA FEED? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 Check FEED MOTOR START signal Is XX VDC the voltage measured between P440-5 <=> P440-1 on the PWBA FEED DRV when the FEED MOTOR START signal is turned ON? Replace the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Go to Step 11. 6 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY 500 Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P435-9/10 <=> P435-7/8 on the PWBA TRAY 500? Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10) Go to Step 7. 7 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-10 <=> P608-1 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) J435-9 <=> P608-2 J435-8 <=> P608-3 J435-7 <=> P608-4 Go to Step 8. Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10) Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-118 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-1 <=> J608-10 (connectors on the Main Unit to the feeder) J421-2 <=> J608-9 J421-3 <=> J608-8 J421-4 <=> J608-7 Go to Step 9. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 9 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 10. 10 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 11 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY CONT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P435-6 <=> P435-5 on the PWBA TRAY CONT? Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10) Go to Step 12. 12 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-6 <=> P608-5 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) J435-5 <=> P608-6 Go to Step 13. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) 13 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-5 <=> J608-6 (connectors on the Main Unit to the feeder) J421-6 <=> J608-5 Go to Step 14. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 14 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 15. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-119 FIP-1. 60 Duplex Motor Failure Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) 1 Check installation of MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower Motor) and MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Upper Motor) Are the Lower and Upper MOTOR ASSY DUP installed properly? Go to Step 2. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 Check MOTOR drive transmission load Is the gear which transmits the MOTOR rotation rotating properly? Go to Step 3. Replace the parts that are obstructing rotation. 3 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 (Duplex connectors on the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 4. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 4 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 (connectors on the Duplex to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 5. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP2. 5 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between both P442-1 <=> Frame Chassis and P442-2 <=> Frame Chassis on the PWBA DUP-L? Go to Step 6. Go to Step 13. 6 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (DUP Upper Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between both J612-6 <=> Frame Chassis and P612-5 <=> Frame Chassis on the PWBA DUP-L? Go to Step 7. Go to Step 12. 7 Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. 8 Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.26) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-120 9 Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (DUP Upper Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.10) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 10. Completed. 10 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.6) Go to Step 11. 11 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 12 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 cables Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J444-11 <=> J612-4 J444-12 <=> J612-3 J444-13 <=> J612-2 J444-14 <=> J612-1 Go to Step 13. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP1. 13 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA DUP-L Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P443-9/10 <=> P443-11/12 on the PWBA DUP-L? Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) Go to Step 14. 14 Check HARNESS ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J443-9 <=> P607-4 J443-10 <=> P607-3 J443-11 <=> P607-2 J443-12 <=> P607-1 Go to Step 15. Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP2. 15 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J420-1 <=> J607-12 J420-2 <=> J607-11 J420-3 <=> J607-10 J420-4 <=> J607-9 Go to Step 16. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 16 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 17. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-121 17 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-122 FIP-1. 61 IBT CLN Fail Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check DRIVE ASSY PRO (IBT Cleaner Retract Motor) connection Is the connector P/J414 on the PWBA MCU connected properly? Go to Step 2. Reconnect the connector. 2 Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY PRO (IBT Cleaner Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P414-3 <=> P414-2 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 3. Go to Step 8. 3 Check DRIVE ASSY PRO after replacement Replace the DRIVE ASSY PRO. (REP11.2) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR IBT RETRACT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P415-3 <=> P415-4 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 8. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-3 <=> J107-3 J415-4 <=> J107-2 J415-5 <=> J107-1 Go to Step 6. Replace the HARNESS ASSY MAIN. 6 Check SENSOR IBT RETRACT after replacement Replace the SENSOR IBT RETRACT. (REP6.10) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Go to Step 9. Completed. 8 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-123 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-124 FIP-1. 62 Y Toner Life Over Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU Y installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-125 FIP-1. 63 M Toner Life Over Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU M installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-126 FIP-1. 64 C Toner Life Over Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU C installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-127 FIP-1. 65 K Toner Life Over Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU K installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-128 FIP-1. 66 Waste Toner Bottle Life Over Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check operation of SENSOR TNER FULL (Toner Full Sensor) Remove the IBT ASSY. Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P413-11 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU when the detectable area of the sensor is blocked and 5 VDC when it is not blocked? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR TNER FULL Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-12 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 6. Go to Step 8. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-10 <=> J617-3 J413-11 <=> J617-2 J413-12 <=> J617-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY TNR FULL cables Disconnect P/J617. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P617-1 <=> J126-3 P617-2 <=> J126-2 P617-3 <=> J126-1 Replace the SENSOR TNER FULL. (REP7.10) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 8 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-129 FIP-1. 68 Regi Cover Open (P/H Cover Open) Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check shape of CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH I/L CAB (P/H Cover Switch) on the CHUTE ASSY-REAR damaged? Replace the CHUTE ASSY- REAR. (REP5.2) Go to Step 2. 2 Check operation of SWITCH-PH DOOR Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Do J408-5 <=> J408-6 conduct when the SWITCH-I/L CAB is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 3. 3 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-5 <=> J603-8 J408-6 <=> J603-7 Go to Step 4. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H1. 4 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-5 <=> J100-2 P603-6 <=> J100-1 Replace the SWITCH-PH DOOR. (REP5.14) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY P/H2. 5 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 6. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-130 FIP-1. 69 2nd BTR Cover Open Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (PL6.1.16) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check shape of CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH 2BTR COVER on the CHUTE ASSY-FSR damaged? Replace the CHUTE ASSY- FSR (REP6.1) Go to Step 2. 2 Check operation of SWITCH 2BTR COVER Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Do J418-7 <=> J418-8 conduct when the SWITCH 2BTR COVER is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Go to Step 5. Go to Step 3. 3 Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-7 <=> J621-2 J418-8 <=> J621-1 Go to Step 4. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC. 4 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P621-1 <=> J113-2 P621-2 <=> J113-1 Replace the SWITCH 2BTR COVER. (REP6.6) Replace the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW. 5 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 6. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-131 FIP-1. 70 Exit Cover Open Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check COVER open/close status Is the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) closed? Go to Step 3. Close the cover and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check shape of COVER FUSER Is the COVER FUSER Actuator which presses the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR deformed or damaged? Replace the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3) Go to Step 4. 4 Check operation of SWITCH-FUSER DOOR Disconnect P/J114 on the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR. Do P114-1 <=> P114-2 conduct when the SWITCH- FUSER DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the door is released? Go to Step 5. Replace the SWITCH- FUSER DOOR. (REP1.14) 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-11 <=> J114-2 J403-12 <=> J114-1 Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 6 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 7. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-132 FIP-1. 71 Tray 1 Cover Open Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (PL14.3.2) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check shape of CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR on the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 damaged? Replace the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Go to Step 2. 2 Check operation of SWITCH FEEDER DOOR Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Do J437-8 <=> J437-9 conduct when the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3. 3 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-8 <=> J121-2 J437-9 <=> J121-1 Replace the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR. (REP14.18) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED MAIN. 4 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Are all the pins between J435 <=> P608 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 5. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J421 <=> J608 (feeder connectors on the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 6 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 7. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-133 7 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-134 FIP-1. 72 Duplex Cover Open Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check shape of COVER UP-DUP TRANS Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH-DUP DOOR on the COVER UP-DUP TRANS damaged? Replace the COVER UP- DUP TRANS. (REP13.21) Go to Step 2. 2 Check operation of SWITCH-DUP DOOR Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Do J444-1 <=> J444-2 conduct when the SWITCH-DUP DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3. 3 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 cables Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J444-1 <=> J122-2 J444-2 <=> J122-1 Replace the SWITCH-DUP DOOR. (REP13.14) Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP1. 4 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 (connectors on the Duplex to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Go to Step 5. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY DUP2. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Go to Step 6. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 6 Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 8. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-135 8 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-136 FIP-1. 73 Duplex Tray Open Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check shape of Duplex COVER-L DUP Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) on the Duplex damaged? Replace the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Go to Step 2. 2 Check operation of SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Do J403-11 <=> J402-12 conduct when the SWITCH- FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) switch is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3. 3 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-11 <=> J114-2 J403-12 <=> J114-1 Replace the SWITCH- FUSER DOOR. (REP1.14) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 4 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-137 FIP-1. 74 Front Cover Open Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: COVER TOP (PL1.1.3) COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16) COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) SWITCH-INLK FRONT (PL1.1.27) SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check COVER open/close status Are the COVER TOP (PL1.1.3), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16), and COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) all closed? Go to Step 3. Close the cover and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check shape of COVER TOP Is the COVER TOP Actuator which presses the SWITCH ASSY TOP deformed or damaged? Replace the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) Go to Step 4. 4 Check shape of COVER FRONT ASSY U Is the COVER FRONT ASSY U Actuator which presses the SWITCH ASSY TOP deformed or damaged? COVER FRONT ASSY U COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.10) Go to Step 5. 5 Check shape of COVER FUSER Is the COVER FUSER Actuator which presses the SWITCH-INLK FUSER deformed or damaged? Replace the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3) Go to Step 6. 6 Check operation of SWITCH ASSY TOP Disconnect P/J116 on the SWITCH ASSY TOP. Do P116-1 <=> P116-3 conduct when the SWITCH ASSY TOP is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Go to Step 7. Replace the SWITCH ASSY TOP. (REP1.6) 7 Check operation of SWITCH-INLK FUSER Disconnect P/J117 on the SWITCH-INLK FUSER. Do P117-1 <=> P117-3 conduct when the SWITCH-INLK FUSER is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Go to Step 8. Replace the SWITCH-INLK FUSER. (REP1.19) 8 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-138 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-139 FIP-1. 75 Y Toner Life Warning Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU Y installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-140 FIP-1. 76 M Toner Life Warning Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU M installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-141 FIP-1. 77 C Toner Life Warning Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU C installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-142 FIP-1. 78 K Toner Life Warning Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) 1 Check installation of TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU K installed properly? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 5. 5 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-143 FIP-1. 79 Toner Bottle Life Warning Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL (PL7.1.25) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY installed properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check operation of SENSOR TNER FULL (Toner Full Sensor) Remove the IBT ASSY. Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P413-11 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU when the detectable area of the sensor is blocked and 5 VDC when it is not blocked? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 5. 5 Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR TNER FULL Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-12 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU? Go to Step 6. Go to Step 8. 6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-10 <=> J617-3 J413-11 <=> J617-2 J413-12 <=> J617-1 Go to Step 7. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 7 Check HARNESS ASSY TNR FULL cables Disconnect P/J617. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P617-1 <=> J126-3 P617-2 <=> J126-2 P617-3 <=> J126-1 Replace the SENSOR TNER FULL. (REP7.10) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. 8 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 9. 9 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-144 FIP-1. 80 Xero CRU Life Warning / Xero CRU Life2 Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY installed properly? Go to Step 3. Reinstall and go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 3. Completed. 3 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect the P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 6. Completed. 5 Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Go to Step 6. Replace the HARNESS- ASSY XERO. 6 Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.2/REP7.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-145 FIP-1. 81 Electrical Noise Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) 1 Check external noise Are there any other electrical devices such as a power generator, radio transmitter, or a device using a motor within 3 m from the printer? Turn off the other electrical devices or reposition the printer at least 6 m away from the devices. Does the electrical noise problem persist? Go to Step 2. Completed. 2 Check AC earthing Is the AC socket wired and earthed properly? Go to Step 3. Request the customer to repair the AC socket. 3 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the DRU ASSY. After replacement, does the electrical noise problem still persist? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check IBT ASSY and HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD contact Remove the IBT ASSY. Is the contact surface between the IBT ASSY and the conductor attached to the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD deformed or are there foreign substances on it? Go to Step 5. Replace the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD. 5 Check earthing for board Are all the screws that secure the PWBA MCU and LV/HVPS to the frame tightened properly? Are all the screws that secure the Feeder PWBA TRAY CONT to the frame tightened properly? Are all the screws that secure the Duplex PWBA DUP-L to the frame tightened properly? Go to Step 6. Tighten the screws. 6 Check FUSER ASSY after replacement WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER. (REP10.1) After replacement, does the electrical noise problem still persist? Go to Step 7. Completed. 7 Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.6) After replacement, does the electrical noise problem still persist? Replace all the relevant parts. Completed. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-146 FIP-1. 82 ESS-Related Error Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) 1 When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2. 2 When the power is turned ON again, does the error occur again? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3. 3 Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF for several times? Go to Step 4. Completed. 4 Check Firmware Is the firmware version the latest? Go to Step 5. Update the firmware. 5 Check additional RAM Remove the additional RAM from the PWBA ESS. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Replace the PWBA ESS. (REP12.7) Reinstall or replace the additional RAM. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-147 2.3.4 Abnormal Noise 2.3.4.1 Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting Entry Chart Is abnormal noise heard at Initialize operation after power on? Is abnormal noise heard at standby? Is abnormal noise heard during print (simplex)? Is abnormal noise heard during print (duplex)? Check a list of operations performed at power on and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N1.) Check a list of operations performed at standby and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N2.) Check a list of operations performed during print (simplex) and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N3.) Check a list of operations performed during print (duplex) and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N4.) N N N Y Y Y Y Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-148 2.3.5 Operation Table in Each Mode FIP-1.N1 During Power ON Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) 1 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY ROT? Replace the MOT ASSY ROT. Go to Step 2. 2 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY that is driven by the MOT ASSY ROT? Clean/replace the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY. Go to Step 3. 3 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MICRO? Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. Go to Step 4. 4 Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO? Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Go to Step 5. 5 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY P/R? Replace the MOT ASSY P/R. Go to Step 6. 6 Can abnormal noise be heard from the IBT ASSY? Replace the IBT ASSY. Go to Step 7. 7 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) in the FRAME ASSY-PH? Replace the FRAME ASSY- PH. Go to Step 8. 8 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI. Go to Step 9. 9 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-REGI. Go to Step 10. 10 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL MSI that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL MSI. Contact the Technical Engineer. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-149 FIP-1.N2 During STANDBY Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) 1 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? (Rotates when the FUSER ASSY reaches a specific temperature.) Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Go to Step 2. 2 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the FUSER ROLL. Go to Step 3. 3 Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Contact the Technical Engineer. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-150 FIP-1.N3 During Printing (1 Sided) Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) 1 Can abnormal noise be heard from the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Replace the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION. Go to Step 2. 2 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY TURN 500. Go to Step 3. 3 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.3.11) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. Go to Step 4. 4 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) in the FRAME ASSY-PH? Replace the FRAME ASSY- PH. Go to Step 5. 5 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI. Go to Step 6. 6 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL REGI RUBBER. Go to Step 7. 7 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL MSI that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL MSI. Go to Step 8. 8 Can abnormal noise be heard from the GEAR ASSY DRIVE that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Replace the FRAME ASSY- PH. Go to Step 9. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-151 9 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Go to Step 10. 10 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Replace the FUSER ASSY. Go to Step 11. 11 Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Go to Step 12. 12 Can abnormal noise be heard from the EXIT ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the FUSER ASSY. Go to Step 13. 13 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY P/R? Replace the MOT ASSY P/R. Go to Step 14. 14 Can abnormal noise be heard from the IBT ASSY? Replace the IBT ASSY. Go to Step 15. 15 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MAG? Replace the MOT ASSY MAG. Go to Step 16. 16 Can abnormal noise be heard from the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY- DEVE M, or HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C that are driven by the MOT ASSY MAG? Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M, or the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C. Go to Step 17. 17 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY ROT? Replace the MOT ASSY ROT. Go to Step 18. 18 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY that is driven by the MOT ASSY ROT? Replace the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY. Go to Step 19. 19 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MICRO? Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. Go to Step 20. 20 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY- 2ND that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO? Replace the FRAME ASSY- 2ND. Go to Step 21. 21 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROS ASSY? Replace the ROS ASSY. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-152 FIP-1.N4 During Printing (2 Sided) Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) 1 Can abnormal noise be heard from the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Replace the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION. Go to Step 2. 2 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY TURN 500. Go to Step 3. 3 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.3.11) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. Go to Step 4. 4 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) in the FRAME ASSY-PH? Replace the FRAME ASSY- PH. Go to Step 5. 5 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI. Go to Step 6. 6 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL REGI RUBBER. Go to Step 7. 7 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL MSI that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Clean/replace the ROLL MSI. Go to Step 8. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-153 8 Can abnormal noise be heard from the GEAR ASSY DRIVE that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Replace the FRAME ASSY- PH. Go to Step 9. 9 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Go to Step 10. 10 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Replace the FUSER ASSY. Go to Step 11. 11 Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Go to Step 12. 12 Can abnormal noise be heard from the EXIT ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the FUSER ASSY. Go to Step 13. 13 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY P/R? Replace the MOT ASSY P/R. Go to Step 14. 14 Can abnormal noise be heard from the IBT ASSY? Replace the IBT ASSY. Go to Step 15. 15 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MAG? Replace the MOT ASSY MAG. Go to Step 16. 16 Can abnormal noise be heard from the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY- DEVE M, or HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C that are driven by the MOT ASSY MAG? Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M, or the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C. Go to Step 17. 17 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY ROT? Replace the MOT ASSY ROT. Go to Step 18. 18 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY that is driven by the MOT ASSY ROT? Replace the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY. Go to Step 19. 19 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MICRO? Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. Go to Step 20. 20 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY- 2ND that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO? Replace the FRAME ASSY- 2ND. Go to Step 21. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-154 21 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV in the DUPLEX OPTION? Reinstall the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (Refer to REP13.10) If the problem persists, replace the DUPLEX OPTION. Go to Step 22. 22 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV in the DUPLEX OPTION? Clean/replace the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER. Go to Step 23. 23 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR ASSY DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION? Replace the DUPLEX OPTION. Go to Step 24. 24 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION? Clean/replace the ROLLER ASSY DUP. Go to Step 25. 25 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION? Clean/replace the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT. Go to Step 26. 26 Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROS ASSY? Replace the ROS ASSY. Procedure Check Items Yes No Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-155 FIP-1.N5 During STANDBY Procedure Check Items Yes No Parts considered to be the cause: MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) 1 Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? (Rotates when the FUSER ASSY reaches a specific temperature.) Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Go to Step 2. 2 Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the FUSER ROLL. Go to Step 3. 3 Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Contact the Technical Engineer. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-156 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2.4.1 Explanation Objective) To identify a faulty part replacable at the Support Center. Details) This is for use by the customer engineer. To activate, turn ON the power while pressing the and buttons at the same time. The menu consists of Diag./setting items, all of which are operated from the Control Panel. Select a menu item using the arrow buttons, then press the [Eject/Set] button to start the function. When a Diag. item is performed, it displays whether an error has occurred after the Diag. has been completed. If an error occurs while performing the Diag. item, the error will be displayed and the subsequent diagnosis canceled. Press the [Cancel Print] button or [Eject/Set] button to clear the error and return back to the menu item. In the parameter settings, the current setting values will be displayed by pressing the Set button after the menu items have been selected. After that, select a number by using the / buttons and press the Set button to write data in the NVM. Flow) Figure 2 CE Mode Process Flow Password Entry) Password Entry Screen Enter Password Press the button twice + [Eject/Set] button. Screen after entering the password (CE mode menu initial display) Start Password Entry CE Mode CE Mode Password CE Mode ESS Diag Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-157 2.4.2 Menu tree The CE Mode has a menu configuration. Select a menu item using the / buttons, then press the [Eject/Set] button to start the function. The following shows the menu tree of the first tree. Press the / buttons to move between items. When "ESS Diag" is displayed, press the button to display "Parameter". When "Parameter" is displayed, press the button to display "ESS Diag". Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the second tree. Details on each item in the second tree will be described later. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-158 (1) ESS Diag * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "All Test" is displayed, press the button to display "IOT Test". When "IOT Test" is displayed, press the button to display "All Test". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute diagnosis. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during diagnosis. Refer to "2.4.4 ESS Diag Details" for how to display diagnosis results. After the diagnosis is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. Second Tree Execution Tree Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-159 (2) IOT Diag (a) Whole * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Digital Input" is displayed, press the button to display "NVM Settings". When "NVM Settings" is displayed, press the button to display "Digital Input". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the third tree or the execution tree. (b) Digital Input This is a function that checks the IOT Sensor status. Press the / buttons to move between test items. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the status check. When the Sensor status changes (Low <- -> High), the number of changes is displayed. Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the status check. Press the [Menu] button to move to the second tree. Example: In the case of sens-tray1-door Press the / buttons to select an item. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 OFF" Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the status check. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 L 0" Sensor is operated in FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 H 0" Sensor is operated without FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 L 1" Sensor is operated in FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 H 1" Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the status check. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 OFF" Second Tree Third Tree Execution Tree Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-160 (c) Digital Output This is a function that checks the motor drive status etc. Press the / buttons to move between test items. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the drive. Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the drive. Press the [Menu] button to move to the second tree. Example: In the case of mot-mag-start Press the / buttons to select an item. LCD lower line: "D0-60 READY" Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the drive. LCD lower line: "D0-60 EXEC" Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the drive. LCD lower line: "D0-60 READY" (d) NVM Settings * Third tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Edit NVM" is displayed, press the button to display "Print NVM Info". When "Print NVM Info" is displayed, press the button to display "Edit NVM". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * "Print NVM Info" is at the third tree = execution tree. * Execution tree (d-1) Edit NVM The currently set IOT NVM value is displayed. Press the / buttons to move the cursor. Press the / buttons to change the value at the cursor position. When the value has been changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether the change has been made. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store a setting value in the IOT NVM. Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (d-2) Save NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to save the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs saving.) "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when saving. "Saved" is displayed on the LCD lower line after saving is completed. After saving is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-161 (d-3) Load NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to load the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs loading) "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when loading. "Loaded" is displayed on the LCD lower line after loading is completed. After loading is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (d-4) Initialize NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs initialization) "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After initialization is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. (d-5) Print NVM Info Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute printing. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. A report on the IOT NVM data is printed. After printing is completed, move to the third tree (execution tree). Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-162 (3) Print Info * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Config Page" is displayed, press the button to display "Print Settings". When "Print Settings" is displayed, press the button to display "Config Page". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute printing. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. One copy of each report is printed. After printing is completed, move to the execution tree. * Print Items Prints the following items. * Config Page Tray with IOT IOT ROM Version * Print Settings Serial No. Display Counter Color Print B/W Print Total Print Color Error B/W Error Color Backup B/W Backup Total Backup
Second Tree Execution Tree Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-163 (4) Exit Mode * Second tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to reboot (same operation as Power ON). Second Tree Execution Tree Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-164 (5) Installation Second Tree Third Tree Execution Tree Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-165 (a) Whole * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "SerialNo." is displayed, press the button to display "Clear JobHistory". When "Clear JobHistory" is displayed, press the button to display "SerialNo". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the third tree or the execution tree. (b) SerialNo. The currently set Serial No. is displayed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (c) Display Counter The ON/OFF status of the currently set Display Counter is displayed. Press the / buttons to switch between ON/OFF. When a change has been made, check for the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value. The side where the "*" is displayed becomes the set value. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (d) Tone Correction This changes the ON/OFF information of the currently set Auto Tone Correction. Press the / buttons to switch between ON/OFF. When a change has been made, check for the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value. The side where the "*" is displayed becomes the set value. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (e) Configuration * Third tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Dip Switch0" is displayed, press the button to display "Dip Switch3". When "Dip Switch3" is displayed, press the button to display "Dip Switch0". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree The currently set values for Dip Switch0~3 are displayed. Press the / buttons to move the cursor. Press the / buttons to change the value at the cursor position. When the value has been changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether the change has been made. 0 and 1 can be set. When the value is set to "1", press the button to change the value to "0". The value does not change when the value is set to "0". When the value is set to "0", press the button to change the value to "1". The value does not change when the value is set to "1". Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the third tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the third tree. This information can be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later). Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-166 (f) Billing Counter * Third tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Color Print" is displayed, press the button to display "B/W Error". When "B/W Error" is displayed, press the button to display "Color Print". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree The current counter value is displayed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information can be initialized by "Clear All NVM" and "Reset Counter" (described later). (g) Reset Counter Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the counter. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. The PrnCounter can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later). (h) CopyCounter MtoB This copies the Master NVM value in the Backup NVM. Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to copy. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when copying. "Copied" is displayed on the LCD lower line after copying is completed. After copying is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. (i) CopyCounter BtoM This copies the Backup NVM value in the Master NVM. Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to copy. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during copying. "Copied" is displayed on the LCD lower line after copying is completed. After copying is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. (j) Reset PV Counter Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the counter. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. The PV Counter can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later). (k) Clear All NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the NVM. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-167 (l) Clear JobHistory Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the Job History. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. The Job History can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described earlier). Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-168 (6) Test Print * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Grid IOT" is displayed, press the button to display "Gradation ESS". When "Gradation ESS" is displayed, press the button to display "Grid IOT". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to print. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. Each Test Print is printed. After printing is completed, move to the execution tree. Second Tree Execution Tree Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-169 (7) Parameter Second Tree Execution Tree Execute the process Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-170 * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Slow Scan Feed" is displayed, press the button to display "Print". When "Print" is displayed, press the button to display "Slow Scan Feed". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. (a) Regi Adjustment (Slow Scan, Fast Scan) The currently set Regi Adjustment value is displayed. Press the / buttons to change the values. When the value has been changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether the change has been made. Refer to Menu Tree for settable values. When the value has been set to the minimum, pressing the button does not change the value. When the value has been set to the maximum, pressing the button does not change the value. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. Second Tree Execution Tree Execute the process Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-171 (b) Life Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Read" is displayed, press the button to display "Initialize". When "Initialize" is displayed, press the button to display "Read". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the process. * Read The current Life counter value is displayed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. * Initialize Initializes the Life counter. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. (c) Print Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to print. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. A report is printed. After printing is completed, move to the execution tree. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-172 2.4.3 Function Items in CE Mode The following shows the Diag./setting items that can be executed in the CE mode. Table 3 Process Overview Function Details ESS Diag CodeROM Test Calculates the ROM check sum and compares it with the stored value. EEPROM Test Writes/reads/verifies the EEPROM Diag area. DRAM Test OPEN/SHORT test of DRAM address line. Writes/ reads/verifies the DRAM whole area. MAC+PHY Test 1 PHY Internal Loopback Test HAYATE Test Performs a register check test. PANEL Test Tests the LED, LCD, and buttons on the Control Panel. IOT Test Performs a communication test for the IOT. All Test Performs the ESS Diag except for the following: CENTRONICS/MAC+PHY/PANEL tests Test print Grid IOT Outputs the IOT built-in patterns. Grid 2 ESS Outputs the ESS built-in grid patterns. Cyan 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Cyan 20%. Magenta 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Magenta 20%. Yellow 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Yellow 20%. Black 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with Black 20%. CMY 20% ESS Outputs A4 paper filled with C, M and Y 20%. Gradation ESS Outputs the 100% to 2% gradation pattern on A4 paper. IOT Diag Digital Input Test Digital Input Component Test Digital Output Test Digital Output Component Test NVM Settings Edit NVM Edits NVM values. NVM Settings Save NVM Saves the IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the saving. ESS FW only provides the trigger for saving. NVM Settings Load NVM Loads the saved IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the loading. ESS FW only provides the trigger for loading. NVM Settings Initialize NVM Initializes the IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the initialization. ESS FW only provides the trigger for initialization. NVM Settings Print NVM Info Prints the NVM data in the IOT. Parameter Slow Scan Feed Regi Adjustment Feed Direction Regi Adjustment Fast Scan Regi Adjustment Performs Regi Adjustment in the scan direction for Tray 1, 2, Duplex, and MSI. Life Reads and initialize the Life counter for the Toners, BTR, Fuser, Printer Head, and Printer. Print Prints the parameters and error count stored in the IOT. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-173 Installation SerialNo. Displays 8-digit Serial No. Display Counter Sets the Billing counter display to ON/OFF. Tone Correction Sets whether the tone correction is automatically performed based on the temperature and humidity that are read by the Environment Sensor. Billing Counter Performs operations for the Billing counter. Configuration Performs the operations for the Dip switch on the ESS NVM. Reset Counter Clears the Billing counter CopyCounter MtoB Copies data from Master NVM to the Backup NVM. CopyCounter BtoM Copies data from Backup NVM to the Master NVM. Reset PV Counter Clears the Print Volume counter Clear All NVM Clears all ESS NVM including billing. Clear JobHistory Clears the Job History data Others Configuration Page Outputs the printer configuration. Print Settings Prints setting data from the Control Panel. Exit Mode Complete Exit Exit from the Diag mode and reboot. Function Details Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-174 2.4.4 ESS Diag Details This section describes the details of each ESS Diag. 2.4.4.1 CodeROM Test ROM Test Calculates the ROM check sum. Compares the value with the correct check sum for each chip that has been stored and determines that the chip is normal when the values match. 2.4.4.2 EEPROM Test EEPROM Test Reads/writes/verifies the test patterns (0xff, 0xaa, 0x55, 0x00) for one byte of each 0x400 starting from the EEPROM first byte. 2.4.4.3 DRAM Test The optional DRAM SIMM checks for insertion and performs a test for the memory area when it detects insertion. DRAM Test Reads/writes/verifies the test patterns (0xffffffff, 0xaaaaaaaa, 0x55555555, 0x0000000) for the whole tested area in the unit of words. 2.4.4.4 CENTRONICS Test Centronics Test 2 Performs a local loopback test. During normal operation When an error occurs CHECK OK CodeROM #* ERROR S=xxxx V=yyyy (xxxx: calculated value, yyyy: ROM stored value *: 0, 1) During normal operation When an error occurs CHECK OK EEPROM ID* ERROR (*: 1, 2) During normal operation When an error occurs CHECK OK DRAM slot* ERROR (*: 0, 1) During normal operation When an error occurs None None Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-175 2.4.4.5 MAC+PHY Test MAC+PHY Test 1 PHY Internal Loopback Test MAC+PHY Test 2 External PHY external loopback test 2.4.4.6 HAYATE Test HAYATE Test Checks the HAYATE ASIC register (Hayate Status Register). 2.4.4.7 IOT Test Performs a communication test for the IOT. It then checks whether commands can be sent/received to/from the IOT by reading the IOT status register. Sends the following command that reads the status register to check whether a correct response is returned. 1. Read ROM Revision No During normal operation When an error occurs CHECK OK MAC+PHY ERROR During normal operation When an error occurs CHECK OK HAYATE ERROR During normal operation When an error occurs CHECK OK IOT ERROR Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-176 2.4.4.8 PANEL Test Performs input/output tests of the Control Panel. Data is displayed on the LED and LCD when the following buttons are pressed: : Indicate the Ready LED (green), Alarm LED (amber), and Power Saver LED. : Light OFF, : Light ON 2.4.4.9 All Test Performs the ESS Diag tests except for the CENTRONICS/MAC+PHY/PANEL tests. ***: Displays a failed test name (CodeROM/EEPROM/DRAM/HAYATE/IOT) Button LED LCD "UP" is displayed on the LCD. "DOWN" is displayed on the LCD. "LEFT" is displayed on the LCD. "RIGHT" is displayed on the LCD. Eject/Set "SET" is displayed on the LCD. Menu "MENU" is displayed on the LCD. Cancel Print "CANCEL" is displayed on the LCD. Power Saver "POWER SAVER" is displayed on the LCD. / pressed at the same time -(Test completed) -(Test completed) During normal operation When an error occurs CHECK OK *** ERROR Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-177 2.4.5 Other Diag./Settings 2.4.5.1 Digital Input (DI) Test The DI test is a function to check whether or not the DI components are operating properly. (Refer to "2.4.5.2" on DI components.) The number displayed on the Control Panel is 0 when the DI test begins. This number is counted up when a DI component is turned ON from OFF, which allows you to check the operation. The DI test covers all the DI components. When the DI test is executed, no other CE Diag. functions can be carried out at the same time. Therefore, the printer does not accept any operations except the operations for the DI components and DI test completion operation. When the DI test completion operation is performed, the Control Panel display changes to the CE Diag. functions menu. 2.4.5.2 Digital Input Test Parameter Table Menu No. Code_DI Component PL No. DI- 8 sens-2btr SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT PL6.1.22 DI- 9 sens-ibt-cln SENSOR IBT RETRACT PL6.1.26 DI- b d_sleep - - DI- d relay-fuser FUSER LOCK SWITCH PL10.1.6 DI- e intlk-24 SWITCH ASSY TOP and SWITCH-INLK FUSER PL1.1.7 PL1.1.34 DI-15 sw-fuser-cover SWITCH-FUSER DOOR PL1.1.36 DI-19 sw-2btr-cover SWITCH 2BTR COVER PL6.1.18 DI-20 ant-rxd - - DI-42 sens-tr0 SENSOR TR-0 PL7.1.2 DI-52 sw-door-rh SWITCH-PH DOOR PL5.2.23 DI-53 sens-paper-empty SENSOR PAPER EMPTY PL4.1.24 DI-54 sens-regi SENSOR REGI PL5.2.19 DI-55 sens-ohp SENSOR OHP PL5.2.16 DI-56 sens-fuser-exit (FUSER ASSY) PL10.1.1 DI-57 sens-fuser-ent SENSOR FUSER IN PL6.1.3 DI-68 U2 - - DI-69 mcu-check - - DI-6a test-print - - DI-6c sens-home SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI PL9.1.18 DI-6e sens-tner-full SENSOR TNER FULL PL7.1.24 DI-d0 opt:dup-in-sns SENSOR UPPER PASS PL13.2.10 DI-d1 opt:dup-out-sns SENSOR LOW PASS PL13.3.11 DI-d2 opt:dup-door-sns SWITCH-DUP DOOR PL13.2.7 DI-d4 opt:dup-24v - - DI-f0 sens-tray1-type - - DI-f1 sens-tray1-empty SENSOR PHOTO or SENSER NO PAPER PL3.2.16 PL14.4.3 DI-f2 sens-tray1-door SWITCH-I/L CAB or SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL3.2.9 PL14.3.18 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-178 2.4.5.3 Digital Output (DO) Test The DO test is a function to check whether or not the DO components are operating properly. (Refer to "2.4.5.4" on DO components.) The operation can be enabled for every DO component. A user can determine whether or not the component is operating properly by checking the operation from outside. Stopping all DIAG disables all DO components. The DO components can operate at the same time during the DO test. When the Interlock is opened during the DO test, components stop their operations. 2.4.5.4 Digital Output Test Parameter Table DI-f3 sens-tray1-t/r-pass SENSOR PHOTO or SENSOR T/R PL3.2.19 PL14.4.7 DI-f5 sens-tray1-cassette-exist - - DI-f6 sens-tray1-cassette-select - - DI-f8 sens-tray2-type - - DI-f9 sens-tray2-empty SENSER NO PAPER PL14.4.3 DI-fa sens-tray2-door SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL14.3.18 DI-fb sens-tray2-t/r-pass SENSOR T/R PL14.4.7 DI-fd sens-tray2-cassette-exist - - DI-fe sens-tray2-cassette-select - - Menu No. Code_DO Component PL No. DO-0A p-save - - DO-0C th_down - - DO-12 sol-feed SOLENOID PICK UP PL4.1.23 DO-13 cl-dispense (MOT ASSY MAG) PL11.1.4 DO-14 mot-2btr MOT ASSY MICRO PL11.1.7 DO-1a sens-adc-k-on (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20 DO-1b sens-adc-c-on (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20 DO-1c sol-adc-mes (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20 DO-1d sol-adc-ref (SENSOR ASSY ADC) PL6.1.20 DO-1e mot-ibt-cln (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2 DO-26 intlk-ld - - DO-27 12btr-cln-on - - DO-29 1btr-on - - DO-2a ibt-cln-on - - DO-2e 2btr-on - - DO-3a sol-bcr-ret - - DO-3d cl-pre-pre-regi - - DO-3f mot-dev-on-hot MOT ASSY ROT PL11.1.5 DO-40 intlk-24-out - - DO-43 fuser-on (FUSER ASSY) PL10.1.1 DO-50 cl-regi CLUTCH ASSY REGI PL5.2.2 Menu No. Code_DI Component PL No. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-179 DO-51 cl-pre-regi CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI PL5.2.22 DO-60 mot-mag-start MOT ASSY MAG PL11.1.4 DO-64 mot-ph-start MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20 DO-65 mot-ph-speed0 MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20 DO-66 mot-ph-speed1 MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20 DO-70 mot-pr-start MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 DO-71 mot-pr-speed0 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 DO-72 mot-pr-speed1 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 DO-74 mot-fuser-start MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3 DO-75 mot-fuser-speed0 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3 DO-76 mot-fuser-speed1 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3 DO-80 mot-ibt-brush-start (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2 DO-81 mot-ibt-brush-speed0 (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2 DO-82 mot-ibt-brush-speed1 (DRIVE ASSY PRO) PL11.1.2 DO-96 mot-poiygon-start (ROS ASSY) PL8.1.1 DO-b2 dev-dc-on - - DO-b3 flicker-on - - DO-b4 Ibt-cln-hl - - DO-c0 opt:dup-mot-drv1 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18 DO-c1 opt:dup-drv1-speed0 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18 DO-c2 opt:dup-drv1-speed1 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18 DO-c3 opt:dup-drv1-direct MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18 DO-c4 opt:dup-mot-drv2 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14 DO-c5 opt:dup-drv2-speed0 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14 DO-c6 opt:dup-drv2-speed1 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14 DO-c7 opt:dup-drv2-direct MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14 DO-c8 opt:dup-gate-push SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7 DO-c9 opt:dup-gate-pull SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7 DO-d8 cl-tray1 CLUTCH ASSY PH or CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL3.2.5 PL14.3.12 DO-d9 cl-tray2 CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL14.3.12 DO-db sol-tray1 SOLENOID FEED PL3.2.3 PL14.3.8 DO-dc sol-tray2 SOLENOID FEED PL14.3.8 DO-e0 mot-tray1-start DRIVE ASSY FEED 250 or MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL3.2.2 PL14.3.9 DO-e8 mot-tray2-start MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL14.3.9 Menu No. Code_DO Component PL No. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-180 2.4.5.5 NVM Access The NVM (EEPROM in the IOT) can be accessed for data read/write by operating the Control Panel. The following functions are available. (Refer to "2.6 NVM List" for the NVM.) Edits the NVM data. Saves the NVM data. Reverts to the saved data in the NVM. Initializes the NVM data. Prints the NVM data. Edit NVM The following shows the UI specifications: Save NVM Saves the NVM data. MCU FW performs the saving. ESS FW only provides the trigger for saving. Load NVM Loads the saved data to the NVM. MCU FW performs the loading. ESS FW only provides the trigger for loading. Initialize NVM Initializes the NVM data. MCU FW performs the initialization. ESS FW only provides the trigger for initialization. Print NVM Info Prints the NVM data.
Select the menu shown at left and press the Set key. What is shown at left appears. Pressing the left/right arrow allows moving the cursor to the left/right. Pressing the up/down arrow allows changing the value the cursor points to. Changing the value at Address Area (Ad) allows reading and displaying data on the right side of =. Changing the data leads to deletion of the * mark, which shows the current NVM value is changed. Pressing the Set key allows writing the new value in the NVM. Pressing the Cancel key allows returning to the previous screen. cursor Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-181 2.4.5.6 Parameter Settings Parameter Operation Read/writes the following parameters stored in the IOT. Print Parameter List Outputs the parameter values in the IOT, errors, and life count value. 2.4.5.7 Installation Settings Sets the following parameters: Item Range Details Slow Scan Feed Regi Adjustment 0~128 Feed Direction Regi Setting Fast Scan Regi Adjustment 0~64 Scan Direction Regi Settings for Aux1, 2, MSI, and Dup. Life - Reading and Initialization of Fuser and Printer Life Counter Item Range Details SerialNo. 8 digits Sets 8-digit Serial No. Display Counter ON, OFF Sets whether to display the Billing Counter. Color Print - Displays the Color Print Counter current value. B/W Print - Displays the B/W Print Counter current value. Total Print - Displays the Total Print Counter current value. Color Backup - Displays the Color Backup Counter current value. B/W Backup - Displays the B/W Backup Counter current value. Total Backup - Displays the Total Backup Counter current value. Color Error - Displays the Color Error Counter current value. B/W Error - Displays the B/W Error Counter current value. Reset Counter - Resets the three counter values (0 clear). CopyCounter MtoB - Copies data from Master NVM to the Backup NVM. CopyCounter BtoM - Copies data from Backup NVM to the Master NVM. Reset PV Counter - Resets the Print Volume Counter (0 clear). Clear All NVM - Clear All ESS NVM Clear JobHistory - Clears Job History data Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2-182 2.4.6 Test Print Prints the specified pattern. When Jam/No Paper occurs during printing, the printer waits until the problem is cleared before resuming. 2.4.6.1 Grid Prints the test patterns in the IOT. Checks the print function on the IOT side. 2.4.6.2 Grid 2 Prints the ESS built-in grid patterns. 2.4.6.3 Density 20% Pattern Prints paper filled with cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and CMY mixed colors with 20% density. 2.4.6.4 Gradation Pattern Prints paper with 0 to 100% density gradation of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone 2-183 2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone 2.5.1 Overview Allows continuous printing of the MCU built-in samples that are not transferred through the PWBA ESS for checking the IOT operations. If no problem is found on the PWBA MCU built-in sample, the PWBA ESS may have a failure. 2.5.2 Print Method 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) WARNING When performing the following procedures, never touch the current- carrying parts and drives. 2) Load paper into the MSI and then turn the power ON. 3) After the printer has entered the READY mode, short-circuit the PWBA MCU test print pad which is placed at the upper right of the PWBA MCU Interface connector (P411) with a mini- driver, etc. NOTE Every time it is short-circuited, one sheet of test print is output. WARNING When short-circuiting the pad, be careful not to have your hands or the tools come into contact with other devices. NOTE If the printer is in the error status, printing cannot be done. NOTE Refer to "10.7 Operation Mode" in Chapter 10 Machine Overview regarding the READY mode. Leg_Sec002_003EB PWBA MCU Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone 2-184 2.5.3 Test Print Pattern 400 dot line (400dpi) 1 dot line 127 dot 508 dot (400dpi) Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-185 2.6 NVM List CAUTION Never try to write data in the NVM that is not described below since it is used as a system area for the machine. CAUTION The initial values are only for reference as they vary according to the specifications. NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit 0 (0000) 1 SIDE REGI MSI 0x00~0x40 32 (20) Adjust the rise time of the Line SYNC. 4 dot 0.169mm 1 (0001) 1 SIDE REGI TRAY1 0x00~0x40 29 (1D) Adjust the rise time of the Line SYNC. 4 dot 0.169mm 2 (0002) 1 SIDE REGI TRAY2 0x00~0x40 26 (1A) Adjust the rise time of the Line SYNC. 4 dot 0.169mm 3 (0003) 1 SIDE REGI DUP Side Batch Correction 0x00~0x40 37 (25) Corrects the Line SYNC rise time at the DUP side against the SIMP side. 4 dot 0.169mm 22 (0016) 1 LEAD REGI A -60~127 -26 (E6) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Plain 1, Plain 2, Recycled, Bond 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 23 (0017) 1 LEAD REGI B -60~127 -29 (E3) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Heavyweight 1, Coated 2 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 24 (0018) 1 LEAD REGI C -60~127 -26 (E6) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Transparency 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 25 (0019) 1 LEAD REGI D -60~127 -18 (EE) LEAD REGI Adjustment value: Envelope 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 26 (001A) 1 LEAD REGI E -60~127 -19 (ED) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Postcard 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 27 (001B) 1 LEAD REGI F -60~127 -25 (E7) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Labels 1, Labels 2 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 34 (0022) 1 LEAD_REGI_ADJUST 0~128 64 (40) LEAD REGI adjustment value (All paper batch correction) 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-186 41 (0029) 1 LEAD REGI G -60~127 -29 (E3) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Heavyweight 2, Coated 3 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 42 (002A) 1 LEAD REGI H -60~127 -34 (DE) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Custom 1 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 43 (002B) 1 LEAD REGI I -60~127 -34 (DE) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Custom 2 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 44 (002C) 1 LEAD REGI J -60~127 -34 (DE) LEAD REGI adjustment value: Custom 3 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 209 (00D1) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_P1 1~16 5 (05) Plain 1 Offset Level 1 210 (00D2) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_P2 1~16 5 (05) Bond Offset Level 1 211 (00D3) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_C1 1~16 5 (05) Heavyweight 1 Offset Level 1 212 (00D4) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_C2 1~16 5 (05) Heavyweight 2 Offset Level 1 213 (00D5) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_E 1~16 5 (05) Envelope Offset Level 1 214 (00D6) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_Coat1 1~16 5 (05) Coated 1 Offset Level 1 215 (00D7) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_Coat2 1~16 5 (05) Coated 2 Offset Level 1 216 (00D8) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_Coat3 1~16 5 (05) Coated 3 Offset Level 1 217 (00D9) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_Label 1~16 5 (05) Labels Offset Level 1 218 (00DA) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_OHP 1~16 5 (05) Transparency Offset Level 1 219 (00DB) 1 I2_OS_LEVEL_Post 1~16 5 (05) Postcard Offset Level 1 220 (00DC) 1 OFFSET1_P1 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Plain 1 0.59uA 221 (00DD) 1 OFFSET1_P2 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Bond 0.59uA 222 (00DE) 1 OFFSET1_C1 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Heavyweight 1 0.59uA NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-187 223 (00DF) 1 OFFSET1_C2 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Heavyweight 2 0.59uA 224 (00E0) 1 OFFSET1_E 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Envelope 0.59uA 225 (00E1) 1 OFFSET1_Coat1 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Coated 1 0.59uA 226 (00E2) 1 OFFSET1_Coat2 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Coated 2 0.59uA 227 (00E3) 1 OFFSET1_Coat3 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Coated 3 0.59uA 228 (00E4) 1 OFFSET1_Label 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Labels 0.59uA 229 (00E5) 1 OFFSET1_OHP 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Transparency 0.59uA 230 (00E6) 1 OFFSET1_Post 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 1_Postcard 0.59uA 231 (00E7) 1 OFFSET2_P1 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Plain 1 0.59uA 232 (00E8) 1 OFFSET2_P2 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Bond 0.59uA 233 (00E9) 1 OFFSET2_C1 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Heavyweight 1 0.59uA 234 (00EA) 1 OFFSET2_C2 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Heavyweight 2 0.59uA 235 (00EB) 1 OFFSET2_E 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Envelope 0.59uA 236 (00EC) 1 OFFSET2_Coat1 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Coated 1 0.59uA 237 (00ED) 1 OFFSET2_Coat2 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Coated 2 0.59uA 238 (00EE) 1 OFFSET2_Coat3 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Coated 3 0.59uA 239 (00EF) 1 OFFSET2_Label 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Labels 0.59uA 240 (00F0) 1 OFFSET2_OHP 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Transparency 0.59uA 241 (00F1) 1 OFFSET2_Post 0~254 4 (04) Offset Current 2_Postcard 0.59uA 318 (013E) 1 CYCLEDOWN WAIT TIMER - 0 (00) - - 319 (013F) 1 HOLD WAIT TIMER - 0 (00) - - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-188 320 (0140) 1 DUPLEX MODE - 0 (00) - - 488 (01E8) 4 Xero CRU Warning (Low) 0~99999999 1920 00 (00) Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value DrumCycle 489 (01E9) - Xero CRU Warning (Mid Low) - (EE) Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value - 490 (01EA) - Xero CRU Warning (Mid High) - (02) Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value - 491 (01EB) - Xero CRU Warning (High) - (00) Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value - 492 (01EC) 4 Xero CRU Error (Low) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value DrumCycle 493 (01ED) - Xero CRU Error (Mid Low) - (E0) Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value - 494 (01EE) - Xero CRU Error (Mid High) - (F5) Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value - 495 (01EF) - Xero CRU Error (High) - (05) Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value - 524 (020C) 4 FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 525 (020D) - FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (MID LOW) - (E0) FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 526 (020E) - FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (MID HIGH) - (F5) FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 527 (020F) - FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (HIGH) - (05) FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 528 (0210) 4 XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (LOW) 0~99999999 2000 00 (40) Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 529 (0211) - XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (MID LOW) - (0D) Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 530 (0212) - XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (MID HIGH) - (03) Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 531 (0213) - XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (HIGH) - (00) Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value - 532 (0214) 2 XERO FC PV (LOW) 0~65535 0 (00) FullColor PV Counter PV 533 (0215) - XERO FC PV (HIGH) - (00) FullColor PV Counter - 534 (0216) 2 XERO CLN LIFE ERROR (LOW) 0~65535 2050 (02) Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after Full detected) 100ms NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-189 535 (0217) - XERO CLN LIFE ERROR (HIGH) - (08) Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after Full detected) - 536 (0218) 4 XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (LOW) 0~99999999 3100 0 (18) Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection 100ms 537 (0219) - XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (MID LOW) - (79) Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection - 538 (021A) - XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (MID HIGH) - (00) Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection - 539 (021B) - XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (HIGH) - (00) Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection - 540 (021C) 4 FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) FUSER Life - 541 (021D) - FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (MID LOW) - (E0) FUSER Life - 542 (021E) - FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (MID HIGH) - (F5) FUSER Life - 543 (021F) - FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (HIGH) - (05) FUSER Life - 544 (0220) 1 XERO_CLN_LIFE_WARNING_GARD 0~255 90 (5A) Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value (Drum Cycle from SNR Full detected to Warning) - 552 (0228) 4 XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 1600 00 (00) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 553 (0229) - XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (71) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 554 (022A) - XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (02) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 555 (022B) - XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (00) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 556 (022C) 4 XERO FC Dispense (LOW) 0~99999999 0 (00) FullColor Dispense Counter - 557 (022D) - XERO FC Dispense (MID LOW) - (00) FullColor Dispense Counter - 558 (022E) - XERO FC Dispense (MID HIGH) - (00) FullColor Dispense Counter - 559 (022F) - XERO FC Dispense (HIGH) - (00) FullColor Dispense Counter - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-190 560 (0230) 4 FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value - 561 (0231) - FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value - 562 (0232) - FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value - 563 (0233) - FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value - 564 (0234) 4 K DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 565 (0235) - K DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 566 (0236) - K DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 567 (0237) - K DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 568 (0238) 4 Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 569 (0239) - Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 570 (023A) - Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 571 (023B) - Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 572 (023C) 4 M DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 573 (023D) - M DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 574 (023E) - M DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 575 (023F) - M DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 576 (0240) 4 C DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 577 (0241) - C DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 578 (0242) - C DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - 579 (0243) - C DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-191 580 (0244) 4 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value - 581 (0245) - 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value - 582 (0246) - 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value - 583 (0247) - 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value - 584 (0248) 4 MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) MSI Life Warning Threshold Value - 585 (0249) - MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) MSI Life Warning Threshold Value - 586 (024A) - MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) MSI Life Warning Threshold Value - 587 (024B) - MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) MSI Life Warning Threshold Value - 588 (024C) 4 TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value - 589 (024D) - TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value - 590 (024E) - TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value - 591 (024F) - TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value - 592 (0250) 4 TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value - 593 (0251) - TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value - 594 (0252) - TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value - 595 (0253) - TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value - 596 (0254) 4 PRINTER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) PV Life Warning Threshold Value - 597 (0255) - PRINTER LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) - (E0) PV Life Warning Threshold Value - 598 (0256) - PRINTER LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) - (F5) PV Life Warning Threshold Value - 599 (0257) - PRINTER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (05) PV Life Warning Threshold Value - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-192 600 (0258) 2 K TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535 4700 (5C) K Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 601 (0259) - K TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (12) K Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 602 (025A) 2 Y TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535 4700 (5C) Y Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 603 (025B) - Y TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (12) Y Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 604 (025C) 2 M TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535 4700 (5C) M Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 605 (025D) - M TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (12) M Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 606 (025E) 2 C TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) 0~65535 4700 (5C) C Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 607 (025F) - C TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) - (12) C Toner Life Warning Threshold Value - 712 (02C8) 1 NVM_FSR_MOT_SPEED -127~+127 -78 (B2) Fuser Motor Speed Adjustment - 787 (0313) 1 INIT SETUP SEQUENCE 0,1 1 (01) Installation Sequence Process 0: After processing, 1: Before processing - 818 (0332) 2 K Toner PV (LOW) - 0 (00) K Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 819 (0333) - K Toner PV (HIGH) - (00) K Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 820 (0334) 2 Y Toner PV (LOW) 0~65535 0 (00) Y Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 821 (0335) - Y Toner PV (HIGH) - (00) Y Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 822 (0336) 2 M Toner PV (LOW) 0~65535 0 (00) M Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 823 (0337) - M Toner PV (HIGH) - (00) M Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 824 (0338) 2 C Toner PV (LOW) 0~65535 0 (00) C Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 825 (0339) - C Toner PV (HIGH) - (00) C Toner Cartridge PV Counter - 826 (033A) 2 Xero CRU PV (LOW) 0~65535 0 (00) XERO CRU PV Counter - 827 (033B) - Xero CRU PV (HIGH) - (00) XERO CRU PV Counter - 828 (033C) 4 PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999 0 (00) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-193 829 (033D) - PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) - (00) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) - 830 (033E) - PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) - (00) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) - 831 (033F) - PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) - (00) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) - 832 (0340) 4 TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999 0 (00) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 833 (0341) - TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) - (00) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 834 (0342) - TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) - (00) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 835 (0343) - TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) - (00) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 836 (0344) 4 TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999 0 (00) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 837 (0345) - TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) - (00) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 838 (0346) - TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) - (00) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 839 (0347) - TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) - (00) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 840 (0348) 4 MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999 0 (00) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 841 (0349) - MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) - (00) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 842 (034A) - MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) - (00) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 843 (034B) - MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) - (00) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) - 844 (034C) 4 FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~99999999 0 (00) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) - 845 (034D) - FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) - (00) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) - 846 (034E) - FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) - (00) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) - 847 (034F) - FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) - (00) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) - 848 (0350) 2 XERO CLN LIFE ERR COUNTER (LOW) 0~65535 0 (00) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after Full detected) - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-194 849 (0351) - XERO CLN LIFE ERR COUNTER (HIGH) - (00) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after Full detected) - 850 (0352) 1 XERO CLN WARNING Fixed Guard Counter 0~255 0 (00) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Drum Cycle after Full detected) - 851 (0353) 1 dummy - 0 (00) - - 852 (0354) 4 XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (LOW) 0~ 4294967295 0 (00) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 853 (0355) - XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) - (00) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 854 (0356) - XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) - (00) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 855 (0357) - XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) - (00) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) - 932 (03A4) 2 K Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535 0 (00) K Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 933 (03A5) - K Toner Life Counter (High) - (00) K Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 934 (03A6) 2 Y Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535 0 (00) Y Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 935 (03A7) - Y Toner Life Counter (High) - (00) Y Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 936 (03A8) 2 M Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535 0 (00) M Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 937 (03A9) - M Toner Life Counter (High) - (00) M Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 938 (03AA) 2 C Toner Life Counter (Low) 0~65535 0 (00) C Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 939 (03AB) - C Toner Life Counter (High) - (00) C Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) - 948 (03B4) 4 Xero CRU Counter (Low) 0~99999999 0 (00) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) DrumCycle 949 (03B5) - Xero CRU Counter (Mid Low) - (00) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) - 950 (03B6) - Xero CRU Counter (Mid High) - (00) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-195 951 (03B7) - Xero CRU Counter (High) - (00) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) - 952 (03B8) 4 DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Low) 0~99999999 0 (00) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 953 (03B9) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Mid Low) - (00) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 954 (03BA) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Mid High) - (00) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 955 (03BB) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (High) - (00) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) 956 (03BC) 4 DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Low) 0~99999999 0 (00) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 957 (03BD) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Mid Low) - (00) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 958 (03BE) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Mid High) - (00) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 959 (03BF) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (High) - (00) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 960 (03C0) 4 DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Low) 0~99999999 0 (00) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 961 (03C1) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Mid Low) - (00) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 962 (03C2) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Mid High) - (00) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 963 (03C3) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (High) - (00) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 964 (03C4) 4 DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Low) 0~99999999 0 (00) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 965 (03C5) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Mid Low) - (00) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 966 (03C6) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Mid High) - (00) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 967 (03C7) - DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (High) - (00) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) - 991 (03DF) 1 PROCON_TUUCHI 0,1 0 (00) Process Control Notification Flag - 996 (03E4) 4 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Low 0~100000 0 (00) 2BTR Life Counter 1 PV 997 (03E5) - 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Mid Low - (00) 2BTR Life Counter - 998 (03E6) - 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Mid High - (00) 2BTR Life Counter - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 2 Troubleshooting 2.6 NVM List 2-196 999 (03E7) - 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_High - (00) 2BTR Life Counter - 1021 (03FD) - MCU Version Data (High) - 0 (00) - - NVM Number (Hex) No. of Data Bytes Function Setting Range (Hex) Initial Value (Hex) Data details Unit Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting Table of Contents 3-1 Table of Contents 3.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.1 Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3....................................................................... 3-2 3.1.2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting............................................................................ 3-2 3.2 Image Quality Problem ............................................................................................. 3-3 3.2.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart ........................................................................... 3-3 3.3 Image Quality Specifications..................................................................................... 3-6 3.3.1 Parallelism.............................................................................................................................. 3-6 3.3.2 Perpendicularity...................................................................................................................... 3-6 3.3.3 Skew....................................................................................................................................... 3-7 3.3.4 Linearity .................................................................................................................................. 3-7 3.3.5 Magnification Error ................................................................................................................. 3-7 3.3.6 Registration ............................................................................................................................ 3-8 3.3.7 Print Guaranteed Area............................................................................................................ 3-8 3.4 Test Print Method...................................................................................................... 3-9 3.5 Image Quality FIP................................................................................................... 3-10 FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation) ......................................................................................... 3-10 FIP-1.P2 Blank print ......................................................................................................................... 3-12 FIP-1.P3 Black solid print ................................................................................................................. 3-14 FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes) ........................................ 3-15 FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally ...................................................................................................... 3-17 FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks ................................................................................................................. 3-19 FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks ............................................................................................................. 3-20 FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission ...................................................................................................... 3-22 FIP-1.P9 Spots ................................................................................................................................. 3-24 FIP-1.P10 Ghost images .................................................................................................................. 3-26 FIP-1.P11 Background ..................................................................................................................... 3-27 FIP-1.P12 Skewed image ................................................................................................................ 3-28 FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage ........................................................................................................ 3-29 FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image .............................................................................................................. 3-30 FIP-1.P15 Color deviation ................................................................................................................ 3-31 FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded ........................................................................... 3-32 FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light .......................................................................................................... 3-33 FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black ........................................................................................................ 3-34 FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded ........................................................................................................ 3-35 FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness ....................................................................................... 3-36 FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position) .................................... 3-37 FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position) .............................. 3-38 FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks ........................................................................................................... 3-39 FIP-1.P24 Stains .............................................................................................................................. 3-40 FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches) .................................................................................. 3-41 FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency .................................................................... 3-42 FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches) ............................................................ 3-43 Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.1 Preface 3-2 3.1 Preface 3.1.1 Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3 1. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting is composed of four sections: Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart, Image Quality Specifications, Test Print Method and Image Quality FIP. 2. The Image Quality Specifications section describes all types of Test Pattern and image quality evaluation procedure using the Test Patterns and their usages. 3. The Image Quality FIP section describes troubleshooting procedure for image problem items and failed parts that cause image quality failure. 3.1.2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting 1. When an image quality problem occurs, carry out troubleshooting by searching the appropriate page for "3.5 Image Quality FIP" in the contents describing the item. 2. When determining an image quality failure, follow an appropriate procedure by referring to "3.3 Image Quality Specifications". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.2 Image Quality Problem 3-3 3.2 Image Quality Problem 3.2.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart
NOTE The description given is when the printer controller is in working order. Except for cases which cannot be determined with test prints, a test print can be carried out with the engine alone to find out if it is the printer controller that is faulty or the engine that is faulty. Test Print by engine alone is normal -> Printer controller is faulty Test Print by engine alone is abnormal -> Engine is faulty When it is believed that 'Printer controller is faulty', check by replacing with a working printer controller and a working interface cable. If the problem recurs after the replacement, check the host and make use of the following problem-specific Image Quality FIP for efficient troubleshooting. Leg_Sec001_001FA Start Test Printing Is there a corresponding FIP? Carry out the corresponding troubleshooting. Replace IBT ASSY then FUSER ASSY. The trouble is restored? The trouble is restored? End End No No No Yes Yes Yes Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.2 Image Quality Problem 3-4 When problems on print image quality occur, assess and understand the problem. Obtain prints to determine the appropriate action and make use of the following problem-specific Image Quality FIP for efficient troubleshooting. When the problem cannot be resolved with Image Quality FIP, check the Image Quality FIP list again. Perform troubleshooting by checking the "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem" and making use of Chapter 2 Troubleshooting "2.4 How to use Diag. (CE) Mode". Image Quality FIP contains the following typical image quality problems. - FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation) - FIP-1.P2 Blank print - FIP-1.P3 Black solid print - FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes) - FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally - FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks - FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks - FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission - FIP-1.P9 Spots - FIP-1.P10 Ghost images - FIP-1.P11 Background - FIP-1.P12 Skewed image - FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage - FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image - FIP-1.P15 Color deviation - FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded - FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light - FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black - FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded - FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness - FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position) - FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position) - FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks - FIP-1.P24 Stains - FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches) - FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency - FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.2 Image Quality Problem 3-5 NOTE When horizontal stripes, spots, etc. appear in a regular cycle, it may be due to problems with a specific roll. In such a case, measure the frequency of the problem on a test print and check the relationship with the following pitches (taking note that they may not necessarily be the same as the circumference of the roll) so that the problem can be solved more easily. Parts Name Roll Diameter Interval (mm) FUSER FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 EXIT ROLL 15.6 49.1 PINCH ROLL 8.0 25.1 H/R 26.2 84.5 BELT 30.1 94.5 XERO CRU IBT ASSY PL7.1.1 DRUM 47.0 147.7 BCR 12.0 37.7 1st BTR 10.0 31.4 BUR 15.7 49.3 IDLE ROLL 11.8 36.9 CLN BRUSH 19.0 24.1 TRANSFER 2ND BTR ASSY PL6.1.12 2nd BTR 16.3 51.1 DEVE HOUSING ASSY -DEVE PL9.2.58 MAG ROLL 16.0 24.9 AUGGER SUPPLY 17.0 38.1 AUGGER ADMIX 17.0 38.1 PR MOTOR MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 7.5 Leg_001_032FA BELT 30.1 H/R 26.2 DRUM 47 MAG ROLL 16 AUGGER SUPPLY AUGGER ADMIX 17 TNR CRU TNR CRU TNR CRU TNR CRU BCR 12 2nd BTR 16.3 BUR 15.7 1st BTR 10 IDLE ROLL 11.8 BELT CIRCUMFERENCE 449.9mm CLN BRUSH 19 EXIT ROLL 15.6 PINCH ROLL ADC SENSOR Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.3 Image Quality Specifications 3-6 3.3 Image Quality Specifications 3.3.1 Parallelism 3.3.2 Perpendicularity Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.3 Image Quality Specifications 3-7 3.3.3 Skew 3.3.4 Linearity 3.3.5 Magnification Error Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.3 Image Quality Specifications 3-8 3.3.6 Registration 3.3.7 Print Guaranteed Area Leg_008_009FA 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 355.6mm (14inch) 215.9mm (8.5inch) 351.6mm 210.9mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 297.0mm (11.7inch) 293.0mm 215.9mm (8.5inch) 210.9mm MSI in use 500 Paper Feeder in use Print Guaranteed Area Print Guaranteed Area Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.4 Test Print Method 3-9 3.4 Test Print Method Enter the Diag. (C/E) Mode and carry out a Test Print. (Refer to Chapter 2 Troubleshooting "2.4 How to use Diag. (C/E) Mode") When "Grid [IOT]" of "2.4.2 Menu Tree(6)Test Print" is executed, the following test pattern will be printed. [Test Print Pattern] 400 dot line (400dpi) 1 dot line 127 dot 508 dot (400dpi) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-10 3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation) Description of problem Density of images is generally too low. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) - TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) - TNR VRU C (PL9.2.4) - TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check path of laser beam Is there any obstacle between the ROS ASSY and the IBT ASSY? Remove the obstacle. Go to Step 3. 3 Check the ROS window Is there dirt on the ROS window? Clean the ROS window with the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) Go to Step 4. 4 Check toner cartridge installation Reinstall the toner cartridge and do a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 5. 5 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 6. Replace the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 6 Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted? Clean or replace the relevant part. Go to Step 7. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-11 7 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 8. 8 Check after replacement of TNR CRU (toner cartridge) Replace the TNR CRU Y/M/C/K. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 9. 9 Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 10. 10 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 11. 11 Check after replacement of MOT ASSY MAG Replace the MOT ASSY MAG (REP11.4). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 12. 12 Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Go to Step 13. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6). 13 Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6). Proce dure Check Items Yes No Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-12 FIP-1.P2 Blank print Description of problem Paper is printed completely white. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) - TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) - TNR VRU C (PL9.2.4) - TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check path of laser beam Is there any obstacle between the ROS ASSY and the IBT ASSY? Remove the obstacle. Go to Step 2. 2 Is the whole ROS window completely covered by the obstacle etc.? Or is it dirty? Remove the obstacle / Clean the ROS window with the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) Go to Step 3. 3 Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Go to Step 4. Connect the connectors. 4 Check toner cartridge installation Reinstall the toner cartridge and do a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 5. 5 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 6. Replace the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 6 Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted? Clean or replace the relevant part. Go to Step 7. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-13 7 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 8. 8 Check after replacement of TNR CRU (toner cartridge) Replace the TNR CRU Y/M/C/K. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 9. 9 Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 10. 10 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 11. 11 Check after replacement of MOT ASSY MAG Replace the MOT ASSY MAG (REP11.4). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 12. 12 Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Go to Step 13. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6). 13 Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Go to Step 14. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6). 14 Check after replacement of ESS Replace the ESS. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Proce dure Check Items Yes No Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-14 FIP-1.P3 Black solid print Description of problem Paper is printed completely black. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Go to Step 2. Connect the connectors. 2 Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted? Clean or replace the relevant part. Go to Step 3. 3 Cover the ROS ASSY window completely with paper and perform a test print. Is the print completely black? Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6) Go to Step 4. 4 Cover half of the ROS ASSY window with paper and perform a test print. Is the print half white and half black? Go to Step 5. Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). 5 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-15 FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes) Description of problem There are extremely light parts in the image or parts with completely no image. These parts appear vertically in the feed direction within a large area. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper transport path Is there any dirt or obstacle on the paper transport path from the feeding to the output of the paper? Remove the obstacle. Go to Step 3. 3 Check path of laser beam Is there any obstacle between the ROS ASSY and the IBT ASSY? Remove the obstacle. Go to Step 4. 4 Check the ROS window Is there dirt on the ROS window? Clean the ROS window with the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) Go to Step 5. 5 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 6. 2nd BTR ASSY BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 6 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 7. 7 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 8. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-16 8 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Proce dure Check Items Yes No Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-17 FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally Description of problem There are extremely light parts in the image or parts with completely no image. These parts appear horizontally within a large area perpendicular to the feed direction. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check rollers on paper transport path Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 4. Clean or replace the relevant roller and go to Step 3. 3 Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 4. 4 Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Go to Step 5. Connect the connectors. 5 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 6. Replace the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 6 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 7. 7 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 8. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-18 8 Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 9. 9 Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Or has the problem of band deletion been solved? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Go to Step 10. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6). 10 Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Go to Step 11. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6). 11 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Proce dure Check Items Yes No Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-19 FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks Description of problem There are vertical black lines running in the direction of the paper orientation. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check rollers on paper transport path Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 3. Clean or replace the relevant roller and go to Step 2. 2 Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 3. 3 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 4. 2nd BTR ASSY BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 4 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 5. 5 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 6. 6 Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 7. 7 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-20 FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks Description of problem There are horizontal black lines running perpendicular to the feed direction. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Go to Step 2. Connect the connectors. 2 Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.13)? Or is it distorted? Clean or replace the relevant part. Go to Step 3. 3 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 4. 2nd BTR ASSY BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 4 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 5. 5 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 6. 6 Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Go to Step 7. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6) 7 Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Go to Step 8. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-21 8 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Proce dure Check Items Yes No Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-22 FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission Description of problem There are extremely light parts in the image or parts that are completely omitted. These omitted parts appear on limited areas on the paper. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 3. 2nd BTR ASSY BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 3 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 4. 4 Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Go to Step 5. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6) 5 Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Go to Step 6. Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6) 6 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Go to Step 7. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-23 7 Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Proce dure Check Items Yes No Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-24 FIP-1.P9 Spots Description of problem Toner spots are spread randomly across the page. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check rollers on paper transport path Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 2. Clean or replace the relevant roller and go to Step 2. 2 Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Go to Step 3. Connect the connectors. 3 Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted? Clean or replace the relevant part. Go to Step 4. 4 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 5. Replace the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 5 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 6. 6 Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 7. 7 Check after replacement of LV/HVPS Replace the LV/HVPS (REP12.6). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 8. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-25 8 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Proce dure Check Items Yes No Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-26 FIP-1.P10 Ghost images Description of problem Part of the previous page or current page appear as a ghost image on the paper. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check repeated print Examine the ghost image. Is the customer printing a large quantity of the same image? Go to Step 2. Go to Step 3. 2 Check the ghost image Print 30 pages for each type of image. Does the ghost image still appear? Go to Step 3. Procedure complete. (Do not mass print.) 3 Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.13)? Or is it distorted? Clean or replace the relevant part. Go to Step 4. 4 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 5. 5 Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 6. Replace the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) 6 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-27 FIP-1.P11 Background Description of problem There are toner smudges across the entire page or on part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Go to Step 2. Connect the connectors. 2 Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.13)? Or is it distorted? Clean or replace the relevant part. Go to Step 3. 3 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 4. 4 Check for dirt/foreign substances on the SENSOR ASSY ADC Is there dirt/foreign substances on the SENSOR ASSY ADC? After cleaning and removing the dirt/foreign substances, go to Step 5. Go to Step 6. 5 Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 6. 6 Check after replacement of SENSOR ASSY ADC Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC (REP6.7). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 7. 7 Check after replacement of LV/HVPS Replace the LV/HVPS (REP12.6). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-28 FIP-1.P12 Skewed image Description of problem The printed image is not parallel to the edges of the paper. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14) - PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.10) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.2) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check installation surface of machine Is the installation surface of the machine uneven? Are the legs of the machine correctly attached? Go to Step 2. Restore the installation surface to normal condition. 2 Check paper feed Remove the Paper Cassette and load the paper properly. Install the Paper Casette into the machine properly. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 3. 3 Check the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 operation in the Paper Cassette Remove the Paper Cassette. Does the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL2.1.3) rise properly without slanting to the sides? Go to Step 4. Reinstall the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM (REP2.3) 4 Check rollers on the paper transport path for dirt, damage and wear and check installation Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Are the rollers properly installed? Go to Step 5. Clean, replace or reinstall the relevant roller and go to Step 5. 5 Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY properly installed? Go to Step 6. Reinstall and go to Step 6. 6 Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 7. 7 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-29 FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage Description of problem The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) - PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check paper transport path Is there any dirt or obstacle on the paper transport path between the feeder tray and the output tray? Remove the dirt or obstacle. Go to Step 3. 3 Check all rollers on paper transport path Are all the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Go to Step 4. Clean the relevant roller. 4 Check installation of FUSER ASSY Is the FUSER ASSY properly installed? Go to Step 5. Reinstall. 5 Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-30 FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image Description of problem The printed image is not properly fused onto the paper. When rubbed, the image comes off easily. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check Print Settings Mode Is the printer set to the transfer voltage corresponding to the paper used? Go to Step 3. Adjust the transfer voltage. 3 Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Go to Step 4. 4 Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 5. 5 Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-31 FIP-1.P15 Color deviation Description of problem The printed yellow and black images are not correctly layered onto the cyan and magenta images, resulting in color deviation. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Correct the Color Registration from the Control Panel Can Color Registration be corrected from the Control Panel using the Color Registration Chart? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check installation of SENSOR TR-0 Is the SENSOR TR-0 properly installed? Go to Step 4. Reinstall and go to Step 3. 3 Perform a test print Perform a test print using the Color Registration Chart. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 4. 4 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print using the Color Registration Chart. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 5. 5 Check after replacement of MOT ASSY P/R Replace the MOT ASSY P/R (REP11.6). Perform a test print using the Color Registration Chart. Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 6. 6 Check after replacement of PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS (REP12.7). After replacement, can Color Registration be adjusted from the Control Panel using the Color Registration Chart? Could Color Registration be done? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-32 FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded Description of problem The entire page is uneven in density/faded. This happens because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J504) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) [Points of connection] Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check the connector LV/HVPS Check the connection of the LV/HVPS connector (P/J504) and the primary BTR connector (P/J512) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". P/J 504 P/J 512 (1BTR) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-33 FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light Description of problem Color is light on the entire page.This happens because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J509) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) [Points of connection] Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check the connector LV/HVPS Check the connection of the LV/HVPS connector (P/J509) and the DEVE connector (P/J510) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". P/J 509 P/J 510 (DEVE) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-34 FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black Description of problem The entire page is covered in black (full color). This happens because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J508) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY BCR (PL7.1.32) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) [Points of connection] Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check the connector LV/HVPS Check the connection of the LV/HVPS connector (P/J508) and the BCR connector (P/J514) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". P/J 508 P/J 514 (BCR) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-35 FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded Description of problem The entire page is extremely faded. This happens because the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J505) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) - PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) [Points of connection] Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check the connector PWBA HVPS Check the connection of the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J505). Also, check if the 2nd BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) in contact with T2 in the above figure is properly installed. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". P/J 505 T2 (2BTR) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-36 FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness Description of problem Density unevenness occurs in the horizontal direction in dark-colored areas (color becomes lighter in strips). This happens because the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J506) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30) - PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) [Points of connection] Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check the connector PWBA HVPS Check the connection of the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J506) and the IBT connector (P/J513) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". P/J 506 P/J 513 (IBT) Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-37 FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position) Description of problem Vertical stripes (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction in the same position when comparing Halftone 30%, C, M and Y. This is caused by dirt on the ROS ASSY window, garbage in the ROS ASSY or defects in the IBT ASSY drum. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Clean the ROS ASSY window Clean the ROS ASSY window with the ROD-CLEANER (PL8.1.4). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Go to Step 2. 2 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Go to Step 3. 3 Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-38 FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position) Description of problem The vertical streaks (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction in different positions when comparing Halftone 30%, C, M and Y. This is caused by blockage in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE or damage in the Mag Roll. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (Y/M/C/K) (PL9.2.5-8) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Replace the relevant HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (REP9.6). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-39 FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks Description of problem The horizontal streaks in the Fast Scan direction occur in fixed positions for Color Print. The positions change for B/W Print. This is caused by foreign substances on the IBT ASSY belt etc. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-40 FIP-1.P24 Stains Description of problem The stains occur in fixed positions for Color Print. The positions change for B/W Print. This is caused by foreign substances on the IBT ASSY belt etc. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-41 FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches) Description of problem Colored spots occur in 150mm pitches. For Color Print, the different colored spots occur in staggered positions and the positions on the paper shift slightly for every page. For B/W Print, only black spots occur. This happens because of defects in the IBT ASSY drum. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-42 FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency Description of problem When printing a transparency, 2 vertical stripes (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction near the center of the transparency. This is due to improper rotation of the FUSER ASSY Kick Roll. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.5 Image Quality FIP 3-43 FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches) Description of problem When unused for a long period of time (about 1 month), shiny stripes (decolored) of width 5mm occur in the Fast Scan direction. This happens easily when printing on transparencies and coated paper with high image density. NOTE The situation will improve gradually with increased usage, so do not replace the FUSER ASSY immediately. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure Check Items Yes No 1 Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Procedure complete. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem". Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Table of Contents 4-1 Table of Contents 4.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 4-5 4.1.1 Before Servicing ..................................................................................................................... 4-5 4.1.2 Procedure Notations............................................................................................................... 4-7 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly............................................................................................. 4-8 REP1. COVER ............................................................................................................. 4-8 REP1.1 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) .......................................................................................... 4-8 REP1.2 TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2), COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23) ............................................... 4-9 REP1.3 COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) .............................................................................................. 4-10 REP1.4 COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5) ...................................................................................... 4-11 REP1.5 COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6) ...................................................................................... 4-12 REP1.6 SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) ....................................................................................... 4-13 REP1.7 NOT USED ..................................................................................................................... 4-13 REP1.8 COVER RH (PL1.1.9), SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30), COVER ROS WINDOW (PL1.1.31) .... 4-14 REP1.9 COVER MSI (PL1.1.14) .................................................................................................. 4-15 REP1.10 COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16) ............................ 4-16 REP1.11 OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) .................................................................................................... 4-17 REP1.12 COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19) ......................................................................................... 4-18 REP1.13 COVER ESS (PL1.1.21) ................................................................................................. 4-19 REP1.14 SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22), SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) ..................... 4-20 REP1.15 COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24) .................................................................................... 4-21 REP1.16 NOT USED ..................................................................................................................... 4-21 REP1.17 COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28) ........................................................................................ 4-22 REP1.18 COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33) .......................................................................................... 4-23 REP1.19 SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) ................................................................................. 4-24 REP4. MSI .................................................................................................................. 4-25 REP4.1 MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) ....................................................................................................... 4-25 REP4.2 ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) ............................................................................................ 4-27 REP4.3 ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) ....................................................................................................... 4-29 REP4.4 CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9) .................................................................................................... 4-30 REP4.5 GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12), GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) ....................................... 4-31 REP4.6 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) ........................................................................ 4-33 REP4.7 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) ..................................................................... 4-34 REP4.8 PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) ................................................................................ 4-35 REP4.9 OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20) ................................................................................................ 4-36 REP4.10 SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) .................................................................................... 4-37 REP4.11 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) ............................................................................ 4-38 REP4.12 ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) ..................................................................................... 4-39 REP5. PH ASSY ......................................................................................................... 4-41 REP5.1 COVER-PH (PL5.1.1) ..................................................................................................... 4-41 REP5.2 CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) ...................................................................................... 4-42 REP5.3 CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3), CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4) ........................................ 4-43 REP5.4 FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) .......................................................................................... 4-44 REP5.5 CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) ..................................................................................... 4-46 REP5.6 ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ....................................................................................... 4-47 REP5.7 ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) ..................................................................................... 4-48 REP5.8 ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ............................................................................... 4-50 REP5.9 SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) .............................................................................................. 4-51 REP5.10 ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) ........................................................................................ 4-52 REP5.11 SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) ............................................................................................. 4-53 REP5.12 MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) .................................................................................................. 4-54 REP5.13 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) .......................................................................... 4-55 REP5.14 SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) ...................................................................................... 4-56 REP5.15 DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) .......................................................................................... 4-57 REP6. TRANSFER ..................................................................................................... 4-58 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Table of Contents 4-2 REP6.1 CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1), COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) ............................... 4-58 REP6.2 SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) ....................................................................................... 4-60 REP6.3 FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) ........................................................................................ 4-62 REP6.4 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) ............................................................................................ 4-64 REP6.5 CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) ........................................................................................... 4-65 REP6.6 SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) ................................................................................ 4-67 REP6.7 SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) ................................................................................... 4-68 REP6.8 HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21) ...................................................................................... 4-69 REP6.9 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) .......................................................................... 4-70 REP6.10 SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) .............................................................................. 4-71 REP6.11 PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) .............................................................................. 4-72 REP6.12 CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29) ....................................................................................... 4-73 REP7. XERO .............................................................................................................. 4-74 REP7.1 SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) ................................................................................................ 4-74 REP7.2 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) ..................................................................................... 4-75 REP7.3 LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6) .............................................................................................. 4-77 REP7.4 ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) .......................................................................................... 4-78 REP7.5 GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) ................................................................................. 4-80 REP7.6 LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) ....................................................................................... 4-83 REP7.7 CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16), PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17) ............................................ 4-84 REP7.8 LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19) ......................................................................................... 4-85 REP7.9 BCR CLN XERO ASSY (PL7.1.20) ................................................................................ 4-86 REP7.10 SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) .................................................................................. 4-87 REP8. ROS ................................................................................................................ 4-88 REP8.1 ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) ..................................................................................................... 4-88 REP8.2 CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) ............................................................................................ 4-89 REP9. DEVE .............................................................................................................. 4-90 REP9.1 LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) ................................................................................. 4-90 REP9.2 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) ............................................................................... 4-91 REP9.3 ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) ......................................................................................... 4-93 REP9.4 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17) ................................................................................... 4-94 REP9.5 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) ................................................................. 4-95 REP9.6 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) .................. 4-96 REP9.7 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) ................................................................................ 4-99 REP10. FUSER .......................................................................................................... 4-101 REP10.1 FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ............................................................................................. 4-101 REP10.2 FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) .............................................................................. 4-103 REP10.3 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) ........................................................................ 4-104 REP11. 1. DRIVE ....................................................................................................... 4-105 REP11.1 DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) ...................................................................................... 4-105 REP11.2 DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) ..................................................................................... 4-106 REP11.3 MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) ......................................................................................... 4-107 REP11.4 MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) ........................................................................................ 4-108 REP11.5 MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) ......................................................................................... 4-109 REP11.6 MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) .......................................................................................... 4-110 REP11.7 MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) .................................................................................... 4-111 REP12. ELEC ............................................................................................................. 4-112 REP12.1 SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) ............................................................................. 4-112 REP12.2 PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) .............................................................................................. 4-113 REP12.3 PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10) ...................................................................................... 4-114 REP12.4 PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) ........................................................................................... 4-115 REP12.5 PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) ................................................................................................ 4-116 REP12.6 LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) ..................................................................................................... 4-118 REP12.7 PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) ................................................................................................. 4-119 REP12.8 PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) ............................................................................... 4-120 REP12.9 CHASSIS ASSY ESS (REFERENCE ONLY) ............................................................... 4-121 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Table of Contents 4-3 REP13. DUPLEX ........................................................................................................ 4-122 REP13.1 DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1) ........................................................................................... 4-122 REP13.2 COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2) ........................................................................................... 4-123 REP13.3 COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) ........................................................................................... 4-124 REP13.4 COVER-INV (PL13.2.1) ................................................................................................ 4-125 REP13.5 LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2), LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) ................................................... 4-126 REP13.6 INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1) ................. 4-127 REP13.7 SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7) .............................................................................. 4-128 REP13.8 ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) ......................................................................................... 4-129 REP13.9 SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) ........................................................................... 4-130 REP13.10 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) .......................................................................... 4-131 REP13.11 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ...................................................................... 4-133 REP13.12 CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22) .......................................................................... 4-134 REP13.13 LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3), LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12) ............................................... 4-135 REP13.14 SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) ................................................................................. 4-137 REP13.15 ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) ....................................................................................... 4-138 REP13.16 SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) ............................................................................... 4-139 REP13.17 SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) ........................................................................................ 4-140 REP13.18 HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) ......................................................................................... 4-141 REP13.19 HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20) ........................................................................................ 4-142 REP13.20 COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23) ...................................................................... 4-143 REP13.21 COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) ......................................................................... 4-144 REP13.22 PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) ....................................................................................... 4-145 REP13.23 PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) ...................................................................................... 4-146 REP13.24 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) .................................................................................. 4-147 REP13.25 PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) ........................................................................................... 4-149 REP13.26 MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) ................................................................................. 4-150 REP13.27 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ........................................................................ 4-152 REP14. 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER ........................................ 4-153 REP14.1 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) .................................................................. 4-153 REP14.2 GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) ..................................................................................... 4-154 REP14.3 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) ...................................................................... 4-155 REP14.4 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4), GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) ..... 4-157 REP14.5 COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12) ........................................................................ 4-158 REP14.6 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY) .................................................... 4-159 REP14.7 COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1) ...................................................................................... 4-160 REP14.8 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) ............................................................................. 4-161 REP14.9 COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10) .................................................................................. 4-162 REP14.10 PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) ........................................................................................ 4-163 REP14.11 PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4) ................................................................................................ 4-164 REP14.12 DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) .................................................................................... 4-165 REP14.13 SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) ....................................................................................... 4-166 REP14.14 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9) ............................................................................ 4-167 REP14.15 CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12) .............................................................................. 4-168 REP14.16 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) ........................................................................ 4-169 REP14.17 ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) ............................................................................ 4-170 REP14.18 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) ........................................................................ 4-171 REP14.19 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) ........................................................................ 4-172 REP14.20 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) ........................................................................... 4-173 REP14.21 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) ................................................................. 4-174 REP14.22 FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26) ....................................................................................... 4-176 REP14.23 STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) ..................................................................................... 4-177 REP14.24 GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) ........................................................................................... 4-178 REP14.25 GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) ........................................................................................... 4-179 REP14.26 STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35) ..................................................................................... 4-180 REP14.27 HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) .............................................................................. 4-181 REP14.28 SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) ................................................................................. 4-183 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Table of Contents 4-4 REP14.29 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) .................................................................... 4-184 REP14.30 ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) ......................................................................................... 4-186 REP14.31 SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) .............................................................................................. 4-187 REP14.32 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) ............................................................................ 4-188 4.3 Adjustment ............................................................................................................ 4-190 ADJ1. Firmware Download............................................................................................................ 4-190 ADJ1.1 ESS F/W.................................................................................................................... 4-190 ADJ1.2 MCU F/W................................................................................................................... 4-192 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.1 Preface 4-5 4.1 Preface This chapter is organized into 12 sections, each of which corresponds to each unit in Parts List and describes how to remove/install the main parts. * REP 1 COVER * REP 4 MSI * REP 5 PH ASSY * REP 6 TRANSFER * REP 7 XERO * REP 8 ROS * REP 9 DEVE * REP 10 FUSER * REP 11 DRIVE * REP 12 ELECTRICAL * REP 13 DUPLEX * REP 14 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER NOTE Closely observe the installation status before servicing a part that is managed as spare parts but whose procedure is not described here. NOTE In principle, optional parts must be removed when servicing. However, if it is not necessary, you can perform servicing with the parts installed. 4.1.1 Before Servicing - Turn OFF the power and disconnect the power plug from the outlet before servicing. - During servicing, remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) first before disassembling. - Remove the DUPLEX and disassemble it when necessary. - Wait until the FUSER ASSY and surrounding temperatures get low enough before servicing around the FUSER ASSY. - Be careful not to use extreme force during servicing as it may damage parts and cause malfunction. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.1 Preface 4-6 - Do not use screws in the wrong places as there are various types of screws used. When a plastic screw is used in a hole for metal screws, the hole will be damaged. Therefore, please take extra care when identifying plastic and metal screws. When a screw is used wrongly, the screw head may be smashed and problems may occur. NOTE Use a plastic screw for the screw installation position on the frame marked "T". - Do not service at the places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). No. Model Usage Shape How To Identify CAUTION 1 Plastic Screw Silver Tap Plastic Silver The screw head is rougher than the metal type. The screw edge is sharper This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged. 2 Plastic Screw Tap with Silver Collar Plastic Silver Flange The screw head is rougher than the metal type. The screw edge is sharper This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged. 3 Plastic Screw Tap with Silver Washer Plastic Silver Washer The screw head is rougher than the metal type. The screw edge is sharper This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged. 4 Metal Screw With Silver Collar Metal Silver Flange The screw edge is slightly sharper This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged. 5 Metal Screw With Silver Collar Metal Silver Flange The diameters of thread parts are even 6 Metal Screw Silver Metal Silver The diameters of thread parts are even 7 Metal Screw Silver, with External Cog Washer Metal Silver External Cog Washer The diameters of thread parts are even Parts etc Plastic Coarse Parts etc Plastic Coarse Parts etc Plastic Coarse Parts etc Sheet metal Parts etc Sheet metal Parts etc Sheet metal Parts etc Sheet metal Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.1 Preface 4-7 - Perform earthing of the service personnel with wrist bands whenever possible in order to remove static electricity from the body. When a wrist band cannot be found, touch a grounded metal part of the machine before servicing. - Once servicing is completed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows. 4.1.2 Procedure Notations - The phrase "REPX.Y "AAAAA"" indicates that the part name "AAAAA" is the one to be disassembled/assembled. - The note "(PLX.Y.Z)" appearing after a part name in the procedure indicates that the part corresponds to the item "Z" of the plate (PL) "X.Y" in "Chapter 5 Parts List". Therefore, you can refer to "Chapter 5 Parts List" for more information on the shape and installation position, etc. of the part. - The expressions related to the directions in the procedures are as follows: - FRONT: Direction towards you when you stand in front of the machine - REAR: Direction towards the rear end when you stand in front of the machine - LEFT: Direction to the left when you stand in front of the machine - RIGHT: Direction to the right when you stand in front of the machine Figure: Definition of Printer Orientation - When the description "For ... machine" appears in the procedures, you need to do the procedure for the appropriate machines. (Do not perform the procedure for other machines.) - The phrase "(REP X.Y)" appearing in or at the end of a procedure indicates that the procedures related to "REP X.Y" are described. - The screws in figures are to be fastened/removed with a plus driver, unless otherwise specified. - Black arrows in the figures indicate that you must move the part in the direction of the arrow. Numbers in the figures indicate that you must move the parts in the order of the numbers. - Refer to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data" for the positions of connectors (P/J). REAR FRONT LEFT RIGHT Leg_03_001FA Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-8 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP1. COVER REP1.1 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the E-rings (x2) that secure the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) to the machine. 3) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP by opening and shifting it to the right. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Use the external stud channel out of the two channels. Leg_03_002FA 3) 2) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-9 REP1.2 TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2), COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23) Removal 1) Pull the COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23) out until it stops. 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 3) Release the hooks that secure the COVER TRAY to the COVER ASSY TOP and remove the COVER TRAY together with the TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2). 4) Open the TRAY EXTENSION. NOTE Be careful not to damage the TRAY EXTENSION boss when performing the following: 5) Make the TRAY EXTENSION boss bent with a mini-driver and pull it out of the COVER TRAY hole to remove it. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to damage the boss of TRAY EXTENSION. Leg_03_003FA 3)-1 3)-2 2)-2 3)-1 Leg_Sec03_501EB 5)-2 5)-1 4) 2)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-10 REP1.3 COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) Removal 1) Open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). 2) Keep the COVER RH (PL1.1.9) broadened and pull the COVER RH boss out of the COVER FUSER hole to remove the COVER FUSER. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the protrusions on the right and left sides of the COVER FUSER are inserted into the body of COVER RH and COVER LH respectively. Leg_Sec03_005EB NOTE 1) 2)-2 2)-1 LEFT Protrusion Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-11 REP1.4 COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5) Removal 1) For DUPLEX machines, open the DUPLEX ASSY. 2) For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). (REP1.3) 3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 4) Release the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5) to the machine. NOTE The screws that secure the COVER TOP SIDE L cannot be removed from the COVER TOP SIDE L due to its structural design. 5) Remove the COVER TOP SIDE L from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_502FA 4) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-12 REP1.5 COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6) Removal 1) For DUPLEX machines, open the DUPLEX ASSY. 2) For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). (REP1.3) 3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6) to the machine. 5) Remove the COVER TOP SIDE R and BRACKET TOP S RH (PL1.1.38) from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_503FA 5) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-13 REP1.6 SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Release the clamp that secures the harnesses of the SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) and remove the harnesses. NOTE Leave the intermediate connector (blue) at the harness when performing the following: 3) Disconnect the connector (P/J116, blue) of the SWITCH ASSY TOP. 4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY TOP to the machine. 5) Remove the SWITCH ASSY TOP from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. REP1.7 NOT USED Leg_03_006FA 4) 3) 2) 5) Intermediate connector (Blue) (Blue) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-14 REP1.8 COVER RH (PL1.1.9), SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30), COVER ROS WINDOW (PL1.1.31) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Release the hooks (x4) that secure the GUIDE BAR (PL1.1.29) to the COVER RH (PL1.1.9) and remove the GUIDE BAR. 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the COVER ROS WINDOW (PL1.1.31) to the SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30). 4) Shifting the COVER ROS WINDOW along the COVER RH rib and remove the COVER ROS WINDOW from the protrusion of the COVER RH. 5) Remove the SLIDE BAR for the COVER RH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the top and bottom of the COVER ROS WINDOW are properly inserted into the COVER RH protrusions. NOTE Check the COVER ROS WINDOW operations by moving the SLIDE BAR to see whether the COVER ROS WINDOW can be opened/closed smoothly. Leg_Sec03_007EA NOTE 4) 3) 2) 5) 2) 2) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-15 REP1.9 COVER MSI (PL1.1.14) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14) slightly and shift it to the right to remove it from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_008EA 2)-1 2)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-16 REP1.10 COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) 5) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) and the COVER HINGE (PL1.1.40) and then release the HARNESS ASSY PANEL (PL1.1.18). 6) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15) to the machine. 7) Shift the COVER FRONT L to the right and then release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER FRONT L to remove the COVER FRONT L together with the COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16). NOTE Be careful not to damage the COVER FRONT ASSY U boss when performing the following: 8) Insert a driver and push the bosses at the right and left sides of the COVER FRONT ASSY U and then pull it out of the holes of the COVER FRONT L to remove the COVER FRONT ASSY U from the COVER FRONT L. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_010FA Leg_03_009FA 6) 4) 6) 7)-2 8)-2 8)-1 6) 6) 6) 5) 7)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-17 REP1.11 OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) Removal 1) Open the COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16). NOTE Do not place the OP PANEL apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: 2) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) and the hooks (x2) to remove the COVER CONPANE (PL1.1.39). 3) Release the hooks (x4) to set the OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) slightly apart from the machine. 4) Disconnect the connector P/J220 which is connected to the OP PANEL to remove the OP PANEL. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and OP PANEL. Leg_03_184FA 4)-2 4)-1 3) 3) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-18 REP1.12 COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19) Removal 1) For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) For standard machines, remove the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3) 3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16), COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1), and COVER MSI (PL1.1.14). 4) Remove the COVER ESS. (REP1.13) 5) Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19) to the machine. 6) Lift up the COVER ASSY LH and release the hooks (x5) at the rear of the COVER ASSY LH from the machine holes. 7) Remove the COVER ASSY LH by keeping the COVER ASSY LH broadened to avoid the interface connectors at the rear of the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_011FA 3) 7)-1 7)-2 6) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-19 REP1.13 COVER ESS (PL1.1.21) Removal 1) Hold the top of the COVER ESS (PL1.1.21) and tilt it towards you to remove it upwards. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Hitch the tabs (x3) under the COVER ESS. Leg_03_188FA 1) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-20 REP1.14 SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22), SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Release the clamps which secure the harnesses of the SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22) and remove the harnesses. 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY FUSER to the machine. 4) Remove the SWITCH ASSY FUSER and BRACKET TOP S LH (PL1.1.37) from the machine. NOTE Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following: 5) Disconnect the connector (P/J117, blue) of the SWITCH ASSY FUSER. 6) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) to the BRACKET INLK FUSER (PL1.1.35) and remove the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR. 7) Disconnect the connector (P/J114) of the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_012FA 4) 5) 3) 2) 7) 6)-1 6)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-21 REP1.15 COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24) Removal 1) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24) to the machine. 3) Remove the COVER INNER TOP from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. REP1.16 NOT USED Leg_03_187FA 3) 2) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-22 REP1.17 COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28) Removal 1) For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) For standard machines, remove the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3) 3) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14). 4) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28) to the machine. 5) Lift up the COVER ASSY RH, release the hooks (x6) at the rear of the COVER ASSY RH from the machine holes and remove the COVER ASSY RH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_185FA 5) 4) 4) 4) 4) 3) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-23 REP1.18 COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33) to the machine. 6) Release the hook (x1) at the rear of the COVER INNER L from the machine hole and remove the COVER INNER L. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_186FA 5) 5) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-24 REP1.19 SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Remove the SWITCH ASSY FUSER. (REP1.14) 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) to the BRACKET INLK FUSER (PL1.1.35). 4) Remove the SWITCH-INLK FUSER from the BRACKET INLK FUSER. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_506FA 3) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-25 REP4. MSI REP4.1 MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation steps. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Disconnect the connectors (P/J408) and (P/J409) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). 7) Release the clamps (x2) on the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6) and then remove the harness of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (PL4.1.26). 8) When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed, turn the LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) which is attached to the 500 Sheet Feeder by 90 degrees as shown in the figure to unlock it from the unit. 9) Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to the machine. NOTE When performing the following procedures, be careful not to hitch the cable tie which bundles the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 harnesses to the machine holes. NOTE When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the HARNESS- ASSY P/H 1 between the machine and MSI ASSY. 10) Pull the MSI ASSY slightly towards you and lift up the MSI ASSY, avoiding the TIE PLATE which is placed under the machine. Slowly pull it towards you again to pull out the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 from the machine holes and remove the MSI ASSY. LOCK MC TO FDR Unlocked Locked Leg_03_042FA NOTE 6) 7) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 7) 6) 9)-1 9)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-26 Installation NOTE When performing the following procedures, be careful not to hitch the cable tie which bundles the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 harnesses to the machine holes. NOTE When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the HARNESS- ASSY P/H 1 between the machine and MSI ASSY. 1) Move the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (PL4.1.26) along the left side of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to insert it to the machine front together with the MSI ASSY. 2) With the MSI ASSY slightly lifted up to avoid the TIE PLATE placed under the machine, insert the MSI ASSY halfway and pull out the connectors of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 from the machine holes. 3) Align the MSI ASSY with the installation area of the machine and then slowly pull the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 so that it does not loosen in the machine. 4) Secure the MSI ASSY to the machine with screws (x6) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm). 5) When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed, turn the LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) by 90 degrees in the opposite direction of the arrow shown in the figure to lock it with the machine. 6) Connect the connectors (P/J408) and (P/J409) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). 7) Secure the harnesses of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 with the clamps (x2) to the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6). 8) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 9) Install the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 10) Install the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 11) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 12) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Leg_03_507FA [NOTE] [2)-1] [2)-2] [3)] [1)] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-27 REP4.2 ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 7) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10) NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to turn the ROLL ASSY MSI in the direction of the arrow to unlock the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) and keep the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) lifted. 8) Remove the right and left SPRING-N/F MSI (PL4.1.18) which are hooked at the right and left sides of the BEARING MSI (PL4.1.3) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1). 9) Remove the E-ring that secures the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY. 10) Align the CAM PICK UP MSI notch with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI inside. 11) From the right and left shaft bearings, align the BEARING MSI notch with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left BEARING MSI inside. 12) Shift the ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY MSI bearing out of the right shaft bearing to remove the ROLL ASSY MSI. NOTE NOTE Leg_Sec03_054FB NOTE NOTE 11) 10) 10) 11) 9) 9) 8) 8) 12) D cut side Elliptic Semicircular end end Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-28 Installation NOTE When performing the following procedures, install with the PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.6) paper holder downward. 1) Insert the left side of the ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) bearing into the left shaft bearing and then shift the ROLL ASSY MSI to the right to install the ROLL ASSY MSI. 2) Align the right and left BEARING MSI (PL4.1.3) notches on the ROLL ASSY MSI with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then insert the BEARING MSI into the MSI ASSY right and left shaft bearings to secure the ROLL ASSY MSI. 3) Align the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) right and left notches on the ROLL ASSY MSI with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI outside. NOTE Make sure that the CAM PICK UP MSI notch is aligned with the ROLL ASSY MSI positioning pin. 4) Secure the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI to the SHAFT ASSY MSI with E-ring. NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to turn the ROLL ASSY MSI in the direction of the arrow to unlock the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) and keep the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) lifted. NOTE Be careful of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation direction when performing the following: Install the semicircular side of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation area to the BEARING MSI. Install the semicircular side of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation area to the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI. 5) Install the SPRING-N/F MSI (PL4.1.18) on the right and left BEARING MSI. 6) Install the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10) 7) Install the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 8) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 9) Install the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 10) Install the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 11) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 12) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-29 REP4.3 ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Release the hook of the right CORE (PL4.1.7) which is secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) and then shift it to the right. 3) Shift the ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) to the right and pull out the ROLL MSI installation channel from the SHAFT ASSY MSI pin to remove the ROLL MSI from the SHAFT ASSY MSI. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the ROLL MSI installation direction. (Install the ROLL MSI by aligning the direction of the arrow printed on it with the one in the illustration.) Leg_Sec03_043EA 3) 2)-1 2)-2 Arrow Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-30 REP4.4 CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Loosen the CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9) and pull the right boss of the CHUTE MSI from right hole of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the CHUTE MSI. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_044EB 2)-1 2)-2 RIGHT Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-31 REP4.5 GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12), GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) Removal 1) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14). 2) Release the hook that secures the GUIDE SIDE COVER (PL4.1.10) center hole and the right and left hooks of the GUIDE SIDE COVER from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) holes to remove the GUIDE SIDE COVER. 3) Remove the GEAR MANUAL (PL4.1.11) from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM. 4) Shift the GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12) to the right and remove the GUIDE SIDE L protrusion from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM installation area to remove the GUIDE SIDE L. 5) Hold and shift the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) lever to the left and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R protrusion from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM installation area to remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R. Leg_Sec03_045EA 2)-1 2)-1 2)-2 2)-1 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-32 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_046EA 4) 5)-2 5)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-33 REP4.6 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 7) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10) 8) Remove the ROLL ASSY MSI. (REP4.2) 9) Broaden the right and left installation areas of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 (PL4.1.14) from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2 holes from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI boss. 10) Lift the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI to remove the right and left holes of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI from the the right and left shaft bearings of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1). 11) Remove the right side of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI from the right notch of the MSI ASSY to remove the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE The job will be made easier by keeping the rear of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI slightly lifted during installation. Leg_Sec03_047FA NOTE 9) 9) 11)-1 11)-2 10)-2 10)-1 [During Installation] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-34 REP4.7 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4) 3) Release the hooks of the right and left PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.6) that are secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) and shift them outside to remove the CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.28). 4) Release the hooks of the right and left CORE (PL4.1.7) that are secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI and then shift them outside. 5) Remove the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3) NOTE Be careful not to lose the SPRING RETARD MSI when performing the following: 6) Loosen the bosses at both sides of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) to remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19). Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE When the SPRING RETARD MSI has departed from the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI, attach the SPRING RETARD MSI to the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI boss before installation. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING RETARD MSI is fitted into the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM spring holder boss. Leg_Sec03_508EB 4)-1 3)-2 3)-1 4)-2 4)-2 4)-1 3)-1 3)-2 Leg_Sec03_048EB NOTE 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-35 REP4.8 PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures. Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4) 3) Remove the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3) 4) Remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI. (REP4.7) NOTE Do not bend the PLATE ASSY RETARD when performing the following: 5) Loosen the PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) and remove the right and left holes from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) boss to remove the PLATE ASSY RETARD. Installation NOTE Do not bend the PLATE ASSY RETARD. 1) Align the right and left U-channels of the PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) with the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) front boss. 2) Loosen the PLATE ASSY RETARD and turn it with the boss which is aligned with the U-channels as a center, and then insert the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM rear boss into the right and left holes of the PLATE ASSY RETARD to install the PLATE ASSY RETARD. 3) Install the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI. (REP4.7) 4) Install the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3) 5) Install the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4) 6) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Leg_Sec03_049EA 5)-1 5)-2 Leg_Sec03_509EA [1)] [2)-1] [2)-2] [2)-1] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-36 REP4.9 OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 7) Release the hooks of the GEAR PICK UP (PL4.1.22) that is secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the GEAR PICK UP. 8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the DAMPER BRACKET (PL4.1.21) to the MSI ASSY. 9) Remove the OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20) together with the DAMPER BRACKET from the MSI ASSY. 10) Remove the OIL DAMPER from the DAMPER BRACKET. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the OIL DAMPER installation direction. Leg_Sec03_200FA 7)-1 7)-2 9) 8) 8) 10) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-37 REP4.10 SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 7) Release the hooks of the GEAR PICK UP (PL4.1.22) that is secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the GEAR PICK UP. NOTE Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following: 8) Disconnect the connector (P/J605) of the SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) and remove the harness from the MSI ASSY channel. 9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the SOLENOID PICK UP to the MSI ASSY. 10) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP from the MSI ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_050FA 7)-2 7)-1 10) 8) 9) Channel Notch [During Installation] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-38 REP4.11 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 7) Release the hooks (x3) of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) that is secured to the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) with a mini-driver etc. and then turn the ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) to remove the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY. 8) Disconnect the connector (P/J103) of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_051FA 7)-1 7)-3 8) 7)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-39 REP4.12 ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 7) Remove the GUIDE SIDE L and GUIDE ASSY SIDE R. (REP4.5) NOTE You do not need to remove the connectors of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY when performing the following: 8) Remove the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY. (REP4.11) 9) Broaden the right and left installation areas of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 (PL4.1.14) from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2 holes from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI boss. 10) Turn the PLATE BOTTOM 2 and remove the right and left bosses of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) notch to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2. NOTE Be careful not to break the ACTUATOR EMPTY when performing the following: 11) Remove the left shaft bearing channel of the ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) from the hooks of the MSI ASSY to pull the ACTUATOR EMPTY right shaft bearing out of the MSI ASSY holes. 12) Shift the ACTUATOR EMPTY to the left and shift the ACTUATOR EMPTY shaft bearing along the MSI ASSY notch to remove the ACTUATOR EMPTY. Leg_Sec03_052FB 9) 9) 10) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-40 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Check whether the ACTUATOR EMPTY is secured to the hook. Leg_Sec03_053FB NOTE 11)-1 11)-2 12) [DuringInstallation] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-41 REP5. PH ASSY REP5.1 COVER-PH (PL5.1.1) Removal 1) Open the COVER-PH (PL5.1.1). 2) Release the right and left hooks which secure the COVER-PH to the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) to remove the COVER-PH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_142EA 2)-1 1) 2)-1 2)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-42 REP5.2 CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) Removal 1) For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) For standard machines, remove the COVER-PH. (REP5.1) 3) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). NOTE Be careful not to damage the CHUTE ASSY-REAR boss when performing the following: 4) Loosen the installation area at the right side of the CHUTE ASSY-REAR with a mini-driver and pull the right boss out of the FRAME-PH (PL5.2.10) hole to remove the CHUTE ASSY- REAR. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to damage the boss of the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. Leg_Sec03_055EA 4)-2 [During Installation] 4)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-43 REP5.3 CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3), CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4) Removal 1) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. (REP5.2) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4) to the CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3). 3) Remove the depressed part of CHUTE-REAR LOW from the protruded part of the CHUTE- REAR UP and remove the CHUITE-REAR LOW from the CHUTE-REAR UP. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the protruded part of the CHUTE REAR UP is inserted into the depressed part of the CHUTE-REAR LOW. Leg_Sec03_056FA NOTE 2) 2) [During Installation] 3)-2 3)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-44 REP5.4 FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) Removal 1) For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) For standard machines, remove the COVER-PH. (REP5.1) 3) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). 4) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) to the machine. 5) Close the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. NOTE Do not place the FRAME ASSY-PH apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: 6) Place the FRAME ASSY-PH together with the CHUTE ASSY-REAR apart from the machine. 7) Disconnect the connectors (P/J603) and (P/J604) that are connected to the machine to remove the FRAME ASSY-PH together with the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. 8) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. (REP5.2) Leg_Sec03_057EA 3) 4) 4) 4) 4) 6) 8) 7) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-45 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Connect the connector with the FRAME ASSY-PH opened at 90 degrees as shown in the figure. NOTE Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and FRAME ASSY-PH. Leg_03_510EB NOTE [During Installation] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-46 REP5.5 CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) NOTE Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following: 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J203) of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2), and remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH channel. 5) Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH. 6) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Refer to the figure for more information on how to remove the harness. Leg_Sec03_058FA 4) 6) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-47 REP5.6 ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) 4) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) 5) Remove the E-rings (x2) that secure the GEAR-REGI (PL5.2.6) from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) and to remove the GEAR-REGI (x2). 6) Remove the right and left BEARING METAL (PL5.2.3) that secure the ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) from the FRAME ASSY-PH. 7) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). 8) Shift the ROLL-REGI METAL to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL-REGI METAL bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL-REGI METAL. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_059FB 5)-1 5)-2 6) 6) 8) 7) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-48 REP5.7 ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) 4) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) 5) Remove the E-ring that secures the GEAR-REGI (PL5.2.6) to the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1), to remove the GEAR-REGI. 6) Remove the right BEARING RUBBER (PL5.2.5) and SPRING-REGI R (METAL) (PL5.2.7) that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER from the FRAME ASSY-PH. 7) Remove the E-ring that secures the ROLL REGI RUBBER from the FRAME ASSY-PH and remove the left BEARING RUBBER and SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) (PL5.2.9). 8) Shift the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL REGI RUBBER bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL REGI RUBBER. Leg_Sec03_060FB (BLACK) (METAL) 8) 5)-1 5)-2 6)-1 6)-2 7)-1 7)-2 RIGHT D cut side Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-49 Installation NOTE Install the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the FRAME ASSY-PH so that the bearing D cut side is placed at the right side. 1) Insert the left side of the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) bearing into the left shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH and then shift the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the right to install it. 2) Secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) with the right and left BEARING RUBBER (PL5.2.5). NOTE Be careful not to install the SPRING-REGI R(METAL) and the SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) in reversed positions when performing the following: 3) Install the SPRING-REGI R (METAL) (PL5.2.7) to the right BEARING RUBBER boss and FRAME ASSY-PH right shaft bearing boss that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER. 4) Install the SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) (PL5.2.9) to the left BEARING RUBBER boss and FRAME ASSY-PH left shaft bearing boss that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER. NOTE Check that the SPRING-REGI R (METAL) and SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) are installed in the right and left BEARING RUBBER bosses and the FRAME ASSY-PH shaft bearing boss. 5) Install the GEAR-REGI in the ROLL REGI RUBBER right shaft bearing and then secure the right and left shaft bearings with E-rings. 6) Install the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) 7) Install the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) 8) Install the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 9) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-50 REP5.8 ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) 4) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. (REP5.13) 5) Remove the E-ring that secures the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) right shaft bearing from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1). 6) Remove the right and left BEARING METAL (PL5.2.3) that secure the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH. 7) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). 8) Shift the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL ASSY- PRE REGI. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Install the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH so that the bearing D cut side is placed at the left side. Leg_Sec03_061FB 6) 6) 5) 8) 7) D cut side Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-51 REP5.9 SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.15) to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1). NOTE Do not place the FRAME ASSY-PH apart from the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: 3) Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP together with the SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) from the FRAME ASSY-PH. 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J101) of the SENSOR OHP. 5) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the SENSOR OHP to the BRACKET- SENSOR OHP. 6) Remove the SENSOR OHP from the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_062FA 3) 2) 5) 6) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-52 REP5.10 ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) left shaft bearing from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) hook. 3) Remove the right ACTUATOR-REGI right shaft bearing out of the FRAME ASSY-PH hole and remove the ACTUATOR-REGI and SPRING-ACTUATOR (PL5.2.17) together. 4) Remove the SPRING-ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR-REGI. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING-ACTUATOR is hooked onto the ACTUATOR-REGI and FRAME ASSY-PH. NOTE Secure the ACTUATOR-REGI left shaft bearing with the FRAME ASSY-PH hook. Leg_Sec03_064FA NOTE 2) 3) 4) NOTE [During Installation] [DuringInstallation] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-53 REP5.11 SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) 4) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) and push down the ACTUATOR-REGI to remove the SENSOR REGI. 5) Disconnect the connector (P/J102) of the SENSOR REGI. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_065FB 5) 4)-3 4)-1 4)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-54 REP5.12 MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the COVER-HARNESS (PL5.2.25) to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) to remove the COVER-HARNESS. 3) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) and remove the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH channel. 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR-PH to the FRAME ASSY-PH. 5) Remove the MOTOR-PH from the FRAME ASSY-PH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the MOTOR-PH installation direction (the harness is at the front). Leg_Sec03_066FB 5) 4) 4) 2)-1 2)-1 3) 3) 2)-2 Front Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-55 REP5.13 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) NOTE Do not remove the relay connector when performing the following: 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J202) of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) and remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) channel. 5) Remove the E-ring which secures the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH. 6) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH and pull the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness out of the FRAME ASSY-PH hole. Installation 1) Insert the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) harness into the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) hole. 2) Align the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI hole with the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) shaft bearing D cut side and install the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI so that the protruded part of the FRAME ASSY-PH fits into the depressed part of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. 3) Secure the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH with an E-ring. 4) Turn the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness around the FRAME ASSY-PH channel and install the connector (P/J202) of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. 5) Install the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) 6) Install the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 7) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) NOTE Refer to the figure for more information on how to remove the harness. Leg_Sec03_067FA 4) 5) 6) NOTE Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-56 REP5.14 SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Disconnect the connector (P/J100) of the SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23). 3) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). 4) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-PH DOOR to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) to remove the SWITCH-PH DOOR. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_068FC 2) 4)-1 4)-2 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-57 REP5.15 DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) 3) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) and remove the harness. 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY-PH to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1). 5) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH from the FRAME ASSY-PH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Check that the CLUTCH ASSY REGI and CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI gears are engaged properly. Leg_Sec03_069FA 4) 4) 3) 5) CLUTCH ASSY REGI CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.2) (PL5.2.22) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-58 REP6. TRANSFER REP6.1 CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1), COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) Removal - CHUTE ASSY-FSR 1) Open the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1). NOTE Do not place the CHUTE ASSY-FSR apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: 2) Push the CHUTE ASSY-FSR hinge inside with a minus driver to remove the CHUTE ASSY- FSR from the machine. NOTE Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following: 3) Disconnect the connector (P/J620) of the CHUTE ASSY-FSR that is connected to the machine. NOTE If you do not need to remove the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (PL6.1.16) in the following procedure, you can remove the COVER ASSY-R R 2ND without removing the COVER ASSY LH by disconnecting the SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) connector (P/J113) instead of the connector (P/J621). - COVER ASSY-RR 2ND 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 5) Release the clamps that secure the harnesses of the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) and remove the harness. NOTE Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following: 6) Disconnect the connector (P/J621) that is connected to the machine and insert the connector into the machine hole. 7) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND to the machine. 8) Remove the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND from the machine. - CHUTE ASSY-FSR Leg_Sec03_511EC 3) 2)-2 1) 2)-1 2)-1 Protrusion Protrusion Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-59 - COVER ASSY-RR 2ND Installation - COVER ASSY-RR 2ND NOTE When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. 1) Pull the connector of the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) out of the machine hole. 2) Align the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND boss with the machine hole to install the COVER ASSY- RR 2ND. 3) Pull out the relay connector to be connected to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) connector from the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND left notch. 4) Secure the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm). 5) Connect the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND harness connector (P/J621) to the machine and secure the harness with a clamp. - CHUTE ASSY-FSR 6) Connect the CHUTE ASSY-FSR connector (P/J620) that is connected to the machine and insert the connector into the machine through the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND left notch. 7) Fit the U channels at the CHUTE ASSY-FSR right and left hinges to the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) shaft to install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR to the machine. 8) Close the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 9) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Leg_Sec03_143EB NOTE 8) 7) 7) 6)-1 5) 6)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-60 REP6.2 SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) Removal 1) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. (REP6.1) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secure the DIODE FUSER (PL6.1.6) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1). 3) Remove the DIODE FUSER from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secures the CHUTE-FSR (PL6.1.5) and PLATE DIS 2ND (PL6.1.32) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 5) Remove the PLATE DIS 2ND from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 6) Remove the CHUTE-FSR from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 7) Disconnect the connector (P/J111) of the SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3). 8) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the SENSOR FUSER IN to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 9) Remove the SENSOR FUSER IN from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. Leg_Sec03_144FB NOTE 2) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-61 Installation 1) Align the SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) boss with the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) hole to install the SENSOR FUSER IN. 2) Secure the SENSOR FUSER IN to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with a screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm). 3) Connect the SENSOR FUSER IN connector (P/J111). 4) Insert the protruded parts (x3) of the CHUTE-FSR (PL6.1.5) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR holes and then fit the CHUTE-FSR holes to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR bosses to install the CHUTE- FSR. 5) Install the PLATE DIS 2ND to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 6) Secure the right sides of the CHUTE-FSR and PLATE DIS 2ND together to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm). NOTE Be careful of the DIODE FUSER installation direction when performing the following: Install the DIODE FUSER so that white painted side is secured with the CHUTE- FSR. 7) Fit and install the DIODE FUSER (PL6.1.6) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR concave part. NOTE Pinch the DIODE FUSER pin between the washer and plate when performing the following: 8) Secure the DIODE FUSER right pin area to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm). 9) Secure the DIODE FUSER left pin area and the PLATE DIS 2ND left side to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm). 10) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. (REP6.1) Leg_Sec03_145FA 8) 9) 7) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-62 REP6.3 FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 3) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) 5) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5) 6) Remove the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25) which secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right and left sides to the machine. 7) Remove the E-ring which secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND right shaft bearing to the machine and shift the BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) to the left. NOTE Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING-BRUSH CAM when performing the following: 8) Shift the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the right temporarily and pull the FRAME ASSY-2ND bearing out of the machine left shaft bearing to remove the FRAME ASSY-2ND together with the BEARING-BRUSH CAM. 9) Remove the BEARING-BRUSH CAM from the FRAME ASSY-2ND. NOTE Leg_Sec03_146EB NOTE 6) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-63 Installation 1) Install the BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) on the machine left shaft bearing. 2) Install the BEARING-BRUSH CAM on the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right shaft bearing. 3) Insert the FRAME ASSY-2ND right shaft bearing to the machine right shaft bearing, shift the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the left, and then insert the GEAR 27 (PL6.1.8) flange on the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the rear of DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) to install the FRAME ASSY-2ND. 4) Insert the right BEARING-BRUSH CAM on the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the machine right shaft bearing and secure them with an E-ring. NOTE When performing the following procedures, make sure that the SPRING-2ND to the machine and the depressed part of the FRAME ASSY-2ND are properly hooked. 5) Secure the FRAME ASSY-2ND right and left sides to the machine with the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25). 6) Install the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5) 7) Install the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) 8) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 9) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 10) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Leg_Sec03_147EB 7)-2 9) 9) 8) [3)] [1)] 7)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-64 REP6.4 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) Removal 1) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 2) Remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1). NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL. 3) Turn the right and left levers of the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) towards you and unlock the levers from the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7). 4) Hold the 2ND BTR ASSY levers to pull the 2ND BTR ASSY right side from the FRAME ASSY-2ND, and then pull the left side to remove the 2ND BTR ASSY from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE During installation, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY- ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL. NOTE To install, place the 2ND BTR ASSY right shaft bearing under the PLATE BIAS- 2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) pin area. NOTE After installing the 2ND BTR ASSY, check that the right and left levers move up/ down smoothly. NOTE After replacing with a new 2ND BTR ASSY, clear the life counter. Leg_03_070FA NOTE 4)-2 4)-3 4)-1 3) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-65 REP6.5 CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 3) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) NOTE When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) from the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27). 4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) NOTE When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) from the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO (PL6.1.23). 5) Remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) NOTE Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING when performing the following: 6) Remove the E-ring that secures the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) right shaft bearing to the machine and shift the BEARING (PL6.1.14) to the left. NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to push the FRAME ASSY-2ND in the direction of the arrow and release the FRAME ASSY- 2ND from the CAM ASSY-2ND cam. 7) Shift the CAM ASSY-2ND to the right temporarily and pull the CAM ASSY-2ND bearing out of the machine left shaft bearing to remove the CAM ASSY-2ND together with the BEARING. 8) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND from the BEARING. Leg_Sec03_148EB NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE 8) 8) 7)-2 7)-1 7)-1 6)-2 6)-1 RIGHT Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-66 Installation 1) Install the BEARING (PL6.1.14) on the machine left shaft bearing. 2) Install the BEARING on the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) right shaft bearing. NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to push the FRAME ASSY-2ND in the direction of the arrow and release the FRAME ASSY- 2ND from the CAM ASSY-2ND cam. 3) Insert the CAM ASSY-2ND right bearing to the machine right shaft bearing and shift the CAM ASSY-2ND to the right to install the CAM ASSY-2ND together with the BEARING. 4) Insert the right BEARING on the CAM ASSY-2ND to the machine right shaft bearing and secure them with an E-ring. NOTE Check that the CAM ASSY-2ND cam is fit in the FRAME ASSY-2ND cam holder. 5) Install the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) 6) Install the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) 7) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 8) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 9) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-67 REP6.6 SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) Removal 1) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 2) Disconnect the connector (P/J113) of the SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18). 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND (PL6.1.17) to the COVER-RR 2ND (PL6.1.19). 4) Remove the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND together with the SWITCH 2BTR COVER the COVER-RR 2ND. 5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH 2BTR COVER to the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND to remove the SWITCH 2BTR COVER. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_071FA 3) 4) 5)-1 5)-2 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-68 REP6.7 SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) Removal 1) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) which secure the SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) to the machine. NOTE Do not place the SENSOR ASSY ADC apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: 3) Remove the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the machine. 4) Disconnect the SENSOR ASSY ADC connector (P/J431). Removal Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_072EB 2) 2) 3) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-69 REP6.8 HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 3) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND. (REP6.11) 5) Remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) 6) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5) 7) Remove the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25) that secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right and left sides to the machine. (REP6.3) 8) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 9) Disconnect the connector (P/J431) of the SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20). 10) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21) to the machine. 11) Remove the HOLDER-ADC 2ND together with the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the machine. 12) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secure the SENSOR ASSY ADC to the HOLDER-ADC 2ND. 13) Remove the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the HOLDER-ADC 2ND. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Refer to the figure for more information on how to remove the harness. Leg_Sec03_512EB 13) 12) 12) 10) 10) 9) 11) NOTE Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-70 REP6.9 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) Removal 1) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 2) Disconnect the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) connector (P/J112). 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO (PL16.1.23) to the machine. 4) Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO together with the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT from the machine. 5) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT to the BRACKET- SENSOR PHOTO to remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-2ND shutter is in the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT sensor area. Leg_Sec03_073FB NOTE 5)-2 4) 3) 5)-1 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-71 REP6.10 SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) Removal 1) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) 2) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) 3) Disconnect the SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) connector (P/J107). 4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN (PL6.1.31) to the machine. 5) Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN together with the SENSOR IBT RETRACT from the machine. 6) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR IBT RETRACT to the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN to remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL shatter is in the SENSOR IBT RETRACT sensor area. Leg_Sec03_074FA NOTE 3) 6)-1 6)-2 5) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-72 REP6.11 PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 3) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) to the machine. NOTE Do not place the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY apart from the machine because they are connected with the WIRE ASSY 2BTR when performing the following: 5) Remove the clamp that secures the WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) and place the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY slightly apart from the machine. 6) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the WIRE ASSY 2BTR pin area to the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. 7) Remove the WIRE ASSY 2BTR from the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Turn the wire around so that the WIRE ASSY 2BTR connected to the PLATE BIAS- 2ND ASSY does not touch the CAM ASSY-2ND. NOTE When the E-ring of the FRAME ASSY-2ND touches the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and is hard to install, turn the SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9). Leg_Sec03_150FB 4) 4) 5)-2 6) 7) 5)-1 E-ring SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-73 REP6.12 CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) 4) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) 5) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) NOTE When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) from the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN (PL6.1.31). 6) Remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT. (REP6.10) 7) Remove the right and left E-rings that secure the CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29) to the machine. 8) Remove the right and left BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) that secure the CAM ASSY-IBT CL to the machine. 9) Shift the CAM ASSY-IBT CL to the left temporarily and pull the CAM ASSY-IBT CL bearing out of the machine right shaft bearing to remove the CAM ASSY-IBT CL. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL shutter is in the SENSOR IBT RETRACT sensor area. Leg_03_075FA 9) 7) 7) 8) 8) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-74 REP7. XERO REP7.1 SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) Removal 1) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 2) Remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1). 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secures the SENSOR TR-0 to the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3). 4) Remove the SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) from the PLATE-TR-0. 5) Disconnect the connector (P/J108) of the SENSOR TR-0. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_076FA 3) 5) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-75 REP7.2 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) Removal 1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 2) Remove the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. (REP10.2) 3) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) NOTE You do not need to remove the connectors of the PWBA ESS when performing the following: 4) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD(PL7.1.13) and the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4). 7) Remove the PLATE-TR-0 from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 8) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) on the left side of the machine. 9) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY D to the machine. 10) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D from the machine. Leg_03_077FA 6) 7) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-76 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Open and close the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) slightly to check the operation of the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) coupling. Leg_03_078FA 10) 8) 9) 9) 9) 9) 9) MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-77 REP7.3 LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6) Removal 1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) 4) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) 7) Remove the ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.4) 8) Remove the SPRING-TORSION D (PL7.1.5) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) hook. 9) Slightly turn and remove the LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6) together with the SPRING- TORSION D in the direction of the arrow so that it can avoid the GUIDE CRU ASSY D notch. 10) Remove the SPRING-TORSION D from the LATCH ASSY D. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION D is put onto the LATCH ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY D hooks. Leg_Sec03_201FA NOTE 8) 10) 9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-78 REP7.4 ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) Removal 1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) 4) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) 7) Release the hooks that secure the ARM-COUPLING (PL7.1.7) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) and remove the ARM-COUPLING together with the SPRING-TORSION ARM (PL7.1.8) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D bearing. 8) Turn the ARM-COUPLING by 90 degrees and remove the ARM-COUPLING. NOTE When releasing the hooks that secure the ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10), be careful not to break them. 9) Release the hooks that secure the ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D to remove the ANTENNA ASSY. 10) Disconnect the ANTENNA ASSY connector (P/J109). Leg_Sec03_079FB NOTE 8)-2 8)-1 7) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-79 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION ARM is hooked properly onto the ARM- COUPLING and LATCH ASSY D bearings. Leg_Sec03_080FA 9)-2 9)-1 10) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-80 REP7.5 GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 3) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE-TR-0. (PL7.1.3) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) and the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4). 7) Remove the PLATE-TR-0 from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 8) Remove the WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31), WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY BCR (PL7.1.32) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the WIRE ASSY DTN. (PL7.1.33) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 10) Remove the WIRE ASSY DTN from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 11) Remove the SPRING-LATCH (PL7.1.29) that is hooked onto the machine and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD studs. 12) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the PLATE-ASSY GND (PL7.1.34) and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD together to remove the PLATE-ASSY GND. 13) Remove the screws (x7) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD on the machine. 14) Pull the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD out of the machine hole and remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Leg_03_081FA 6) 7) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-81 Leg_03_082FA 10) 8) 9) 11) 8) 8) Leg_03_083FA 14) 13) 13) 13) 13) 13) 13) 13) 12)-2 12)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-82 Installation 1) Align the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) and the boss to the machine hole and install the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 2) Secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD to the machine with screws (x7) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). 3) Install the PLATE-ASSY GND (PL7.1.34) on the machine and secure it together with the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). NOTE When performing the following procedures, perform installation with the LEVER- LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD closed. 4) Install the SPRING-LATCH (PL7.1.29) at the machine and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD studs. 5) Install the WIRE ASSY DTN (PL7.1.33) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 6) Secure the WIRE ASSY DTN to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). 7) Install the WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31), WIRE ASSY IBT(PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY BCR(PL7.1.32) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 8) Install the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 9) Secure the PLATE-TR-0 to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). 10) Install the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 11) Install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 12) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 13) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 14) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-83 REP7.6 LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 3) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) 7) Turn the LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) in the direction of the arrow and align the LEVER- LATCH PR notch with the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) boss to remove the LEVER-LATCH PR. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_202FA 7) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-84 REP7.7 CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16), PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 3) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) 7) Remove the LEVER-LATCH PR. (REP7.6) 8) Turn the PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17) in the direction of the arrow and align the PLATE- ASSY PR notch with the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) to remove the PLATE-ASSY PR together with the CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16). 9) Release the hooks of the CAP-PLATE PR and remove the CAP-PLATE PR from the PLATE-ASSY PR. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the CAP-PLATE PR installation direction. Leg_Sec03_203FA 9)-2 8) 9)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-85 REP7.8 LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 3) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) 7) Remove the SPRING-TORSION AD (PL7.1.18) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) hook. 8) Remove the LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19) together with the SPRING-TORSION AD from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 9) Remove the SPRING-TORSION AD from the LATCH ASSY AD. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION AD is put onto the LATCH ASSY AD and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD hooks. (The SPRING-TORSION AD cannot be installed in the opposite direction.) Leg_Sec03_204FA NOTE 9) 8) 7) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-86 REP7.9 BCR CLN XERO ASSY (PL7.1.20) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 3) Disconnect the BCR CLN XERO ASSY(PL7.1.20) connector (P/J617) at the right side of the machine. 4) Release the clamp on the right side of the machine and shift the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness inward from the machine right hole. NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL. 5) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY to the machine. 6) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY from the machine. Installation 1) Align the BCR CLN XERO ASSY boss with the machine hole to install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL. 2) Secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm). 3) Pull the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness out of the machine right hole and install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY connector (P/J617). 4) Secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness with a clamp onto the right side of the machine. 5) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Leg_Sec03_084EB 6) 3) 4) 4) 5) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-87 REP7.10 SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) Removal 1) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 2) Disconnect the connector (P/J126) of the SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24). 3) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SENSOR TNER FULL to the machine to remove the SENSOR TNER FULL. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_183EB 3)-2 3)-1 3)-1 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-88 REP8. ROS REP8.1 ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the COVER INNER L. (REP1.18) 6) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 7) Remove the CLEANER ASSY. (REP8.2) 8) Disconnect the connectors (P/J601) and (P/J602) on the ROS ASSY. 9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the ROS ASSY earth wire to the machine to remove the ROS ASSY earth wire from the machine. NOTE To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL. NOTE The ROS ASSY earth wire may not be installed. 10) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) to the machine. 11) Lift the ROS ASSY slightly to remove the ROS ASSY boss from the machine hole and shift and remove it to the rear of the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_086FA FRONT REAR 10) 10) 8) 11) 9)-1 9)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-89 REP8.2 CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the GUIDE-ROS CLN (PL8.1.3) to the machine. 3) Remove the GUIDE-ROS CLN from the machine. 4) Remove the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_087EB 4) 3) 2) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-90 REP9. DEVE REP9.1 LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) 3) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to the machine. 4) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY to the machine to remove the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the levers and springs in the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY because they are easy to slip. When a part of the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY slips, refer to the assembly illustrations to assemble the part and then install the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY to the machine. Leg_03_088FA NOTE 4)-1 3) 4)-2 3) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-91 REP9.2 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.3) 3) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the ANTENNA ASSY- CTRG (PL9.1.10) to the machine. 4) Press the boss that secures the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG to the machine to remove the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG. Leg_03_089FA 4)-2 3) 3) 4)-1 4)-1 NOTE [During Installation] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-92 Installation 1) Remove the toner cartridge (x1) that overlaps with the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) installation area. 2) Align the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG boss with the machine installation area to install it. 3) Press the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG from inside of the machine (hole of FRAME ASSY- ROTARY (PL9.2.9)) to insert the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG boss into the machine hole. 4) Secure the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm). 5) Install the ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.3) 6) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 7) Install the Toner Cartridge. NOTE As shown in the figure below, when the LEVER LATCH (PL9.1.4) at the left side of the installation area is pinched between the toner cartridge and machine, the toner cartridge cannot be installed properly. Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed correctly. NOTE Once a toner cartridge has been installed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-93 REP9.3 ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Disconnect the connector (P/J106) of the ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12). 3) Release the hooks that secure the ANTENNA CTRG to the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) to remove the ANTENNA CTRG. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_091FA 2) 3)-1 3)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-94 REP9.4 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) that is connected to the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17). 3) Release the hook of the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS from the machine and shift it downward, and then align the protruded part of the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS with the machine notch to remove the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_092FB 2) 3)-2 3)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-95 REP9.5 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET SENSOR (PL9.1.19) to the machine. 4) Remove the BRACKET SENSOR together with the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) from the machine. 5) Disconnect the connector (P/J105) of the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI. 6) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI to the BRACKET SENSOR and remove the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_093FA 6)-2 6)-1 4) 3) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-96 REP9.6 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) Removal NOTE Before removing the toner cartridges, place some sheets for copying on the COVER FRONT ASSY U etc. to prevent toner contamination. NOTE Before starting removal of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, wipe off the remaining toner on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. WARNING Do not vacuum spilt toner with a common vacuum cleaner. This may cause a fire. NOTE When wiping off the remaining toner on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, make sure that no toner is stuck onto the sensors on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE by static electricity. 1) Remove the toner cartridges. 2) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 3) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) 4) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 6) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 7) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 8) Press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE to the appropriate position for servicing. NOTE Shift it to the position where the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE can be removed while avoiding two ribs. NOTE After the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE has been shifted, check that the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY is securely locked with the LATCH ROTARY. 9) Release the PIVOT AD (PL9.2.11) hook that secures the right side of the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE to the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY to remove the PIVOT AD. 10) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the PIVOT ASSY (PL9.2.10) that secures the left side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE to the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and remove the PIVOT ASSY. 11) Lift up the right side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE and shift it backward by avoiding two ribs of the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD and then remove the gear at the left side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE from the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY gear to remove the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-97 Leg_03_094FA Leg_03_095FA NOTE NOTE 10)-2 10)-1 9)-2 9)-1 11) [During Installation] 8)-2 8)-1 Ribs NOTE thin thick Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-98 Installation NOTE To prevent the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE from being mistakenly inserted, a hole is provided for the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY convex part. The FRAME ASSY-ROTARY has the markers K, Y, M and C to indicate the respecteive HOUSING ASSY-DEVE installation positions. 1) Align the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE left side gear for the color marked on the FRAME ASSY- ROTARY (PL9.2.9) with the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY gear and then install the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. NOTE Make sure that the springs are placed under both sides of the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE on the spring holders of the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY. NOTE The right spring used under the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE is thicker and the left one is thinner. 2) Align the hole of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with the left installation hole of the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY. Insert the PIVOT ASSY (PL9.2.10) bearing into it and secure the left side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm). 3) Align the hole of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with the right installation hole of the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY. Insert the PIVOT ASSY bearing into it and secure the hook of the PIVOT AD to install the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. NOTE A new PIVOT AD which is provided in the KIT must be used. 4) Install the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 5) Install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 6) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 7) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 8) Install the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) 9) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 10) Install the Toner Cartridge. NOTE As shown in the figure below, when the LEVER LATCH (PL9.1.4) at the left side of the installation area is pinched between the toner cartridge and machine, the toner cartridge cannot be installed properly. Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed correctly. NOTE Once a toner cartridge has been installed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows. NOTE After replacing with a new HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, clear the DEVE life counter. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-99 REP9.7 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) 3) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 5) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 6) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 7) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) 8) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) 9) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) 10) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 11) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PRO. (REP11.2) 12) Remove the MOT ASSY MAG. (REP11.4) 13) Remove the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY. (REP9.1) 14) Remove the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI. (REP9.5) 15) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 16) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) 17) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 18) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) 19) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) 20) Remove the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. (REP9.6) 21) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR (PL11.1.8) to the machine. 22) Remove the BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR and GEAR 2ND (PL11.1.9) from the machine. 23) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.12) to the right side of the machine. 24) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY to the left side of the machine. 25) Remove the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY from both sides of the machine. NOTE Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING BALL when performing the following: 26) Remove the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) together with the BEARING BALL (PL9.2.13) by sliding it upward. 27) Remove the BEARING BALL from the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-100 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_096FA 17) 21) 21) 27) 25) 23) 23) 21) 27) 26) 25) 24) 24) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-101 REP10. FUSER REP10.1 FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) NOTE As the FUSER is very hot, exercise caution during operation to avoid burns. Removal - Removal of the FUSER ASSY 1) For DUPLEX machines, push up the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to release a latch and open the DUPLEX ASSY. 2) For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). 3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 4) Remove the COVER TOP SIDE L. (REP1.4) 5) Close the COVER ASSY TOP. 6) Lift the levers at both sides of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) to unlock it and remove the FUSER ASSY. - Removal of the Actuator 7) With the Chute of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) open, pull out the Actuator bearing and remove the Actuator together with the Spring. 8) Remove the Spring from the Actuator. Leg_03_097FA 6)-1 6)-1 COVER TOP SIDE L 6)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-102 Installation - Installation of the Actuator 1) Install the Spring to the Actuator. 2) With the Chute of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) open, fit the Actuator bearing and install it together with the Spring. - Installation of the FUSER ASSY 3) Align the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) connector and boss with the machine connector and hole to install the FUSER ASSY. 4) Return the levers at both sides of the FUSER ASSY and lock it securely to the machine. 5) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 6) Install the COVER TOP SIDE L. (REP1.4) NOTE When the levers of the FUSER ASSY are securely locked, the COVER TOP SIDE L cannot be installed to the machine. 7) Close the COVER ASSY TOP. 8) For standard machines, close the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). 9) For DUPLEX machines, close the DUPLEX ASSY. NOTE After replacing with a new FUSER ASSY, clear the counter. Leg_Sec03_160EA 7-1) 8) 7-2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-103 REP10.2 FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) Removal 1) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) NOTE Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following: 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J128, blue) of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6). 5) Release the clamps (x2) that secure the harness of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to remove the harness, and then insert the FUSER LOCK SWITCH connector into the machine. NOTE Be careful not to drop and damage the FUSER LOCK SWITCH when performing the following: 6) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to the machine. 7) Shift the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to the right and release the hook of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH from the machine hole to remove the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to drop and damage the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. Leg_Sec03_519EA 5)-2 5)-1 5)-1 6) 7) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-104 REP10.3 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) Removal 1) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 4) Disconnect the connector (black and white) on the PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12). 5) Disconnect the connector (P417) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). 6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BRACKET-RIZ (PL10.1.3) to the machine to remove the harness from the clamp, and then remove the BRACKET-RIZ from the machine. 7) Press the tab of the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L to pull the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L out of the BRACKET-RIZ. NOTE Do not throw too much strength on the tab of the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L since it is likely to be broken. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_520EB 4) 6)-2 6)-2 6)-1 6)-1 7)-1 7)-2 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-105 REP11. 1. DRIVE REP11.1 DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) Removal 1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) 4) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 5) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) 6) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) 7) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) to the machine. 9) Remove the DRIVE ASSY BTR from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_098FA 8) 8) 9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-106 REP11.2 DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) 3) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) 4) Disconnect the connectors (P/J411, P/J414) on the PWBA MCU. 5) Release the DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) harness at the left side of the machine from the clamp. If it is hard to remove it, remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) 6) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY PRO to the machine. 7) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PRO from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_099FA 5) 7) 6) 6) 6) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-107 REP11.3 MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Disconnect the connector (P/J404) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). 3) Release the clamps that secure the harnesses of the MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) and remove the harnesses. 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm) that secure the MOT ASSY FSR to the machine. 5) Remove the MOT ASSY FSR from the machine. Installation 1) Install the MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) to the machine. 2) Secure the MOT ASSY FSR to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm). 3) Connect the connector (P/J404) on the PWBA MCU. 4) Secure the MOT ASSY FSR harness with a clamp. 5) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Leg_Sec03_100FA 4) 5) 3) 2) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-108 REP11.4 MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) NOTE You do not need to remove the connectors of the PWBA ESS when performing the following: 2) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 3) Disconnect the connectors (P/J405) and (P/J406) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). 4) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) to the machine. 5) Remove the MOT ASSY MAG from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_102FA 5) 3) 3) 4) 4) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-109 REP11.5 MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) 6) Release the clamps that secure the WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) and remove the WIRE ASSY DEVE. 7) Disconnect the connector (P/J433) of the PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10). 8) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) to the machine. 9) Remove the MOT ASSY ROT from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to pinch the WIRE ASSY DEVE, WIRE ASSY BTR, and FFC-ASSY ESS (PL12.2.5) between the machine and MOT ASSY ROT. Leg_03_101FA NOTE 8) 8) 8) 8) 6) 7) 9) FFC-ASSY ESS (PL12.2.5) FFC-ASSY ESS WIRE ASSY BTR WIRE ASSY DEVE Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-110 REP11.6 MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Disconnect the connectors (P/J200) and (P/J201) on the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6). 3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the MOT ASSY P/R to the machine. 4) Remove the MOT ASSY P/R from the machine. Installation 1) Lightly press the LINK-COUPLING (PL7.1.9) to install the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) to the machine. 2) Secure the MOT ASSY P/R to the machine with screws (x4) (silver, collared, 10mm). NOTE Open and close the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) slightly to check the operation of the MOT ASSY P/R coupling. 3) Connect the connectors (P/J200) and (P/J201) on the MOT ASSY P/R. 4) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Leg_Sec03_103FA 4) 2) 3) 3) 3) 3) [1)-1] [1)-2] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-111 REP11.7 MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Release the clamp that secures the harness of the MOT ASSY MICRO. 3) Disconnect the connector (P/J600) of the MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7). 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm) that secure the MOT ASSY MICRO to the machine. 5) Remove the MOT ASSY MICRO from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the MOT ASSY MICRO installation direction. Leg_Sec03_104FA 3) 2) 2) 4) 4) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-112 REP12. ELEC REP12.1 SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Disconnect the connector (P/J104) of the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the SENSOR HUM & TEMP to the machine. 4) Remove the SENSOR HUM & TEMP from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_107EA 4) 2) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-113 REP12.2 PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the COVER INNER L. (REP1.18) 6) Remove the connector (P/J516) on the PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9), WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28), WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY DTN (PL7.1.33) (white). 7) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA HVPS to the machine. 8) Remove the PWBA HVPS from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_105FA 7) 6) 6) 7) 7) 7) 8) 6) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-114 REP12.3 PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Disconnect the connectors (P/J430, P/J432, and P/J433) on the PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10). 6) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWB ASSY ROT to the machine. 7) Remove the PWB ASSY ROT from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_106FA 6) 6) 6) 7) 6) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-115 REP12.4 PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) 2) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 3) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 4) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 5) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) 6) Remove the MOT ASSY ROT. (REP11.5) 7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the PWBA CRUM to the machine. 8) Disconnect the connector (P/J429) on the PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11). 9) Remove the PWBA CRUM from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Use a new PWBA CRUM when replacing. A powered PWBA CRUM installed on another M/C cannot be used. NOTE Do not replace the PWBA CRUM and PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) at the same time. Leg_Sec03_108FA 8) 7) 9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-116 REP12.5 PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). 3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA MCU to the machine. 4) Remove the PWBA MCU from the machine. Leg_03_110FA 403 404 417 418 422 414 416 412 415 421 420 401 400 413 410 407 406 409 408 405 411 3) 3) 3) 3) 4) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-117 Installation 1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) on the machine. 2) Secure the PWBA MCU to the machine with screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm). 3) Connect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU. 4) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) NOTE Do not replace the PWBA MCU and PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) at the same time. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-118 REP12.6 LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Disconnect all the connectors on the LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3). 3) Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the LV/HVPS to the machine. 4) While letting out the front of the LV/HVPS from between the machine frame and the COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), remove the top of the LV/HVPS from the protruded part of the bracket that has been installed on the machine to remove the LV/HVPS. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_03_111FA 500 515 504 (1BTR) 508 (BCR) 509 (DEVE) 502 501 503 (Blue) 2) 4)-1 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 4)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-119 REP12.7 PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7). 3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA ESS to the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6) and the screw that secures the interface connector. 4) Disconnect the interface connector on the PWBA ESS from the CHASSIS ESS hole and remove the PWBA ESS. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE When replacing with a new PWBA ESS, remove two EEPROM from the old PWBA ESS and mount them on a new PWBA ESS. Leg_03_109FA OLD PWBA ESS NEW PWBA ESS notch 3) 3) 3) 3) 2) 2) 3) 3) 3) 4) NOTE Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-120 REP12.8 PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) 3) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12). 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the PWBA FUSER CONT to the machine. 5) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, with external cog washer, 5mm) that secures the PWBA FUSER CONT to the machine. 6) Remove the PWBA FUSER CONT from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_113FB 5) 4) 3) 3) 3) 4) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-121 REP12.9 CHASSIS ASSY ESS (REFERENCE ONLY) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 2) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7). 3) Remove the disconnected connectors from the hole of the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6). 4) Release the clamp on the CHASSIS ASSY ESS and remove the harness. 5) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the CHASSIS ASSY ESS to the machine. 6) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS from the machine. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and CHASSIS ESS. Leg_03_114FA 3) 2) 2) 5) 4) 5) 6) 5) 1) 5) 5) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-122 REP13. DUPLEX REP13.1 DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1) Removal NOTE Be careful not to drop and damage the DUPLEX ASSY when performing the following: 1) Push up the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to release a latch and open the DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1). 2) Remove the COVER CONNECTOR (PL13.1.6) and disconnect the connector (P/J607) that is connected to the machine. 3) Remove the SCREW SUPPORTS (x2) (PL13.3.15) that secure the right and left SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) to the machine. 4) Remove the SCREW THUMBS (x2) (PL13.1.4) that secure the DUPLEX ASSY to the machine. 5) Lift the DUPLEX ASSY slightly to remove the right and left hooks of the DUPLEX ASSY from the machine hole and then remove the DUPLEX ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_115EA 3) 3) 2)-2 4) 4) 5)-1 5)-2 2)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-123 REP13.2 COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 3) Remove the COVER-R DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to pinch the harness between the DUPLEX ASSY and COVER-R DUP. Leg_Sec03_116EA 3) 2) 2) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-124 REP13.3 COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_117EA 2) 2) 2) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-125 REP13.4 COVER-INV (PL13.2.1) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the LINK LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) 5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) 6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5). 7) Shift the COVER-INV to the front and release the holes (x4) at the rear of COVER-INV from the INVERTER ASSY DUP hooks to remove the COVER-INV. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_119FA 7)-2 7)-1 6) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-126 REP13.5 LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2), LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Release the hooks that secure the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the LINK-BUTTON together with the LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2) and SPRING-LINK (PL13.2.4). 4) Remove the SPRING-LINK from the LINK-BUTTON. 5) Turn the LINK-LATCH and remove the protruded part of the LINK-LATCH from the protruded part of the LINK-BUTTON to remove the LINK-LATCH. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING-LINK is fitted into the FRAME-INV (PL13.2.14) spring holder. Leg_Sec03_120FA NOTE 4) 3)-2 3)-1 Leg_Sec03_121FA 5)-2 5)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-127 REP13.6 INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) 5) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) 6) Remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.21) 7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 8) Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the COVER REAR. 9) Disconnect the connector (P/J122) of the SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) and remove the harness from the DUPLEX ASSY hole. 10) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. 11) Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). 12) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5) to the TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1). 13) Shift the INVERTER ASSY DUP from the TRANSPORT ASSY DUP to the left and pull each boss from the hole and remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_118FA 13) 12) 12) 10) 11) 9) 7) 8) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-128 REP13.7 SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) 5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) 6) Remove the COVER-INV. (REP13.4) 7) Disconnect the connector (P/J611) of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7). 8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 5mm) that secure the SOLENOID ASSY DUP to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5). 9) Remove the SOLENOID ASSY DUP from the INVERTER ASSY DUP. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE After the connectors of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP have been connected, check that the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) is securely hooked to the FRAME-INV (PL13.2.14). NOTE Be careful not to pinch the harness of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP. Leg_Sec03_122FA 9) 7) 8) 8) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-129 REP13.8 ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) 5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) 6) Remove the COVER-INV. (REP13.4) 7) Release the hooks that secure the ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), and then remove the ACTUATOR together with the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL13.2.8). 8) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR INV. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is securely hooked onto the ACTUATOR INV and DUPLEX ASSY. Leg_Sec03_123FA NOTE 8) 7)-1 7)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-130 REP13.9 SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) 5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) 6) Remove the COVER-INV. (REP13.4) 7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the BRACKET-SNS (PL13.2.11) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5). 8) Remove the BRACKET-SNS together with the SENSOR UPPER PASS from the INVERTER ASSY DUP. 9) Disconnect the connector (P/J124) of the SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10). 10) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR UPPER PASS to the BRACKET-SNS to remove the SENSOR UPPER PASS. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_124FA 10)-1 7) 8) 9) 10)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-131 REP13.10 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) NOTE The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures. Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BRACKET-MOTO INV (PL13.2.19) to the DUPLEX ASSY. NOTE Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BRACKET-MOTO INV because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: NOTE Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following: 4) Remove the BRACKET-MOTO INV together with the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) from the DUPLEX ASSY. 5) Disconnect the connector (P/J612) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV from the BRACKET- MOTO INV. 6) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO INV. 7) Remove the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV from the BRACKET-MOTO INV. Leg_Sec03_125FA 6) 7) [5)-4] [5)-3] [5)-1] [5)-2] 4) 5) 6) 6) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-132 Installation NOTE Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV installation direction when performing the following: 1) Align the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) harness with the triangle mark on the BRACKET-MOTO INV (PL13.2.19) to install the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. 2) Secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO INV with the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm). 3) Connect the connector (P/J612) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO INV. NOTE When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the harness between the DUPLEX ASSY and BRACKET-MOTO INV. 4) Align the BRACKET-MOTO INV hole with the DUPLEX ASSY bearing to install it together with the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. 5) Secure the BRACKET-MOTO INV to the DUPLEX ASSY with screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm). NOTE Fasten the four screws in the order of the numbers shown in the figure. When the screws have not been fastened in the right order, the motor noise may get louder. 6) Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 7) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-133 REP13.11 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) 5) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW. (REP13.12) 6) Release the hooks of the GEAR 30 (PL13.2.16) that is secured to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the GEAR 30. 7) Remove the E-ring that secures the right side of the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER from the DUPLEX ASSY. 8) Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.2.6) that secure the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER from the DUPLEX ASSY. 9) Shift the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER to the front then to the left and pull the DUPLEX ASSY INVERTER bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_126FA 8) 8) 7) 9) 6)-1 6)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-134 REP13.12 CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 3) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW from the DUPLEX ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_127FA 2) 3) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-135 REP13.13 LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3), LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) 5) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. 6) Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). 7) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY. NOTE Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: NOTE Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following: 8) Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) and MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY. 9) Remove the SPRING LATCH (PL13.3.2) from the LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3). 10) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 11) Turn the LATCH DUP R and LATCH DUP L and align the protruded parts of the LATCH DUP R and LATCH DUP L with the DUPLEX ASSY notches to remove the LATCH DUP R and LATCH DUP L. Leg_Sec03_128FB 5) 6) 7) 7) 7) 7) 8) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-136 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_129FA 9) 11)-1 11)-1 11)-2 11)-2 10) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-137 REP13.14 SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 3) Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the COVER REAR. 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J122) of the SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7). 5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24). 6) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-DUP DOOR to the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the SWITCH-DUP DOOR. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_130FA 6)-2 6)-1 4) 2) 3) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-138 REP13.15 ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 3) Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the COVER REAR. 4) Release the hooks that secure the ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) to the DUPLEX ASSY, then remove the ACTUATOR DUP together with the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL13.3.10). 5) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR DUP. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is securely hooked onto the ACTUATOR DUP and DUPLEX ASSY. Leg_Sec03_134FA NOTE 4)-2 2) 4)-1 5) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-139 REP13.16 SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 3) Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the COVER REAR. 4) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) to the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the SENSOR LOW PASS. 5) Disconnect the connector (P/J123) of the SENSOR LOW PASS. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Lift up the ACTUATOR DUP to remove the SENSOR LOW PASS. Leg_Sec03_131FA 2) 3) 5) 4)-1 4)-2 [NOTE] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-140 REP13.17 SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the KL-ring that secures the SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) to the DUPLEX ASSY bearing. 3) Remove the SUPPORT DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY bearing. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_132FA 2) 2) 3) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-141 REP13.18 HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 3) Remove the E-ring that secures the HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 4) Remove the HINGE ASSY L from the DUPLEX ASSY. Installation 1) Align the SHAFT HINGE (PL13.3.19) D cut side with the HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) hole. Insert the SHAFT DAMPER (PL13.3.18) between the upper and lower pads of the HINGE ASSY L and install the HINGE ASSY L. 2) Secure the HINGE ASSY L to the DUPLEX ASSY with an E-ring. 3) Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Leg_Sec03_133FA 3) 4) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-142 REP13.19 HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the E-ring that secures the HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 4) Remove the HINGE ASSY R together with the HINGE-R (PL13.3.28) from the DUPLEX ASSY. 5) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the HINGE-R to the HINGE ASSY R. 6) Remove the HINGE-R from the HINGE ASSY R. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_137FA 4) 3) 5) 5) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-143 REP13.20 COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 3) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS from the DUPLEX ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_135FA 3) 2) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-144 REP13.21 COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) 3) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24). NOTE Be careful not to damage the COVER UP-DUP TRANS boss when performing the following: 4) Loosen the installation area at the right side of the COVER UP-DUP TRANS with a mini-driver and pull the right boss out of the DUPLEX ASSY hole to remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to damage the boss of the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. Leg_Sec03_136FA 4)-1 4)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-145 REP13.22 PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 3) Remove the HINGE ASSY L. (REP13.18) 4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET PAD L (PL13.3.27) to the HINGE-L (PL13.3.26). 5) Remove the BRACKET PAD L together with the PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) from the HINGE-L. 6) Peel off the PAD DAMPER L from the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L. Installation NOTE The right and left PAD DAMPER have different shapes. Be careful not to install a wrong unit. The PAD DAMPER L is wider and the PAD DAMPER R is narrower. 1) When an old double-stick tape etc. remains on the surfaces of the HINGE-L (PL13.3.26) and BRACKET PAD L (PL13.3.27), peel it off completely and degrease the surfaces with a drum cleaner etc. NOTE Paste the PAD DAMPER L on the areas indicated by arrow marks on the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L when performing the following: 2) Peel off the protector paper of the double-stick tape for the PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) and paste the PAD DAMPER L on the surfaces of the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L. 3) Align the BRACKET PAD L hole with the HINGE-L boss to install the BRACKET PAD L together with the PAD DAMPER L. 4) Secure the BRACKET PAD L to the HINGE-L with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm). 5) Install the HINGE ASSY L. (REP13.18) 6) Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 7) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Leg_Sec03_513EA NOTE 6) 6) 4) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-146 REP13.23 PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the HINGE ASSY R. (REP13.19) 4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET PAD R LOWER (PL13.3.31) to the BRACKET ASSY R. 5) Remove the BRACKET PAD R LOWER together with the PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) from the BRACKET ASSY R. 6) Peel off the PAD DAMPER R from the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER. Installation NOTE The right and left PAD DAMPER have different shapes. Be careful not to install a wrong unit. The PAD DAMPER L is wider and the PAD DAMPER R is narrower. 1) When an old double-stick tape etc. remains on the surfaces of the BRACKET ASSY R (PL13.3.29) and BRACKET PAD R LOWER (PL13.3.31), peel it off completely and degrease the surfaces with a drum cleaner etc. NOTE Paste the PAD DAMPER R on the areas indicated by arrow marks on the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER when performing the following: 2) Peel off the protector paper of the double-stick tape for the PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) and paste the PAD DAMPER R on the surfaces of the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER. 3) Align the BRACKET PAD L hole with the BRACKET ASSY R boss to install the BRACKET PAD R LOWER together with the PAD DAMPER R. 4) Secure the BRACKET PAD R LOWER to the BRACKET ASSY R with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm). 5) Install the HINGE ASSY R. (REP13.19) 6) Install the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 7) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Leg_Sec03_514EA NOTE 5) 4) 6) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-147 REP13.24 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) 5) Remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.21) 6) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. 7) Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). 8) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY. NOTE Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: NOTE Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following: 9) Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY. 10) Release the hooks of the GEAR 30 (PL13.4.6) that is secured to the ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) from the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the GEAR 30. 11) Remove the E-ring that secures the right side of the ROLLER ASSY DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY. 12) Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.4.5) that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY. 13) Shift the ROLLER ASSY DUP to the left temporarily and pull the DUPLEX ASSY DUP bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP. Leg_Sec03_128FB 6) 7) 8) 8) 8) 8) 9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-148 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_138FA 13) 11) 12) 12) 10)-1 10)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-149 REP13.25 PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 3) Disconnect the connectors (P/J442, P/J443, and P/J444) on the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 5mm) that secure the PWBA DUP-L to the DUPLEX ASSY. 5) Release the SUPPORT PWB (PL13.4.12) hooks that secure the PWBA DUP-L to the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the PWBA DUP-L. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_139FA 5)-2 3) 4) 4) 5)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-150 REP13.26 MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 3) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). 5) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY. NOTE Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: NOTE Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following: 6) Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY. 7) Release the clamp and disconnect the connector (P/J442) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP on the PWBA DUP-L. 8) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS. 9) Remove the MOTOR ASSY DUP from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS. Leg_Sec03_128FB 4) 3) 5) 5) 5) 5) 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-151 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY DUP installation direction when performing the following: 1) Align the MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) harness with the triangular mark on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and install the MOTOR ASSY DUP. 2) Secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS with the screws (4) (silver, 5mm). 3) Connect the connector (P/J442) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP on the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) and secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP harness with a clamp. 4) Align the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS hole with the DUPLEX ASSY bearing to install it together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY DUP. 5) Secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY with screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm). 6) Connect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L. 7) Turn the harness around and secure it with the clamp onto the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS. 8) Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 9) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Leg_Sec03_140FB 8) 8) 8) 8) 7)-2 9) 7)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-152 REP13.27 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) Removal 1) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) 2) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) 3) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) 4) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) 5) Remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.21) 6) Remove the right and left E-rings that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 7) Remove the GEAR 30 OW (PL13.4.10) from the left side of the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT. 8) Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.4.5) that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT from the DUPLEX ASSY. 9) Shift the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT to the left temporarily and pull the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the GEAR 30 OW installation direction. Leg_Sec03_141FA NOTE 9) 6) 6) 7) 8) 8) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-153 REP14. 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER REP14.1 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) Removal 1) Pull the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) until it stops and lift the front slightly to remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY from the 500 SHEET FEEDER. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_013EA 1) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-154 REP14.2 GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. (REP14.3) 3) Shift the GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) to the rear and align the protruded parts (x4) of the GUIDE END ASSY with the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) notches to remove it upwards. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE After the GUIDE END ASSY has been installed in the CASSETTE 500, shift it to the front and fit the protruded part of the GUIDE END ASSY into the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13) channel. Leg_Sec03_014EA 3) [NOTE] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-155 REP14.3 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Shift and unlock the LOCK LIFT R (PL14.1.9) and LOCK LIFT L (PL14.1.14). 3) Release the hooks of the ROLL LINK (PL14.1.10) which is secured on the right and left PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) bearings. 4) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, tap, 6mm) (2 for each side) which secure the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER 500 (PL14.1.8) to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1). 5) Remove the protruded part of the PLATE ROLL STOPPER from the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY hole to remove the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER. 6) Release the hooks of the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) to release the front of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. 7) Remove the protruded part of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 from the depressed part of the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13). 8) Keep the CASSETTE 500 widened and pull the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearing out of the CASSETTE 500 long hole. Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. Leg_Sec03_015EA 2) 2) 3)-1 3)-1 3)-2 3)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-156 Installation 1) Align the rear boss of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) with the SPRING NF (PL14.1.7). NOTE Check that the rear boss of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is inserted in the SPRING NF. 2) Keep the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) sides widened and pull the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearing out of the CASSETTE 500 long hole to remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. 3) Insert the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 protruded part into the depressed part of the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13) and secure the front of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 with hooks (x2) of the CASSETTE 500. NOTE Make sure that the protruded part of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is inserted into the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13). 4) Fit the convex part of the PLATE ROLL STOPPER in the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) hole to install the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER. 5) Secure the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY with screws (x4, 2 for each side) (silver, tap, 6mm). 6) Install the LOCK LIFT R (PL14.1.9), LOCK LIFT L (PL14.1.14), and ROLL LINK (PL14.1.10) to the right and left bearings of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 and secure with the roll link hooks at the channels of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearings. 7) Press the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 to lock the LOCK LIFT R and LOCK LIFT L. 8) Install the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Leg_Sec03_016EA 6) 6) 8)-1 8)-2 7) 4) 4) 4) 4) 5) 8)-1 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-157 REP14.4 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4), GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. (REP14.3) 3) Release the hooks of the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) that secure the PINION 12 (PL14.1.5) and remove the PINION 12. 4) Shift the GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4) to the right and align the protruded parts (x3) of the GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 with the CASSETTE 500 notches to remove it upwards. 5) Shift the GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) to the left and align the protruded parts (x3) of the GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 with the CASSETTE 500 notches to remove it upwards. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_515EA 4) 3)-2 3)-1 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-158 REP14.5 COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12) to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1). 3) Release the hook (x1) at the bottom of the COVER FRONT CST 500 with a mini-driver etc. and tilt the COVER FRONT CST 500 towards you to remove the protruded parts (x3) of the COVER FRONT CST 500 from the PAPER CASSETTE ASSY holes and remove the COVER FRONT CST 500. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_018EA 2) 3)-1 3)-2 3)-3 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-159 REP14.6 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Turn the right and left LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) by 90 degrees as shown in the figure to unlock the machine. 3) Hold the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the machine and remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the long edge of the elliptic part (the part to be inserted in the machine installation hole) long edge is facing in the right and left direction. Leg_03_019FA Unlocked Locked 3) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-160 REP14.7 COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 3) Widen the rear of the COVER LEFT 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the COVER LEFT 500. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_020EA 3)-2 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 3)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-161 REP14.8 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) Removal NOTE Be careful not to damage the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 boss when performing the following: 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2). 4) Open the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2). 5) Loosen the installation area at the right side of the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 by pressing it with your fingers and pull the right boss out of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole to remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_021EA 5)-1 5)-2 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-162 REP14.9 COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Installation 1) Insert the metal plates at the front and rear of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY into the ribs at the front and rear of the COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10). Fit the COVER RIGHT 500 boss into the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole and install the COVER RIGHT 500. 2) Secure the COVER RIGHT 500 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY with the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm). 3) Install the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.1) Leg_Sec03_022EA 3) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-163 REP14.10 PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 2) Disconnect the connectors (P/J435, P/J436, and P/J437) on the PWB ASSY 500 (PL14.3.3). 3) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA TRAY 500 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 4) Remove the PWBA TRAY 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_030EA 3) 3) 4) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-164 REP14.11 PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4) NOTE Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing. Removal 1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 2) Disconnect the connectors (P/J440) and (P/J446) on the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4). 3) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA MOT to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 4) Remove the PWBA MOT from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_029EA 3) 3) 4) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-165 REP14.12 DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) Removal 1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 2) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) NOTE Leave the connector (P/J610) of the SOLENOID FEED at the harness when performing the following: 3) Disconnect the connector (P/J446) on the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4) and the connector (P/J610) of the SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8). NOTE Do not remove screws other than the ones that secure the four edges (triangular marks) of the DRIVE ASSY FEED when performing the following: 4) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 5) Remove the protruded part at the top right of the DRIVE ASSY FEED from the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY hole to remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_023EA NOTE 3) 4) 5)-2 4) 4) 4) 5)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-166 REP14.13 SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) Removal 1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 2) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 3) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 6mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) to the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7). 5) Remove the SOLENOID FEED from the DRIVE ASSY FEED. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_024FA 4) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-167 REP14.14 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9) Removal 1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 2) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) and remove the harness of the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9). 3) Disconnect the connector (P/J446) of the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4). 4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER to the DRIVE ASSY FEED. 5) Remove the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER from the DRIVE ASSY FEED. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER installation direction. Leg_Sec03_516EA 4) 5) 4) 2) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-168 REP14.15 CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12) Removal 1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 2) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) and remove the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12). 3) Disconnect the connector (P/J609) of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. 4) Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_025EA 3) 2) 4) 5) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-169 REP14.16 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) Removal 1) Remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.6) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) harness. 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J435) on the PWBA-TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3). 5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY and remove the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_026FA 3) 3) 4) 5)-2 5)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-170 REP14.17 ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) Removal 1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 4) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 5) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 6) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 7) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) 8) Remove the E-ring that secures the right and left bearings of the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 9) Remove the right and left BEARING FEED (PL14.3.13) that secure the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 10) Shift the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the ROLL ASSY TURN 500. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_027EA 9) 10) 8) 8) 9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-171 REP14.18 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) Removal 1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the CAP FEEDER (PL14.3.33) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 4) Remove the CAP FEEDER from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR. 6) Disconnect the connector (P/J121) of the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Pull the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR harness from the outside of the 500 SHEET FEEDER to take up the slack of the harness at the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR. Leg_Sec03_028FA 6) 5)-1 5)-2 4) 3) [NOTE] Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-172 REP14.19 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) Removal 1) Remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.6) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) harness. 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J436) on the PWBA-TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3). 5) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY and remove the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_031FA 3) 3) 4) 5)-1 5)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-173 REP14.20 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 6) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 7) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET MAG R (PL14.3.36) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 10) Remove the BRACKET MAG R from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 11) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 right bearing from the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) shaft bearing. 12) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 left bearing from the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) shaft bearing and remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_041EA 8) 10) 8) 9) Leg_Sec03_517EA 11) 12) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-174 REP14.21 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 6) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 7) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) NOTE Be careful not to damage the LEVER 500 boss when performing the following: NOTE Be careful not to lose the SPRING LEVER 500 when performing the following: 9) Loosen the bosses at both sides of the LEVER 500 (PL14.3.29) to remove the LEVER 500 and SPRING LEVER 500 (PL14.3.28) from the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23). NOTE Be careful not to damage the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss when performing the following: NOTE Be careful not to lose the SPRING RETARD when performing the following: 10) Loosen the bosses at both sides of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) and remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 from the CHUTE ASSY 500. Leg_Sec03_038FA NOTE NOTE 10)-1 10)-1 10)-2 9)-1 9)-1 9)-2 9)-3 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-175 Installation NOTE Be careful not to damage the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss when performing the following: 1) Align the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) boss with the SPRING RETARD (PL14.3.25) and loosen the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) boss to install the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500. NOTE Check that the SPRING RETARD is fit into the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss and CHUTE ASSY 500 boss. NOTE Be careful not to damage the LEVER 500 boss when performing the following: NOTE Be careful of the LEVER 500 installation direction when performing the following: 2) Install the SPRING LEVER 500 (PL14.3.28) boss to the CHUTE ASSY 500 boss and loosen the bosses at both sides of the LEVER 500 (PL14.3.29) while installing the LEVER 500 to the CHUTE ASSY 500. NOTE Check that the SPRING LEVER 500 is fit into the LEVER 500 boss and CHUTE ASSY 500 boss. NOTE Make sure that the protruded part of the LEVER 500 is inserted properly under the depressed part of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500. 3) Install the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) 4) Install the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 5) Install the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 6) Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 7) Install the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 8) Install the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 9) Install the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 10) Install the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-176 REP14.22 FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26) Removal 1) Open the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. 2) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26) to the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23). 3) Remove the FILM ASSY FDR from the CHUTE ASSY 500. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_205FB 1) 2) 2) 3) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-177 REP14.23 STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 6) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 7) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) 9) Remove the GUIDE CST R. (REP14.24) NOTE Be careful not to lose the SPG LOCK CST LL when performing the following: 10) Remove the STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) and SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) from the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32). Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Check that the SPG LOCK CST LL is fit in the STOPPER CST R boss and GUIDE CST R boss. Leg_Sec03_181FA 10)-1 10)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-178 REP14.24 GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 6) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 7) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) 9) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 10) Remove the GUIDE CST R together with the SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) and STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 11) Remove the STOPPER CST R. (REP14.23) Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_039EA 10) 9) 9) 9) 9) 9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-179 REP14.25 GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 6) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 7) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) 9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the CAP FEEDER (PL14.3.33) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 10) Remove the CAP FEEDER from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 11) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 12) Shift the GUIDE CST L to the right slightly to remove it from the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) and then remove the GUIDE CST L together with the SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) and STOPPER CST L (PL14.4.35) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 13) Remove the STOPPER CST L. (REP14.26) Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_040EA 11) 11) 11) 11) 11) 12) 10) 9) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-180 REP14.26 STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) 3) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 5) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 6) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 7) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) 9) Remove the GUIDE CST L. (REP14.25) NOTE Be careful not to lose the SPG LOCK CST LL when performing the following: 10) Remove the STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35) from the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34). Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Check that the SPG LOCK CST LL is fit in the STOPPER CST L boss and GUIDE CST L boss. Leg_Sec03_182FA 10)-1 10)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-181 REP14.27 HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 4) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 5) Release the hooks of the GEAR FEED (PL14.3.11) that is secured to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) bearing and remove the GEAR FEED. 6) Disconnect the connector (P/J618) of the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the HOUSING ASSY FEED to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 8) Insert your hands in the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY from the front and pull the levers (x2) of the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED boss from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole. 9) Shift the HOUSING ASSY FEED towards you and release the upper hooks (x4) that secure the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED hole from the protruded part at the front of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY and remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED downward. Leg_Sec03_032EB NOTE 6) 5)-1 5)-2 9)-1 7) 9)-2 9)-1 8)-2 8)-1 8)-2 8)-1 ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-182 Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful not to damage the ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) that is installed in the HOUSING ASSY FEED. Check that the ACTUATOR T/R comes over the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16). Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-183 REP14.28 SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 4) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 5) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1). 7) Remove the COVER FEED from the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 8) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the SENSOR NO PAPER. 9) Disconnect the connector (P/J119) of the SENSOR NO PAPER. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Be careful of the relative positions of the SENSOR NO PAPER and ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST. Leg_Sec03_033FA NOTE 6) 7) 9) 8)-2 8)-1 6) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-184 REP14.29 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 4) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 5) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 6) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the CAP ACTUATOR (PL14.4.15) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the CAP ACTUATOR. 7) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1). 8) Remove the COVER FEED from the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 9) Pull the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook and shift it along the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST. Leg_Sec03_206FA 6)-2 6)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-185 Installation NOTE Be careful of the relative positions of the SENSOR NO PAPER and ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST when performing the following operation: 1) Insert the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) bearing from the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) notch. 2) Insert the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST into the SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) sensor area and fit the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST bearing at the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook for installation. 3) Install the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) in the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 4) Secure the COVER FEED to the HOUSING ASSY FEED with screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm). 5) Align the CAP ACTUATOR (PL14.4.15) boss with the HOUSING ASSY FEED boss to install the CAP ACTUATOR. 6) Install the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 7) Install the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 8) Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 9) Install the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 10) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Leg_Sec03_034FA NOTE 9)-1 9)-2 7) 7) 8) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-186 REP14.30 ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 4) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 5) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 6) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. (REP14.32) 7) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL14.4.5) from the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) notch. 8) Pull the ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) bearing out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook and remove the ACTUATOR T/R together with the SPRING ACTUATOR. 9) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR T/R. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is hooked onto the ACTUATOR T/R and HOUSING ASSY FEED notches. Leg_Sec03_035FA NOTE 9) 8) 7) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-187 REP14.31 SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 4) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 5) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 6) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. (REP14.32) 7) Remove the ACTUATOR T/R. (REP14.30) 8) Disconnect the connector (P/J120) of the SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7). 9) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR T/R to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) and remove the SENSOR T/R. Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Leg_Sec03_036FA 8) 9)-2 9)-1 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-188 REP14.32 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) Removal 1) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) 2) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 3) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 4) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 5) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1). 7) Remove the COVER FEED from the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 8) Release the E-rings that secure the both sides of the SHAFT FEED (PL14.4.12) from the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the right and left BEARING SLEEVE (PL14.4.9). 9) Shift the SHAFT FEED to the right temporarily and pull the SHAFT FEED out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED left shaft bearing to remove it together with the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) and ROLL SUPPORT 500 (PL14.4.10). 10) Release the hooks of the ROLL SUPPORT 500 that is secured to the SHAFT FEED to remove the ROLL SUPPORT 500. 11) Release the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 that is secured to the SHAFT FEED to remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. Leg_Sec03_037FA 6) 7) 6) 8)-1 8)-2 9) 8)-1 8)-2 11)-2 11)-1 10)-1 10)-2 Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-189 Installation NOTE Be careful of the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 installation direction when performing the following: 1) Install the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) to the SHAFT FEED (PL14.4.12) so that ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) hooks are facing to the right and then secure the hooks to the SHAFT FEED channel. 2) Install the ROLL SUPPORT 500 (PL14.4.10) to the SHAFT FEED and then secure the ROLL SUPPORT 500 hooks to the SHAFT FEED channel. 3) Insert the right side of the SHAFT FEED into the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) right shaft bearing and then shift the SHAFT FEED to the left to install the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 and ROLL SUPPORT 500. 4) Align the BEARING SLEEVE (PL14.4.9) double D cut side with the right and left shaft bearings of the HOUSING ASSY FEED and install the BEARING SLEEVE and then secure both sides of the SHAFT FEED with E-rings. 5) Install the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) in the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 6) Secure the COVER FEED to the HOUSING ASSY FEED with screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm). 7) Install the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Install the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 9) Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 10) Install the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 11) Install the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.3 Adjustment 4-190 4.3 Adjustment ADJ1. Firmware Download Upgrade the firmware by downloading it from the PC to the Printer. Network (Port9100), USB port and parallel port are supported as communication interfaces. In this document, an example using a USB port will be described. NOTE When a USB port or parallel port is to be used, check that "Enable bi-directional support" is disabled (not ticked) in the Printer Port Settings on a PC. ADJ1.1 ESS F/W - Work time: 2' 30" 1) When "Ready to Print" is displayed in the Control Panel on a printer, activate FWDLMgr.exe. 2) Click on the [Agree] button. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.3 Adjustment 4-191 3) Click the [Next] button. 4) Specify [USB Port] and click the [Next] button. 5) Click on the [Finish] button. 6) After ESS F/W has been downloaded, the printer is automatically rebooted. NOTE Print out the "Printer Settings" and check that the "Firmware Version" has been updated. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.3 Adjustment 4-192 ADJ1.2 MCU F/W - Work time: 6' 30" 1) When "Ready to Print" is displayed in the Control Panel on the printer, activate FWDLMgr.exe. 2) Click on the [Agree] button. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.3 Adjustment 4-193 3) Click the [Next] button. 4) Specify [USB Port] and click the [Next] button. 5) Click on the [Finish] button. 6) When "Completed. Reboot printer" is displayed a few minutes later, turn the printer OFF and then ON for rebooting. NOTE Print out the "Printer Settings" and check that the "Engine Version" has been updated. Chapter 5 Parts List Chapter 5 Parts List Table of Contents Table of Contents 5.1 Preface .................................................................................................................5-1 5.1.1 How to use the Parts List................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.2 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................. 5-1 5.2 Parts Navigation ...................................................................................................5-2 5.2.1 How to use the Parts Navigation ....................................................................................... 5-2 5.2.2 Navi. 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right) ........................................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Navi. 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left) .............................................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Navi. 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside) .................................................................................. 5-3 5.2.5 Navi. 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside) ..................................................................................... 5-3 5.2.6 Navi. 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside) ..................................................................................... 5-4 5.2.7 Navi. 2.4 (IOT-Rear/Left-Inside) ........................................................................................ 5-4 5.2.8 Navi. 2.5 (Duplex).............................................................................................................. 5-4 5.2.9 Navi. 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder) ............................................................................................ 5-5 5.3 Parts List ..............................................................................................................5-6 PL1.1 Cover .................................................................................................................................. 5-6 PL 2.1 250 Paper Cassette ........................................................................................................... 5-7 PL 3.1 250 Paper Feeder (1/2) ..................................................................................................... 5-8 PL 3.2 250 Paper Feeder (2/2) ..................................................................................................... 5-9 PL 4.1 MSI .................................................................................................................................. 5-10 PL 5.1 PH Assy (1/2) .................................................................................................................. 5-11 PL 5.2 PH Assy (2/2) .................................................................................................................. 5-12 PL 6.1 Transfer ........................................................................................................................... 5-13 PL 7.1 Xero ................................................................................................................................. 5-14 PL 8.1 ROS ................................................................................................................................. 5-15 PL 9.1 DEVE (1/2) ...................................................................................................................... 5-16 PL 9.2 DEVE (2/2) ...................................................................................................................... 5-17 PL 10.1 Fuser ............................................................................................................................. 5-18 PL 11.1 Drive .............................................................................................................................. 5-19 PL 12.1 ELEC (1/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-20 PL 12.2 ELEC (2/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-21 PL 12.3 ELEC (3/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-22 PL 13.1 Duplex (1/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-23 PL 13.2 Duplex ........................................................................................................................... 5-24 PL 13.3 Duplex (3/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-25 PL 13.4 Duplex (4/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-26 PL 14.1 500 Paper Cassette ....................................................................................................... 5-27 PL 14.2 500 Paper Feeder (1/3) ................................................................................................. 5-28 PL 14.3 500 Paper Feeder (2/3) ................................................................................................. 5-29 PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) ................................................................................................. 5-30 PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) (List) ........................................................................................ 5-30 5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes ..............................................................5-31 5.1 Preface 5-1 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.1 Preface 5.1.1 How to use the Parts List Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on the spare parts and is also used when ordering replacement parts and entering area code. Before using, read the following explanations carefully and use it correctly. 5.1.2 PRECAUTIONS - A "*" attached to a part name in the DESCRIPTION column indicates that the Note or Reference for that part is included on the same page. Read the note carefully before ordering and replacing parts. - Area codes are indicated in the respective plates. Area codes which cannot be described by parts on the respective plates (toner, current value adjustment, etc.) are indicated in the Area Code Table at the end of this chapter. - The numbers indicated in the illustrations refer to the corresponding ITEM number and part name in the List. - PL "X.Y.Z" refers to item "Z" of Plate (PL) "X.Y". - The letters in the illustrations represent screws, clips, etc as follows: "S" = Screw, "E" = E Link, "KL" = KL Clip, "C" = C Link, "N" = Nut - Black arrows are attached to the items which indicate the assembly parts in the illustrations. - ... in the illustrations break a lead line and show the connection with the corresponding letter in the same illustration. - "(with 2-5)" found in the illustrations and attached to assembly parts in the list indicate that Items "2, 3, 4 and 5" of that particular plate are included. - "(P XXX)" and "(J XXX)" ("CN ZZZ" in some parts) represent the connector number for that part, where P represents "Plug" and J represents "Jack". For harnesses, both ends of the connectors are indicated as "(P XXX-J XXX)". - "[Same PL X.Y.Z]" found in the illustrations and attached to parts in the list indicate that the part is the same as that particular part of Item "Z" of Plate "X.Y". - Parts with (SCC) indicated before the part name in the DESCRIPTION column are Safety Critical Components. User must comply with Fuji Xerox's regulations on the handling of such components. 5-2 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.2 Parts Navigation 5.2 Parts Navigation 5.2.1 How to use the Parts Navigation Below describes how to use the Navigation Illustrations. The Navigation Illustrations are composed of two hierarchical menus followed by a PL layer under each menu Uppermost Layer - Navi 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right) - Navi 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left) The Front/Right view shows the whole Printer including the Duplex unit and the 500 Paper Feeder. The Rear/Left view is only shown in 2 illustrations of the Printer. Search for modules with parts to be checked and refer to the Navi 2.X or PL indicated on the lead line. More detailed illustrations for that module are included in Navi 2.X where available. Second Layer - Navi 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside) - Navi 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside) - Navi 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside) - Navi 2.4 (IOT-Front/Left-Inside) - Navi 2.5 (Duplex) - Navi 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder) The modules checked in Navi 1.1 and Navi 1.2 have been classified in further detail and all the PL can be referred to. - The orientation of the machine is defined as follows. Front Right Rear Left Leg_005_101FA 5.2.2 Navi. 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right) Navi2.5 (Duplex) Navi2.6 (500 Paper Feeder) PL1.1 PL1.1 PL1.1 PL1.1 PL1.1 Leg_005_102FA Navi2.1 (IOT-Front / Right-Outside) Navi2.2 (IOT-Front / Right-Inside) PL7.1 PL9.2 5.2 Parts Navigation 5-3 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.2.3 Navi. 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left) Navi2.3 (IOT-Rear / Left-Outside) Navi2.4 (IOT-Rear / Left-Inside) PL1.1 PL1.1 PL5.1 Leg_Sec005_103EA 5.2.4 Navi. 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside) 5.2.5 Navi. 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside) PL10.1 PL6.1 PL9.2 PL7.1 PL7.1 PL11.1 PL9.1 PL11.1 PL12.1 PL4.1 PL12.1 PL9.1 PL12.1 Leg_Sec005_104EA PL7.1 PL12.1 PL8.1 Leg_Sec005_105EB 5-4 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.2 Parts Navigation 5.2.6 Navi. 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside) 5.2.7 Navi. 2.4 (IOT-Rear/Left-Inside) PL12.2 PL6.1 PL5.1 PL12.2 PL12.2 PL12.2 PL11.1 PL11.1 PL11.1 PL11.1 Leg_Sec005_106EA PL12.2 PL12.2 PL10.1 PL6.1 PL6.1 PL5.2 PL5.2 PL6.1 PL12.2 Leg_Sec005_107EA 5.2.8 Navi. 2.5 (Duplex) PL13.2 PL13.2 PL13.2 PL13.4 PL13.4 PL13.4 PL13.4 PL13.1 PL13.1 PL13.3 PL13.3 PL13.3 Leg_Sec005_108EA 5.2 Parts Navigation 5-5 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.2.9 Navi. 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder) PL14.1 PL14.2 PL14.3 PL14.3 PL14.3 PL14.3 PL14.3 PL14.2 PL14.2 PL14.4 PL14.3 Leg_Sec005_109EA 5-6 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL1.1 Cover Leg_005_001FA 1 (with 2,3,23) 19 (with 20,21) 23 24 33 29 30 31 9 2 3 7 11 10 21 20 4 5 6 11 12 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 32 28 (with 9,10,29-32) 22 (with 34-36) 34 35 99 (with 29-31) 36 37 38 39 40 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C 1 802K 76960 COVER ASSY TOP (with 2, 3, 23) 32B1 2 802E 78010 TRAY EXTENSION 32B2 3 -- COVER TOP 32B3 4 802E 77720 COVER FUSER 32B4 5 802E 77901 COVER TOP SIDE L 32B5 6 802E 71222 COVER TOP SIDE R 32B6 7 111K 12250 SWITCH ASSY TOP (P116) 32B7 8 -- -- 32B8 9 -- COVER RH 32B9 10 -- COVER CLEANER 32C1 11 -- COVER PI 32C2 12 017E 96982 FOOT REAR 32C3 13 017E 97031 FOOT FRONT 32C4 14 802E 77611 COVER MSI 32C5 15 802K 77000 COVER FRONT L 32C6 16 802K 76981 COVER FRONT ASSY U 32C7 17 802K 77260 OP PANEL 32C8 18 962K 24752 HARNESS ASSY PANEL (J29-J220) 32C9 19 -- COVER ASSY LH (with 20, 21) 32D1 20 802E 77810 COVER LH 32D2 21 802K 77010 COVER ESS 32D3 22 110K 12261 SWITCH ASSY FUSER (with 34-36) 32D4 23 -- COVER TRAY 32D5 24 -- COVER INNER TOP 32D6 25 -- -- 32D7 26 -- -- 32D8 27 -- -- 32D9 28 802K 76970 COVER ASSY RH (with 9, 10, 29-32) 32E1 29 -- GUIDE BAR 32E2 30 -- SLIDE BAR 32E3 31 802E 78030 COVER ROS WINDOW 32E4 32 802E 77600 COVER DUP 32E5 33 802E 64683 COVER INNER L 32E6 34 110K 12240 SWITCH-INLK FUSER (P117) 32E7 35 -- BRACKET INLK FUSER 32E8 36 110E 93440 SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (P114) 32E9 37 -- BRACKET TOP S LH 32F1 38 -- BRACKET TOP S RH 32F2 39 802E 79330 COVER CONPANE 32F3 40 802E 76900 COVER HINGE 32F4 99 604K 22630 KIT SLIDE BAR (with 29-31) 32F5 5.3 Parts List 5-7 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 2.1 250 Paper Cassette 5 6 8 8 9 10 11 13 12 14 7 9 4 2 3 (with 4) 1 (with 2-17) 11 15 Leg_Sec005_002FB 16 17 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C 1 050K 52230 250 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-17)-FX 5010 050K 52280 250 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-17)-AP 2 038K 88530 GUIDE END ASSY 250 50B1 3 -- PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 250 (with 4) 50B2 4 -- PAD BOTTOM 50B3 5 038K 88550 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 250 50B4 6 802E 02460 PINION 12 50B5 7 038K 88540 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 250 50B6 8 809E 60710 SPRING NF 250 50B7 9 -- PLATE ROLL STOPPER 250 50B8 10 003E 61031 LOCK LIFT R 50B9 11 059E 99150 ROLL LINK 50C1 12 -- CASSETTE 250 50C2 13 802E 77700 COVER FRONT CST 250 50C3 14 -- PLATE SLIDE 250 50C4 15 003E 61021 LOCK LIFT L 50C5 16 -- PLATE STOPPER R 50C6 17 -- PLATE STOPPER L 50C7 5-8 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 3.1 250 Paper Feeder (1/2) 3 1 4 4 5 6 5 7 8 7 2 (with 3-8,13) 9 11 10 10 11 10 10 12 12 Leg_Sec005_005FB 13 [Ref PL3.2] [Ref PL2.1] 15 (with 1-14,16,17,PL2.1,3.2) 14 (with 10-12, PL3.2) 16 16 17 17 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 802E 77690 COVER LEFT 250 50D1 2 054K 28310 CHUTE FDR ASSY 250 (with 3-8, 13) 50D2 3 -- COVER-REAR 250 50D3 4 -- MAGNET-CATCH 50D4 5 -- ROLL PINCH A 50D5 6 -- ROLL PINCH B 50D6 7 -- SPRING-PINCH A 50D7 8 -- SPRING-PINCH B 50D8 9 802E 77680 COVER RIGHT 250 50D9 10 -- FOOT 50E1 11 -- BLOCK CST 50E2 12 -- SPRING EARTH FEEDER 50E3 13 -- GUIDE REAR 50E4 14 -- FEEDER ASSY 250 (with 10-12, PL3.2) 50E5 15 -- 250 PAPER FEEDER ASSY (with 1-14, PL2.1, 3.2) 50E6 16 -- COVER JOIN HOLE 50E7 17 -- LOCK MC TO FDR 50E8 5.3 Parts List 5-9 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 3.2 250 Paper Feeder (2/2) 12 26 27 43 13 47 (J 437) (J 435) 10 10 10 10 44 44 44 44 45 45 11 1 3 4 5 6 33 31 32 31 35 34 24 25 (with 26) 41 (with 27,42) 2 (with 3) 15 38 9 7 8 7 Leg_005_006FA 36 37 28 29 29 30 42 46 (J 440) (J 4358) (J 436) (J 127) (J 438) (P127) (J 618) (J 121) (J 609) (J 446) (P610) (P609) (J 610) (P608) (P121) 14 (with 15-24,38-40,47) 16 17 39 19 22 21 21 18 40 23 40 20 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 962K 20500 HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (J437-J121, J440, J609, J610, J618) 50F1 2 007K 89090 DRIVE ASSY FEED 250 (with 3) 5090 3 121E 89991 SOLENOID FEED (P610) 5092 4 807E 02490 GEAR FEED 5093 5 121K 35481 CLUTCH ASSY PH (P609) 50G1 6 962K 20481 HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 (J435-P608) 50G2 7 -- BEARING EARTH 50G3 8 059K 32953 ROLL ASSY TURN 50G4 9 110E 93440 SWITCH-I/L CAB (P121) 50G5 10 -- CLAMP 50G6 11 960K 00881 PWBA MOT 50G7 12 160K 98921 PWBA TRAY CONT (250) 50G8 13 962K 20490 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (J436-J4358) 50G9 14 802K 60380 HOUSING ASSY FEED (with 15-24, 38-40) 50H1 15 -- HOUSING FEED 50H2 16 930W 00113 SENSOR PHOTO (P119) 50H3 17 -- ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST 50H4 18 -- ACTUATOR 50H5 19 930W 00113 SENSOR PHOTO (P120) 50H6 20 -- SHAFT FEED 50H7 21 -- BEARING EARTH 50H8 22 -- BRACKET FEED 50H9 23 059K 32940 ROLL ASSY FEED 50J1 24 -- COVER FEED 50J1 25 019K 06831 HOLDER ASSY RETARD (with 26) 50J1 26 809E 60720 SPRING RETARD 50J1 27 054E 89392 CHUTE 250 50J1 28 -- LEVER 250 50J1 29 -- SPRING LEVER 250 50J1 30 003E 61182 BUTTON FDR 250 50J1 31 -- SPG LOCK CST LL 50J1 32 -- STOPPER CST R 50K1 33 032E 22102 GUIDE CST R 250 50K1 34 032E 21872 GUIDE CST L 250 50K1 35 003E 61371 STOPPER CST L 50K1 36 110E 10500 SNR CST (P127) 50K1 37 962K 24730 HARNESS-ASSY FEED SW (J127-J438) 50K1 38 962K 23810 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 3 (P618-J119, J120) 50K1 39 -- SPRING ACTUATOR 50K1 40 -- ROLL SUPPORT 50K1 41 054K 26870 CHUTE ASSY 250 (with 27, 42) 50L1 42 103K 81171 FILM ASSY FDR 50L2 43 -- CAP 50L3 44 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 50L4 45 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 50L5 46 -- BRACKET MAG R 50L6 47 -- CAP ACTUATOR 50L7 5-10 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 4.1 MSI 8 7 6 5 7 6 4 3 3 4 10 11 12 9 13 14 18 18 22 20 21 23 24 25 26 17 27 19 Leg_Sec005_002EB 1 (with 2-28) 2 (with 3-8,28) 15 (with 14) 16 (with 27) 28 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 059K 41340 MSI ASSY (with 2-28) 5110 2 059K 36843 ROLL ASSY MSI (with 3-8, 28) 5132 3 -- BEARING MSI 51B1 4 -- CAM PICK UP MSI 51B2 5 -- SHAFT ASSY MSI 51B3 6 -- PAPER GUIDE 51B4 7 -- CORE 51B5 8 059K 36852 ROLL MSI 51B6 9 054E 88760 CHUTE MSI 51B7 10 -- GUIDE SIDE COVER 51B8 11 807E 01260 GEAR MANUAL 51B9 12 038E 32350 GUIDE SIDE L 51C1 13 038K 88460 GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 51C2 14 -- PLATE BOTTOM 2 51C3 15 050K 51124 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (with 14) 51C4 16 019K 06860 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (with 27) 5133 17 015K 64762 PLATE ASSY RETARD 51C5 18 -- SPRING-N/F MSI 51C6 19 -- FRAME ASSY BOTTOM 51C7 20 004E 14240 OIL DAMPER 51C8 21 -- DAMPER BRACKET 51C9 22 807E 01271 GEAR PICK UP 51D1 23 121E 92700 SOLENOID PICK UP (P605) 51D2 24 930W 00113 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (P103) 51D3 25 120E 22511 ACTUATOR EMPTY 51D4 26 962K 20431 HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (J408, J409-J103, J603, J604, J605) 51D5 27 -- SPRING RETARD MSI 51D6 28 -- CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE 51D7 5.3 Parts List 5-11 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 5.1 PH Assy (1/2) 1 3 4 2 (with 3,4) [Ref PL5.2.1] Leg_Sec005_003EB ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 802K 76940 COVER-PH 32G1 2 054K 28110 CHUTE ASSY-REAR (with 3, 4) 32G2 3 -- CHUTE-REAR UP 32G3 4 -- CHUTE-REAR LOW 32G4 5-12 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 5.2 PH Assy (2/2) 9 2 5 3 4 5 3 3 6 7 6 11 12 13 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 3 23 14 8 10 24 25 1 (with 2-25) Leg_Sec005_004EB 14 *1: Same part ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 801K 18310 FRAME ASSY-PH (with 2-25) 5310 2 121K 32310 CLUTCH ASSY REGI (P203) * 1 53B1 3 -- BEARING METAL 53B2 4 -- ROLL-REGI METAL 53B3 5 -- BEARING RUBBER 53B4 6 807E 04590 GEAR-REGI 53B5 7 -- SPRING-REGI R (METAL) 53B6 8 059K 31491 ROLL REGI RUBBER 5313 9 -- SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) 53B7 10 -- FRAME-PH 53B8 11 107E 20930 VARISTOR 53B9 12 059K 31500 ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI 5311 13 059E 98770 ROLL-PINCH 53C1 14 809E 51021 SPRING-PRE REGI 53C2 15 809E 17670 BRACKET-SENSOR OHP 53C3 16 930W 00113 SENSOR OHP (P101) 53C4 17 809E 51030 SPRING-ACTUATOR 53C5 18 120E 22441 ACTUATOR-REGI 53C6 19 930W 00113 SENSOR REGI (P102) 5314 20 127K 45271 MOTOR-PH (P604) 53C7 21 962K 20440 HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (P603-J100, J101, J102, J202, J203) 53C8 22 121K 32310 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (P202) * 1 5312 23 110E 93440 SWITCH-PH DOOR (P100) 53D1 24 007K 89461 DRIVE ASSY-PH 53D2 25 802E 64882 COVER-HARNESS 53D3 5.3 Parts List 5-13 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 6.1 Transfer Leg_Sec005_005EA 3 5 32 11 11 10 12 14 13 14 18 17 20 21 24 23 22 25 26 25 29 30 31 16 19 28 9 8 11 4 2 1 (with 2-6,32) 15 (with 16-19) 27 (with 28) 7 (with 8-10) 11 6 *1: Periodic replacement parts *2: Same part ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 054K 26690 CHUTE ASSY-FSR (with 2-6, 32) 53E1 2 -- HOUSING-CHUTE FSR 53E2 3 130E 87400 SENSOR FUSER IN (P111) 53E3 4 962K 20461 HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (J111-P620) 53E4 5 -- CHUTE-FSR 53E5 6 107E 07100 DIODE FUSER 53E6 7 801K 15040 FRAME ASSY-2ND (with 8-10) 53E7 8 807E 01570 GEAR 27 53E8 9 -- SHAFT-CENT 2ND 53E9 10 -- FRAME ASSY BTR 53F1 11 -- BEARING-BRUSH CAM 53F2 12 022K 67480 2ND BTR ASSY * 1 53F3 13 088K 91640 CAM ASSY-2ND 53F4 14 -- BEARING 53F5 15 802K 65280 COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (with 16-19) 53F6 16 962K 24590 HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (J113-P621) 53F7 17 -- BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND 53F8 18 110E 93440 SWITCH 2BTR COVER (P113) 53F9 19 -- COVER-RR 2ND 53G1 20 130K 66863 SENSOR ASSY ADC (P431) 53G2 21 019E 58404 HOLDER-ADC 2ND 53G3 22 930W 00113 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (P112) * 2 53G4 23 -- BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO 53G5 24 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0505-2 53G6 25 -- SPRING-2ND 53G7 26 930W 00113 SENSOR IBT RETRACT (P107) * 2 53G8 27 015K 65210 PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (with 28) 53G9 28 -- WIRE ASSY 2BTR (J505-T2) 53H1 29 008K 01890 CAM ASSY-IBT CL 53H2 30 962K 20471 HARNESS ASSY ADC (J418, J422-J112, J431, J620, J621) 53H3 31 -- BRACKET-SENSOR CLN 53H4 32 -- PLATE DIS 2ND 53H5 5-14 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 7.1 Xero 1 2 3 14 19 32 33 31 30 24 25 26 18 17 15 16 27 29 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 11 4 (with 5-12) 13 (with 14-19) 20 (with 24-26) 34 27 Leg_Sec005_006EB *1 : Consumables ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 -- IBT ASSY * 1 4200 2 130E 87341 SENSOR TR-0 (P108) 44B1 3 -- PLATE-TR-0 44B2 4 032K 97090 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (with 5-12) 44B3 5 -- SPRING-TORSION D 44B4 6 -- LATCH ASSY D 44B5 7 -- ARM-COUPLING 44B6 8 -- SPRING-TORSION ARM 44B7 9 -- LINK-COUPLING 44B8 10 -- ANTENNA ASSY (P109) 44B9 11 -- HOUSING-GUIDE D 44C1 12 962K 20451 HARNESS-ASSY XERO (J416-J108, J109) 44C2 13 032K 97100 GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (with 14-19) 44C3 14 -- HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD 44C4 15 011E 15922 LEVER-LATCH PR 44C5 16 021E 98920 CAP-PLATE PR 44C6 17 -- PLATE-ASSY PR 44C7 18 -- SPRING-TORSION AD 44C8 19 -- LATCH ASSY AD 44C9 20 011K 97471 BCR CLN XERO ASSY (with 24-26) 44D1 21 -- -- 44D2 22 -- -- 44D3 23 -- -- 44D4 24 130E 88160 SENSOR TNER FULL (P126) 44D5 25 -- HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL (J126-P617) 44D6 26 -- PLATE SOLENOID 44D7 27 032E 22491 GUIDE CRU 44D8 28 -- -- 44D9 29 -- SPRING-LATCH 44E1 30 117K 36030 WIRE ASSY IBT (J506-J513) 44E2 31 117K 36010 WIRE ASSY BTR (J504-J512) 44E3 32 117K 36050 WIRE ASSY BCR (J508-J514) 44E4 33 117K 36040 WIRE ASSY DTN (J507-T4) 44E5 34 -- PLATE-ASSY GND 44E6 5.3 Parts List 5-15 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 8.1 ROS 1 3 Leg_Sec005_007EB 4 5 2 (with 4,5) ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 062K 15770 ROS ASSY (P601, P602) 1310 2 042K 92930 CLEANER ASSY (with 4, 5) 13B1 3 -- GUIDE-ROS CLN 13B2 4 -- ROD-CLEANER 13B3 5 042K 92880 CLEANER ASSY-BASE 13B4 5-16 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 9.1 DEVE (1/2) 1 (with 2-9) 10 (with 11-16) 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 17 20 14 13 15 18 19 16 Leg_Sec005_008EB *1: Same part *2: Same part ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 003K 13589 LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (with 2-9) 40B1 2 -- SPRING LINK * 1 40B2 3 -- LINK LATCH 40B3 4 -- LEVER LATCH 40B4 5 -- SPRING STOPPER LATCH * 1 40B5 6 -- SPRING LATCH * 2 40B6 7 -- LATCH ROTARY 40B7 8 -- STOPPER LATCH 40B8 9 -- HOLDER LATCH ROTARY 40B9 10 142K 01856 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (with 11-16) 40C1 11 -- HOLDER ANTENNA CTRG 40C2 12 -- ANTENNA CTRG (P106) 40C3 13 -- SPRING LEVER * 2 40C4 14 -- LINK LEVER 40C5 15 011E 14793 LEVER CTRG SET 40C6 16 -- SPRING LEVER CTRG * 1 40C7 17 015K 63326 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS 40C8 18 930W 00113 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (P105) 40C9 19 -- BRACKET SENSOR 40D1 20 117K 35892 WIRE ASSY DEVE (J509-J510) 40D2 5.3 Parts List 5-17 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 9.2 DEVE (2/2) Leg_Sec005_009EB 1 2 3 4 5 (with 11) 6 (with 11) 7 (with 11) 8 (with 11) 9 10 10 11 11 11 11 10 13 10 12 12 13 *1: Consumables *2: Periodic replacement parts ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 -- TNR CRU K * 1 40E1 2 -- TNR CRU Y * 1 40E2 3 -- TNR CRU M * 1 40E3 4 -- TNR CRU C * 1 40E4 5 802K 75732 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (with 11) * 2 400K 6 802K 75702 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (with 11) * 2 400Y 7 802K 75712 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (with 11) * 2 400M 8 802K 75722 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (with 11) * 2 400C 9 810K 05954 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY 40F1 10 015K 63310 PIVOT ASSY 40F2 11 029E 32710 PIVOT AD 40F3 12 -- SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY 40F4 13 413W 10750 BEARING BALL 40F5 5-18 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 10.1 Fuser 1 2 3 6 Leg_Sec005_010EB *1: Periodic replacement parts ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 126K 19220 FUSER ASSY*1-FX 43AA 126K 19230 FUSER ASSY*1-AP 115V 126K 19240 FUSER ASSY*1-AP 220V 2 962K 24434 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (J614-J3, J417)-FX 43B1 962K 27444 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (J614-J3, J417)-AP 220V 3 -- BRACKET-RIZ 43B2 4 -- -- 43B3 5 -- -- 43B4 6 110K 12332 FUSER LOCK SWITCH (P128) 43B5 5.3 Parts List 5-19 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 11.1 Drive 1 8 2 3 5 4 6 7 9 Leg_005_011EB 10 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 007K 89650 DRIVE ASSY BTR 30B1 2 007K 89802 DRIVE ASSY PRO (P411, P414) 30B2 3 127K 45281 MOT ASSY FSR (P404) 30B3 4 127K 45891 MOT ASSY MAG (P405, P406) 30B4 5 127K 38551 MOT ASSY ROT (P433) 30B5 6 127K 45770 MOT ASSY P/R (P200, P201) 30B6 7 127K 39681 MOT ASSY MICRO (P600) 30B7 8 -- BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR 30B8 9 807E 08260 GEAR 2ND 30B9 10 -- PLATE LEFT 30C1 5-20 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 12.1 ELEC (1/3) 1 12 12 11 13 10 9 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 15 7 6 2 8 4 14 1 1 1 1 Leg_Sec005_012EC ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 71B1 2 -- BUSH STB-19 71B2 3 -- CLAMP RLWT-1V0 71B3 4 -- BUSH-OPEN OLBT-13 71B4 5 -- -- 71B5 6 130K 87800 SENSOR HUM & TEMP (P104) 71B6 7 -- HOLDER SENSOR 71B7 8 -- BUSH STB-26 71B8 9 105K 21410 PWBA HVPS 7320 10 960K 07090 PWB ASSY ROT 71C1 11 960K 00860 PWBA CRUM 71C2 12 -- CLAMP WPC-21SP 71C3 13 -- CLAMP RLWT-3V0 71C4 14 -- BUSH STB-13 71C5 15 -- BUSH OLBT-19 71C6 5.3 Parts List 5-21 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 12.2 ELEC (2/3) 10 12 13 14 14 Leg_005_013FA 2 3 4 6 7 8 1 5 9 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 960K 07530 PWBA MCU 7210 2 962K 20540 FFC-ASSY LV/MCU (P401-P500) 72B1 3 105K 21420 LV/HVPS-FX 7310 105K 21430 LV/HVPS-AP 220V 4 962K 22201 HARNESS ASSY AC (J2-J503)-FX 72B2 960K 27302 HARNESS ASSY AC (J2-J503)-AP 220V 5 962K 20530 FFC-ASSY ESS (P400-P70) 72B3 6 -- CHASSIS ESS 72B4 7 960K 07980 PWBA ESS-FX 7630 960K 08130 PWBA ESS-AP 8 -- OPTION MEMORY 72B5 9 960K 08150 NETWORK CARD 72B6 10 962K 19353 HARNESS ASSY MAIN (J403-J114, J200, J600/J407-J601/ J410-J1, J116, J117, J128, J201, J432, J502/J412-J429/J413- J104, J105, J606, J617/J415-J106, J107, J430/J420-J607/ J421-J608/J501-J71/J515-J516/J602-J72) 72B7 11 -- -- 72B8 12 960K 07050 PWBA FUSER CONT-FX 72B9 960K 07060 PWBA FUSER CONT-AP 220V 13 117K 34750 POWER CODE-FX 72C1 117K 24270 POWER CODE-FXA, FXNZ 117K 24290 POWER CODE-FXCL 117K 24320 POWER CODE-FXP 117K 24280 POWER CODE-FXM, FXHK, FXS 117K 24310 POWER CODE-AG, THFX, ICO 14 -- CLAMP RLWT-3V0 72C2 5-22 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 12.3 ELEC (3/3) Leg_Sec005_022EB 6 2 9 3 12 13 13 2 2 4 9 1 1 2 3 3 6 14 2 2 1 1 8 14 1 1 1 2 2 2 10 2 2 7 2 4 2 3 3 3 2 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 71E1 2 -- CLAMP LWS-03S 71E2 3 -- CLAMP RLWT-1V0 71E3 4 -- FLAT CLAMP FCR-30 71E4 5 -- -- 71E5 6 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 71E6 7 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0505-2 71E7 8 -- BUSH-OPEN OLBT-13 71E8 9 -- BUSH STB-19 71E9 10 -- BUSH STB-26 71F1 11 -- -- 71F2 12 -- CLAMP RLWT-1V0 71F3 13 -- CLAMP RLWT-4V0 71F4 14 -- BUSH STB-13 71F5 5.3 Parts List 5-23 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 13.1 Duplex (1/4) [Ref PL13.2.1] [Ref PL13.3.1] 2 6 4 3 4 Leg_Sec005_014EB 1 (with 2-4, PL13.2-13.4) *1: Products (Optional parts) ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 -- DUPLEX ASSY (with 2-4, PL13.2-13.4) * 1 52B1 2 802E 77630 COVER-R DUP 52B2 3 802E 77640 COVER-L DUP 52B3 4 826E 09123 SCREW THUMB 52B4 5 -- -- 52B5 6 -- COVER CONNECTOR 52B6 5-24 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 13.2 Duplex 5 (with 6-29) 22 (with 23-27,29) 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 6 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 6 29 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 Leg_Sec005_015EA ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 802E 78700 COVER-INV 52C1 2 012E 11920 LINK-LATCH 52C2 3 012E 13560 LINK-BUTTON 52C3 4 809E 55270 SPRING-LINK 52C4 5 059K 41240 INVERTER ASSY DUP (with 6-29) 5240 6 -- BEARING DUP 52C5 7 121K 32723 SOLENOID ASSY DUP (P611) 52C6 8 809E 51700 SPRING ACTUATOR 52C7 9 120E 22541 ACTUATOR INV 52C8 10 930W 00113 SENSOR UPPER PASS (P124) 52C9 11 -- BRACKET-SNS 52D1 12 -- -- 52D2 13 105E 12570 ELIMINATOR 52D3 14 -- FRAME-INV 52D4 15 807E 01580 GEAR 20/21H 52D5 16 807E 01220 GEAR 30 52D6 17 807E 01250 GEAR 36 52D7 18 127K 38981 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (P612) 5251 19 -- BRACKET-MOTO INV 52D8 20 807E 01230 GEAR 48H 52D9 21 059K 32061 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER 52E1 22 054K 27731 CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (with 23-27, 29) 52E2 23 022E 27500 ROLL PINCH DUP 52E3 24 -- SPRING-TORSION INV 52E4 25 -- CHUTE-INV LOW 52E5 26 -- PLATE-SUPPORT INV 52E6 27 -- COVER-SUPPORT INV 52E7 28 962K 20510 HARNESS-ASSY DUP 1 (J444-J122, J124, J611, J612) 52E8 29 022K 67770 ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP 52E9 5.3 Parts List 5-25 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 13.3 Duplex (3/4) 99 (with 14,15 ,RING KL) 4 5 7 11 8 8 12 13 14 14 21 17 9 18 10 6 [Ref PL13.4] 5 6 15 19 23 22 25 26 27 25 15 1 (with 2-22,25-32,34,PL13.4) 16 (with 25-27) 20 (with 29-31) 24 (with 33) 99 (with 14,15,RING KL) Leg_Sec005_016EB 28 29 30 30 31 32 32 33 33 2 3 34 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 059K 40669 TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (with 2-22, 25-32, 34, PL13.4) 52F1 2 -- SPRING LATCH 52F2 3 003E 60523 LATCH DUP R 52F3 4 -- SHAFT LATCH 52F4 5 809E 51690 SPRING BUTTON 52F5 6 003E 60560 BUTTON DUP 52F6 7 110E 93440 SWITCH-DUP DOOR (P122) 52F7 8 -- COVER REAR 52F8 9 120E 22541 ACTUATOR DUP 52F9 10 809E 51700 SPRING ACTUATOR 52G1 11 930W 00113 SENSOR LOW PASS (P123) 52G2 12 003E 60532 LATCH DUP L 52G3 13 -- SHAFT SUPPORT L 52G4 14 -- SUPPORT DUP 52G5 15 -- SCREW SUPPORT 52G6 16 003K 13741 HINGE ASSY L (with 25-27) 52G7 17 -- BEARING DUP 52G8 18 -- SHAFT DAMPER 52G9 19 -- SHAFT HINGE 52H1 20 003K 13732 HINGE ASSY R (with 29-31) 52H2 21 -- SHAFT SUPPORT R 52H3 22 962K 20522 HARNESS-ASSY DUP 2 (J443-J123, P607) 52H4 23 802E 78710 COVER LOW-DUP TRANS 52H5 24 802E 78720 COVER UP-DUP TRANS (with 33) 52H6 25 019E 58912 PAD DAMPER L 52H7 26 -- HINGE-L 52H8 27 -- BRACKET PAD L 52H9 28 -- HINGE-R 52J1 29 -- BRACKET ASSY R 52J2 30 019E 58922 PAD DAMPER R 52J3 31 -- BRACKET PAD R LOWER 52J4 32 849E 42431 PLATE MAGNET 52J5 33 121E 82660 MAGNET-CATCH 52J6 34 -- CORE 52J7 52J8 99 604K 20871 KIT SUPPORT DUP (with 14, 15, RING KL) 52J9 5-26 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 13.4 Duplex (4/4) 1 2 3 17 2 3 3 2 2 3 4 5 5 5 5 10 6 7 7 8 8 9 11 12 12 13 14 15 15 16 7 7 Leg_Sec005_017EA ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 059K 32070 ROLLER ASSY DUP 52K1 2 -- ROLL PINCH DUP 52K2 3 -- SPRING PINCH 52K3 4 -- CHUTE DUP TRANS 52K4 5 -- BEARING DUP 52K5 6 807E 01220 GEAR 30 52K6 7 807E 01250 GEAR 36 52K7 8 807E 01240 GEAR 40/42 52K8 9 807E 01230 GEAR 48H 52K9 10 807E 01400 GEAR 30 OW 52L1 11 -- CLAMP LWS-03S 52L2 12 -- SUPPORT PWB 52L3 13 160K 98934 PWBA DUP-L 52L4 14 127K 38981 MOTOR ASSY DUP (P442) 52L5 15 -- CLAMP LWS-05S 52L6 16 -- BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS 52L7 17 059K 32080 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT 52L8 5.3 Parts List 5-27 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 14.1 500 Paper Cassette 4 5 7 7 8 9 10 12 11 10 14 13 6 8 2 3 1 (with 2-16) Leg_Sec005_018EA 15 16 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 050K 52250 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-16)-FX 50M1 050K 52290 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-16)-AP 2 038K 88530 GUIDE END ASSY 50M2 3 -- PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 50M3 4 038K 88570 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 50M4 5 807E 02460 PINION 12 50M5 6 038K 88560 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 50M6 7 809E 60700 SPRING NF 50M7 8 -- PLATE ROLL STOPPER 500 50M8 9 003E 61031 LOCK LIFT R 50M9 10 059E 99150 ROLL LINK 50N1 11 -- CASSETTE 500 50N2 12 050E 93770 COVER FRONT CST 500 50N3 13 -- PAPER SLIDE 500 50N4 14 003E 61021 LOCK LIFT L 50N5 15 -- PLATE STOPPER R 50N6 16 -- PLATE STOPPER L 50N7 5-28 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 14.2 500 Paper Feeder (1/3) 5 4 5 6 7 6 8 9 8 3 2 (with 3-9) 1 10 11 12 12 [Ref PL14.3.1] [Ref PL14.1.1] Leg_Sec005_019EA 11 ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 802E 77870 COVER LEFT 500 50P1 2 054K 28320 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (with 3-9) 50P2 3 -- COVER-REAR 500 50P3 4 -- GUIDE REAR 50P4 5 -- MAGNET-CATCH 50P5 6 -- ROLL PINCH A 50P6 7 -- ROLL PINCH B 50P7 8 -- SPRING-PINCH A 50P8 9 -- SPRING-PINCH B 50P9 10 802E 77880 COVER RIGHT 500 50Q1 11 -- COVER JOINT HOLE 50Q2 12 -- LOCK MC TO FDR 50Q3 5.3 Parts List 5-29 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 14.3 500 Paper Feeder (2/3) 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 5 5 8 1 (with 2-36, PL14.4) 7 (with 8-10) 23 (with 24-29) 24 (with 25) 29 (with 28) 5 6 6 15 15 16 17 18 13 19 20 20 26 27 28 33 20 25 21 20 22 21 [Ref PL14.4.1] 32 30 31 30 35 36 34 Leg_Sec005_020EA ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 -- FEEDER ASSY 500 (with 2-36, PL14.4) 50R1 2 962K 20500 HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (J437-J121, J440, J609, J610, J618) 50R2 3 960K 01551 PWBA TRAY 500 50R3 4 960K 00881 PWBA MOT 50R4 5 -- CLAMP 50R5 6 -- CLAMP MSB-1207 50R6 7 007K 89090 DRIVE ASSY FEED (with 8-10) 50R7 8 121E 89991 SOLENOID FEED (P610) 50R8 9 127K 45281 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (P446) 50R9 10 007K 89710 GEAR ASSY DRIVE 50S1 11 807E 02490 GEAR FEED 50S2 12 121K 35481 CLUTCH ASSY FEED (P609) 50S3 13 -- BEARING FEED 50S4 14 962K 20481 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (J435-P608) 50S5 15 -- SPRING EARTH FEEDER 50S6 16 059K 32953 ROLL ASSY TURN 500 50S7 17 -- BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 50S8 18 110E 93440 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (P121) 50S9 19 -- FRAME ASSY FEEDER 50T1 20 017E 97172 FOOT FEEDER 50T2 21 014E 45421 BLOCK CST 50T3 22 962K 20490 HARNESS-ASSY FEED2 (J436-J4358) 50T4 23 019K 07160 CHUTE ASSY 500 (with 24-29) 50T5 24 019K 06831 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (with 25) 50T6 25 -- SPRING RETARD 50T7 26 604K 22640 FILM ASSY FDR 50T8 27 -- CHUTE 500 50T9 28 -- SPRING LEVER 500 50V1 29 011K 97800 LEVER 500 (with 28) 50V2 30 -- SPG LOCK CST LL 50V3 31 -- STOPPER CST R 50V4 32 003E 61381 GUIDE CST R 50V5 33 -- CAP FEEDER 50V6 34 003E 61371 GUIDE CST L 50V7 35 -- STOPPER CST L 50V8 36 -- BRACKET MAG R 50V9 5-30 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.3 Parts List PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) 1 (with 2-15) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 10 9 12 14 15 13 Leg_Sec005_021EB PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) (List) *1: Same part ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C. 1 802K 60380 HOUSHING ASSY FEED (with 2-15) 50W1 2 -- HOUSING FEED 50W2 3 930W 00113 SENSOR NO PAPER (P119) * 1 50W3 4 120E 13230 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST 50W4 5 809E 55940 SPRING ACTUATOR 50W5 6 120E 23753 ACTUATOR T/R 50W6 7 930W 00113 SENSOR T/R (P120) * 1 50W7 8 -- BRACKET FEED 50W8 9 -- BEARING SLEEVE 50W9 10 -- ROLL SUPPORT 500 50X1 11 059K 32940 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 50X2 12 -- SHAFT FEED 50X3 13 -- COVER FEED 50X4 14 962K 23810 HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 (P618-J119, J120) 50X5 15 021E 98981 CAP ACTUATOR 50X6 5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes 5-31 Chapter 5 Parts List 5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes Mechanical Adjustment Area Code Contact Arc 4344 Electrical Adjustment Area Code Side Regi Adjustment (250) 7715 Side Regi Adjustment (500) 7716 Side Regi Adjustment (MSI) 7712 MSI Guide Correction 7718 ROS Writing Timing Adjustment 771D ROS Border Erase Adjustment 771E MSI Trail Edge Border Deletion Adjustment 771F NVM Initialization ALL 7000 NVM Initialization UI 7040 NVM Initialization SYS IOT 7041 TOOL S Initial Setting 772E Preset R/E Change 772F Buzzer Level 772G Other NVM Change 772H Other Diag Adjustments 772J Software Area Code Reinstallation/ Initialization (OFF/ON included) 7060 OS 7010 Firmware 7020 Application 7030 Device Driver 7070 Patch Software 7050 Others 70B1 Paper Area Code JD Paper 57B1 J paper 5711 Plain Paper (XEROX Paper) 57B2 Plain Paper (Non-standard) 57B3 Recycled Paper (XEROX Paper) 5712 Recycled Paper (Non-standard) 57B4 Transparency (Standard) 5713 Transparency (Non-standard) 57B5 Application Paper 57B6 Tracing Paper 5714 Postcard 57B7 Opaque Film 57B8 Heavyweight 57B9 Tack Film 57BB Envelope 57BC Use Environment Area Code Corrective Action Failure (Within User Guide) 9051 Corrective Action Failure (Out of User Guide) 9052 Operation Failure (Within User Guide) 9053 Operation Failure (Out of User Guide) 9054 No recurrence during visit 8888 No recurrence after Power OFF/ON (Recurs during visit) 8889 No corresponding codes (Recurs during visit) 888C Disturbance from surrounding machines 9040 Chapter 6 General Chapter 6 General Table of Contents 6-1 Table of Contents 6.1 Specifications............................................................................................................ 6-4 6.1.1 Device Name/P Code/XJ Code/Product Code ....................................................................... 6-4 6.1.2 Dimensions and Weight.......................................................................................................... 6-4 6.1.3 Installation Space ................................................................................................................... 6-4 6.1.4 Printer System Configuration.................................................................................................. 6-5 6.1.4.1 Printer Overview ........................................................................................................... 6-5 6.1.4.2 IOT Functions Overview ............................................................................................... 6-6 6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration ........................................................................................ 6-6 6.1.5 Optional List............................................................................................................................ 6-7 6.1.6 Engine Specifications ............................................................................................................. 6-8 6.1.6.1 Print Speed ................................................................................................................... 6-8 6.1.6.2 FPOT ............................................................................................................................ 6-9 6.1.6.3 Warm Up Time ............................................................................................................. 6-9 6.1.6.4 Resolution .................................................................................................................... 6-9 6.1.7 Paper Handling..................................................................................................................... 6-10 6.1.7.1 Paper Source ............................................................................................................. 6-10 6.1.7.2 Paper Output .............................................................................................................. 6-11 6.1.7.3 Duplex ........................................................................................................................ 6-11 6.1.7.4 Other Paper Handling ................................................................................................. 6-11 6.1.7.5 Auto Tray Switch ........................................................................................................ 6-11 6.1.7.6 Load While Run .......................................................................................................... 6-12 6.1.7.7 Loading Envelopes ..................................................................................................... 6-12 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions ............................................................................ 6-12 6.1.8 Controller Specifications....................................................................................................... 6-15 6.1.8.1 External Interface ....................................................................................................... 6-15 6.1.8.2 Network Protocol ........................................................................................................ 6-16 6.1.8.3 Decomposer ............................................................................................................... 6-18 6.1.8.4 Job Control Function .................................................................................................. 6-18 6.1.8.5 Log Function ............................................................................................................... 6-19 6.1.8.6 3rd Party Mode ........................................................................................................... 6-20 6.1.8.7 Maintenance ............................................................................................................... 6-20 6.1.8.8 Power Saver ............................................................................................................... 6-21 6.1.8.9 Utility Print .................................................................................................................. 6-22 6.1.8.10 EWS ........................................................................................................................... 6-23 6.1.8.11 Status Messenger ...................................................................................................... 6-23 6.1.8.12 Multilingual Support .................................................................................................... 6-23 6.1.9 Software Specifications ........................................................................................................ 6-24 6.1.9.1 Firmware Update tool ................................................................................................. 6-24 6.1.9.2 Client Hardware .......................................................................................................... 6-24 6.1.9.3 Client OS .................................................................................................................... 6-24 6.1.9.4 Other Network OS ...................................................................................................... 6-25 6.1.9.5 Utility Software Support .............................................................................................. 6-25 6.1.9.6 3rd Party Software Support ........................................................................................ 6-25 6.1.10 Performance......................................................................................................................... 6-26 6.1.10.1 Print Speed ................................................................................................................. 6-26 6.1.11 Electrical Properties.............................................................................................................. 6-28 6.1.11.1 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency ............................................................. 6-28 6.1.11.2 Power Consumption ................................................................................................... 6-28 6.1.12 Noise .................................................................................................................................... 6-28 6.1.12.1 Single Unit .................................................................................................................. 6-28 6.1.12.2 Full System ................................................................................................................. 6-28 6.2 Tools and Service Consumables ............................................................................ 6-29 6.3 Consumables.......................................................................................................... 6-29 6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts ................................................................................... 6-29 Chapter 6 General Table of Contents 6-2 6.5 Installing the Printer ................................................................................................ 6-30 6.5.1 Checking the Package Contents, Unpacking the Printer...................................................... 6-30 6.5.2 Installing the Optional Accessories....................................................................................... 6-31 6.5.2.1 Installing the Additional Memory ................................................................................ 6-31 6.5.2.2 Installing the Network Expansion Card ...................................................................... 6-32 6.5.3 Connecting the Power Cord to Switch On the Printer .......................................................... 6-33 6.5.4 Installing the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................... 6-34 6.5.5 Installing the Drum Cartridge................................................................................................ 6-36 6.5.6 Connecting the Interface Cable............................................................................................ 6-37 6.5.7 Loading Paper ...................................................................................................................... 6-38 6.5.7.1 Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray ............................................................................. 6-38 6.5.7.2 Loading Paper in Paper Trays (Optional) ................................................................... 6-39 6.5.7.3 Using the Extension Output Tray ............................................................................... 6-40 6.5.8 Printing Reports/Lists ........................................................................................................... 6-40 6.5.8.1 Printing Example ........................................................................................................ 6-41 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment .............................................................................. 6-42 6.6.1 Supported Environment ........................................................................................................ 6-42 6.6.1.1 Supported OS and Environment ................................................................................ 6-42 6.6.2 Setting IP Address................................................................................................................ 6-43 6.6.2.1 Setting IP Address ...................................................................................................... 6-44 6.6.2.2 Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address ..................................................................... 6-44 6.6.3 Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services......................................... 6-45 6.6.3.1 Items that can be set on CentreWare Internet Services ............................................. 6-46 6.6.3.2 Using Online Help ...................................................................................................... 6-46 6.6.4 Installing the Print Driver. ..................................................................................................... 6-47 6.6.4.1 Installing the SimpleMonitor ....................................................................................... 6-47 6.6.4.2 Setting Configuration of Optional Accessories and Paper ......................................... 6-47 6.6.4.3 Uninstalling the Print Driver ........................................................................................ 6-47 6.7 Software Related Information ................................................................................. 6-48 6.7.1 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel .............................................................................. 6-48 Chapter 6 General Table of Contents 6-3 Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-4 6.1 Specifications 6.1.1 Device Name/P Code/XJ Code/Product Code 6.1.2 Dimensions and Weight *1: Excluding consumables 6.1.3 Installation Space For normal connection and operation of the machine, there should be sufficient space around the print engine during installation as shown in the figure below. Device Name P Code XJ Code Product Code DocuPrint C525 A (110V) P-726 XJ-NFK TL300328 DocuPrint C525 A (220V) P-726 XJ-NFL TL300329 Width (mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm) Weight (kg) 425 422 434 24.5 and below * 346 400 (424) (with A4 Cassette slid out) 100 (420) 850 (250FDR +500FDR) 251 300 ROS Cleaning Bar operating area Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-5 6.1.4 Printer System Configuration 6.1.4.1 Printer Overview (1) Host Computer Different computers may be connected to DocuPrint C525 A as a host computer. Point-to-point and network connections may be achieved at the same time. (2) ESS ESS interprets the print information (control code data, character code data, graphics data, image data etc.) sent from the host computer, converts it into video data and transfers it to the IOT. (3) IOT Video data received from the ESS is printed on paper. Printing speed is 25 ppm for B/W copies and 5 ppm for color copies. Laser Xerographic method with a resolution of 600dpi for A4 paper is adopted. Host Computer ESS Control Panel IOT Power AC Network IEEE1284 or USB 2.0 Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-6 6.1.4.2 IOT Functions Overview 6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration Configuration Details Recorder Color 5 ppm, B/W 25 ppm, A4, 600dpi 4-Cycle System using Intermediate Transfer Belt Chemical Toner, 2-element (Carrier and Toner) Trickle Development Consumables Black Toner Cartridge Yellow Toner Cartridge Magenta Toner Cartridge Cyan Toner Cartridge Drum/IBT Cartridge (with Waste Toner Bottle) Paper Source Standard: MSI (200 sheets) Optional: The following options may be added - (1) 250 Sheet Feeder - (2) 500 Sheet Feeder Only the following 3 combinations are possible: Main Unit+(1), Main Unit+(2), Main Unit+(1)+(2) Duplex Optional: Duplex Unit Paper Output Center Output Tray (250 sheets, Face Down) Control Panel - LCD: 16 digits x 2 rows with white back light - 8 buttons - 3 LEDs: [Ready], [Error], [Power Saver] Item Details CPU RM5231A/300MHz Memory RAM: Standard 64MB, Maximum+512MB 144pin empty SO-DIMM slot ROM: 8MB (for Program) HDD: Not included Optional: Additional RAM (128/256/512MB) External Interface IEEE1284 USB2.0: High Speed capable, TypeB Connector Ethernet: 10Base-T/100Base-TX (TCP/IP (standard)) Network Expansion Card (optional) Expansion Slot: Yes Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-7 6.1.5 Optional List The serial number of the main unit is stored as electronic information in the printer, but the serial numbers of the optional parts are not stored. Optional Product Product Code/ Model Serial No. Management Remarks 250 Sheet Feeder EL300459 Yes Cassette included (x1) 500 Sheet Feeder EL300460 Yes Cassette included (x1) Duplex Unit EL300461 Yes Expansion Memory (128MB) E3300053 No Expansion Memory (256MB) E3300061 No Expansion Memory (512MB) EL300452 No Network Expansion Card EL300462 Yes USB Cable - No USB 2.0 compatible Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-8 6.1.6 Engine Specifications 6.1.6.1 Print Speed The values above do not include ProCon. Paper Type Paper Size Output Color Print Speed Plain and Bond (60-105gsm) Letter Mono 25ppm and above Letter Color 5ppm and above A4 Mono 25ppm and above A4 Color 5ppm and above A5 Mono 25ppm and above A5 Color 5ppm and above Legal-14 Mono 20ppm and above Legal-14 Color 2.3ppm and above Heavyweight 1 (106-163gsm) Letter Mono 25ppm and above Letter Color 2.3ppm and above A4 Mono 25ppm and above A4 Color 2.3ppm and above A5 Mono 25ppm and above A5 Color 2.3ppm and above Legal-14 Mono 20ppm and above Legal-14 Color 2.3ppm and above Heavyweight 2 (164-216gsm) Letter Mono 4ppm and above Letter Color 2.3ppm and above A4 Mono 4ppm and above A4 Color 2.3ppm and above A5 Mono 4ppm and above A5 Color 2.3ppm and above Legal-14 Mono 4ppm and above Legal-14 Color 2.3ppm and above Transparency Letter Mono 4ppm and above Letter Color 1.9ppm and above A4 Mono 4ppm and above A4 Color 1.9ppm and above Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-9 6.1.6.2 FPOT Shows the FPOT (First Print Output Time) from the time when the engine receives a command from the Controller to print. The conditions at this time are as follows: The Controller does not make the engine wait The engine is in Standby mode (ROS Motor Off, Fuser Ready) Paper used is A4 SEF ProCon is excluded The FPOT value is rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places. 6.1.6.3 Warm Up Time When a nominal voltage (100V, 200V) is applied, the engine goes into Standby mode within 37 seconds after the power is turned ON. 6.1.6.4 Resolution Engine resolution is 600 x 600dpi multi-value (5bit/pixel). Output Color Paper Source FPOT (sec) Mono MSI 8 sec or less Optional 250 Sheet Feeder 8 sec or less Optional 500 Sheet Feeder 8 sec or less Color MSI 17 sec or less Optional 250 Sheet Feeder 17 sec or less Optional 500 Sheet Feeder 17 sec or less Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-10 6.1.7 Paper Handling 6.1.7.1 Paper Source The standard bypass tray is a standard equipment, while (1) the 250 Sheet Feeder and (2) 500 Sheet Feeder can be added optionally. The possible combinations are as follows: Main Unit+(1), Main Unit+(2), Main Unit+(1)+(2) Restrictions Do not place the 250 Sheet Feeder beneath the 500 Sheet Feeder Do not add two 250 Sheet Feeders Do not add two 500 Sheet Feeders The machine is equipped with a mechanism to detect the addition of the 250 and 500 Sheet Feeders (when the user makes a mistake during tray installation, the printer displays an error message and does not receive print commands). 1) Standard Bypass Tray Comes standard with a Bypass Tray. Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers. 2) 250 Sheet Feeder Optional 250 Sheet Feeder can be installed. Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers. 3) 500 Sheet Feeder Optional 500 Sheet Feeder can be installed. Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers. Paper Size A4, B5, A5, Letter, Executive, Legal-13/14 Postcard, Youkei 2, Youkei 3, Choukei 3 com-10, Monarch, DL, C5 Non-standard: Width 90mm-215.9mm, Length 139.7mm-355.6mm Paper Type Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Heavyweight 1/Heavyweight 2/Coated 1 Coated 2/Coated 3/Transparency/Labels (JPN)/Labels (US/EU)/Envelope/ Postcard Paper Weight 60gsm-216gsm Quantity 200 sheets or more for standard paper Sensor Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No Paper Size A4, B5, A5, Letter, Executive. No non-standard sizes. Paper Type Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated Quantity 250 sheets or more for standard paper Sensor Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No, Pull-out sensor: No Paper Size A4, Letter. No non-standard sizes. Paper Type Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated 1 Quantity 500 sheets or more for standard paper Sensor Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No, Pull-out sensor: No Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-11 6.1.7.2 Paper Output 1) Sensor Tray Uses the output tray at the center on top of the printer Main Unit. Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers. 6.1.7.3 Duplex 1) Duplex Unit The specifications for Duplex Unit is shown below. Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers. 6.1.7.4 Other Paper Handling 1) Paper Size/Paper Type settings for each tray from the Control Panel As the Bypass Tray, 250 Sheet Feeder and 500 Sheet Feeder do not auto detect the paper size/ paper type, the paper size and paper type can be set for each tray from the Control Panel of the printer. When paper is loaded in the Bypass Tray, the 250 Sheet Feeder cassette or the 500 Sheet Feeder cassette, a message will appear on the Control Panel to bring about the operation for the corresponding paper type and size set in the relevant tray. The previous settings for paper size and paper type would be considered first so that changes to the settings for the operation procedure will be minimal. There is, however, a mode where the message is not sent to the Control Panel. 2) Function for changing the Postcard paper type in the the printer main unit Postcard paper type will automatically be chosen if a Postcard type that is not supported is specified from an AP (MS Word etc) without setting in the printer driver. Postcard paper type will automatically be chosen when Postcard size is specified for a print job by specifying an unsupported paper type for Postcard size in the Control Panel. 3) Exception in handling when Postcard or Envelope is specified as the paper size from a driver When Postcard or Envelope is selected as the output paper size for the Bypass Tray, a warning will be displayed to the user, afterwhich the paper type will be changed to Postcard or Envelope. However, the user can reset the paper type. 6.1.7.5 Auto Tray Switch If paper runs out during a print job specified as Auto feed by the user and paper of the same size and type is available in another tray, the printer will automatically switch to that tray and continue printing. * When the optional tray modules are installed Paper Size All paper sizes that can be fed Paper Type All paper sizes that can be fed Quantity 250 sheets or more (X-Pression Letter/C2 A4 SEF) Sensor Full Stack: No Duplex Paper Size A4, B5, Letter, Executive, Legal-13/14 (Not applicable to non-standard sizes) Duplex Paper Type Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated 1 Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-12 6.1.7.6 Load While Run The machine will continue printing when a tray not in use is pulled out. Therefore, the user can load paper in other trays during printing. (Enables Load While Run from the downstream tray module even when the upstream cassette has been removed.) * When the optional tray modules are installed 6.1.7.7 Loading Envelopes The standard of loading is to open the flap and place the envelope in the MSI such that the flap is at the back in the feeding direction (the printing side facing up). However, if the width exceeds the possible feeding size for the above method, close the flap and do a SEF print. The combinations are as follows: Youkei 2, Youkei 3 LEF Flap open Choukei 3, C5 SEF Flap open C5 SEF Flap open Monarch, DL SEF Flap closed, LEF Flap open 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions The Restrictive Conditions relevant to Paper Handling are summarized in the following table. 1) Paper Size Restrictions
Selected Paper Size Standard Bypass Tray 250 Sheet Feeder 500 Sheet Feeder Duplex Unit Sensor Tray A5 SEF O O X X O B5 SEF O O X O O A4 SEF O O O O O Letter SEF O O O O O Legal-13 SEF O X X O O Legal-14 SEF O X X O O Executive SEF O O X O O Postcard SEF O X X X O Youkei 2 LEF O X X X O Youkei 3 LEF O X X X O Choukei 3 SEF O X X X O Com-10 SEF O X X X O Monarch LEF/SEF O X X X O C5 SEF O X X X O DL LEF/SEF O X X X O Custom Paper O X X X O O: OK X: NG Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-13 2) Paper Type Restrictions Driver Selected Paper Type Standard Bypass Tray 250 Sheet Feeder 500 Sheet Feeder Duplex Unit Sensor Tray Plain O O O O O Plain (Side 2) O X X X O Bond O O O O O Bond (Side 2) O X X X O Transparency O X X X O Heavyweight 1 O X X X O Heavyweight 1 (Side 2) O X X X O Heavyweight 2 O X X X O Heavyweight 2 (Side 2) O X X X O Labels O X X X O Coated 1 O O O O O Coated 1 (Side 2) O X X X O Coated 2 O X X X O Coated 2 (Side 2) O X X X O Coated 3 O X X X O Coated 3 (Side 2) O X X X O Postcard O X X X O Postcard (Side 2) O X X X O Envelope O X X X O O: OK X: NG Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-14 When Postcard or Envelope is selected as the output paper size for the Bypass Tray, a warning will be displayed to the user, afterwhich the paper type will be changed to Postcard or Envelope. However, the user can reset the paper type. 3) Size-Type Restrictions Driver Selected Paper Type Envelope Size Postcard Plain X X Plain (Side 2) X X Bond X X Bond (Side 2) X X Transparency X X Heavyweight 1 O O Heavyweight 1 (Side 2) O O Heavyweight 2 O O Heavyweight 2 (Side 2) O O Labels X X Coated 1 X X Coated 1 (Side 2) X X Coated 2 O O Coated 2 (Side 2) O O Coated 3 O O Coated 3 (Side 2) O O Postcard X V Postcard (Side 2) X O Envelope V X V: Default O: OK X: NG Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-15 6.1.8 Controller Specifications 6.1.8.1 External Interface 1) USB *1: Pre-requisite is that the patch provided by MS is applicable to Win98 (Not required for Win98SE) 2) IEEE1284 3) Ethernet
Item Specifications Connector Type B x1 Protocol Compliance with USB 2.0. High Speed capable Support Client Windows98 *1 /Me/2000/XP/2003 Server, USB standard device Mac OS X, USB standard device Item Specifications Connector Centronics 36pin x1 Protocol Standard/nibble/ECP Support Client Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server, standard device Item Specifications Connection 10Base-T/100Base-TX Protocol Refer to 6.1.8.2 Network Protocol for details Support Client Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server, standard device Mac OS X, standard device Linux Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-16 6.1.8.2 Network Protocol 1) Printing Protocol The Printing Protocol is shown below. *1: Optional Network Expansion Card required. *2: Maximum no. of sessions is defined as the number of commands that can be received at the same time. *3: NetWare 6.5 is applicable to SP1.1 or later. Protocol Transport Maximum No. of Sessions* 2 Support Client LPD TCP/IP 1 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server Linux Windows98 and ME are supported by DPU Port9100 TCP/IP 1 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server Windows98 and ME are supported by DPU IPP * 1 TCP/IP 5 WinMe/2000/XP/2003 Server SMB* 1 TCP/IP 5 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server NetBEUI 5 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000 NetWare (Pserver)* 1 NCP/IPX 1 NetWare 3.12, 3.2 (NDS not supported NetWare 4.1, 4.11, 4.2, 5, 6, 6.5 *3 ftp TCP/IP 1 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server Linux Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-17 2) Other Protocol *1: Optional Network Expansion Card required. Protocol Transport Support SNMP TCP/IP [Supported MIB] MIB-II (RFC1213) HostResources MIB (RFC1514) Printer MIB (RFC1759) XCMI2.4 IPX* 1 http (EWS) TCP/IP [Client] (Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP) Netscape Communicator 7.x or later Internet Explorer 6.0 or later Mac OS X 10.3 or later SAFARI 1.0 or later DHCP TCP/IP [Supported OS] DHCP Server Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server, Linux bootp TCP/IP [Supported OS] Server Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server, Linux rarp TCP/IP [Supported OS] Unix AutoIP TCP/IP WINS* 1 TCP/IP [Supported OS] Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server SMTP TCP/IP Status Messenger ftp TCP/IP FirmWare Update Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-18 6.1.8.3 Decomposer 1) PDL The PDL functions are shown in the table below. O: Supported *: When MPC is installed 2) Font Font 1 (Size 1) of Bitmap font is used for printing reports. 3) Image Area 6.1.8.4 Job Control Function 1) Canceling Printing A job in progress can be canceled (aborted) from the Control Panel. 2) Job Recovery When a paper jam causes a job to fail, the job will resume automatically when the jammed paper is removed. 3) Job Timeout When a pause occurs for a period of time (can be changed or indefinite) during a job transfer, the data transferred halfway will be aborted as an error. 4) IP Filter The IP Filter can be enabled or disable according to the IPs set. Up to 5 IPs can be set. However, the IP Filter can only be used for LPD and Port9100. Interface/Protocol HBPL USB O 1284 O LPD O Port9100 O IPP O* SMB O* NetWare (Pserver) O* EtherTalk (A-PAP) - ftp - Sizes that can be used Maximum Size: 215.9mm x 355.6mm Non-printable conditions Not printable within 4mm from all 4 edges For DL: Not printable within 6.1mm from left/right edges and 4mm from top/ bottom edges Printable Area Maximum Size: 207.9mm x 347.6mm Image Quality Guaranteed Area Same as Printable Area Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-19 6.1.8.5 Log Function 1) Job Log Function Keeps a job log up to a maximum of 22 items. A log is printed at the user's command or printed automatically when the maximum number of log files is reached. Log details are as follows: - Job Received Date/Time - Input Interface (USB, LPD, etc.) - Document Name (File Name) (Displays "." for 2byte) - Output Color - User Name/Host Name (Displays "." for 2byte) - No. of Sheets (Color/B/W) - No. of Pages (Color/B/W) - Paper Size - Result (Completed, Error, etc.) 2) Error Log Function Keeps a maximum of 42 items each for Jam History and Fatal Error History Log Print can be released from the Control Panel. Log details are as follows: Jam History - Total PV when jam occured - Name of Jam Fatal Error History - Total PV when error occured - Error Code 3) Print Counter Function Counts the number of completed prints (+1 for 1 Sided prints (including N-Up)) and +2 for 2 Sided prints (including N-Up)). +1 if an error occurs during a 2 Sided print after one side has been printed. Special Notes: - Carries out data storage or data check (checksum etc.) in more than one address within the same IC - The IC can be moved and changed when the ESS is being replaced (the IC socket is mounted) Counter Type Counter Details Color Print Counter Counts the number of sheets for Color Print (7 digits) B/W Print Counter Counts the number of sheets for B/W Print (7 digits) Total Print Counter Counts the total number of sheets for Color Print and B/W Print (7 digits) Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-20 6.1.8.6 3rd Party Mode There is a mode to disable the NearEmpty Warning for toner cartridge so that a refillable toner cartridge that has been refilled with toner after NearEmpty has occurred once can be used again. This printer counts the time taken to dispense the toner. If the dispense time exceeds the regular time taken, a NearEmpty Warning is given. Also, if toner concentration stops rising when printing is continued, it is considered that the toner life has expired. As this dispense time is recorded in the CRUM, the NearEmpty Warning will occur as usual if NearEmpty has occurred once on a refillable toner cartridge and the refilled cartridge is installed again. When this mode is set, the following are changed: When this mode is displayed, NearEnd Warning does not appear. Does not display the amount of remaining toner. (EWS, SimpleMonitor) Although the ProCon frequency is increased in the NearEnd status to guarantee print, the ProCon frequency is not increased in this mode. For this reason, although refillable toners are used, the ProCon frequency is increased when the toner is full to prevent problems such as toner spurting out. However, as the data in the CRUM is not saved and the required ProCon frequency is low when toner runs low, image quality guarantee is not applicable in this mode. In addition, the toners cannot be set separately for each individual color in this mode. * As toner Life End is detected by toner concentration, the machine is stopped in the same way as in Normal mode. * Only toner cartridges that can be used in Normal mode can be used in the 3rd Party Mode. For example, if a NEC toner cartridge is installed in a FX printer, there will be an error and operation does not start, as in a normal case. * For the drum, there is no operation that is specific to the 3rd Party Mode. * Unlike DocuPrint C2428, the life of the toner cartridge cannot be extended after toner Empty has occurred once even by setting to 3rd Party Mode because the toner cartridge is considered Empty in toner concentration. (Printing cannot be carried out unless the toner cartridge is replaced and the toner concentration recovered.) 6.1.8.7 Maintenance 1) Firmware Update User can update the ESS, NIC and MCU Firmware. Update can be done from a Windows PC with the dedicated utility. When the Firmware Update fails due to errors in rewriting, the update can be carried out using other means. (via USB, 1284) 2) Diagnostic Function There are 3 types of diagnostic functions as follows. 1) When power is connected, automatic diagnosis is carried out to check whether hardware such as ROM, RAM and ASIC is operating normally. 2) Manual diagnosis from the Control Panel for test items such as Code ROM Test, EEPROM Test and Control Panel Test can be carried out separately by specifying from the Control Panel. Applies To Windows via USB via 1284 via Network ESS Yes Yes Yes NIC Yes Yes Yes MCU Yes Yes Yes Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-21 3) User Maintenance - Transfer Voltage Adjustment With improved response to environmental changes, the offset value of the 2nd transfer voltage can be adjusted. 6.1.8.8 Power Saver 1) Power Saver Modes The printer has 2 Power Saver modes to reduce power consumption when it is left idle. When no print data is received for a period of time, the printer will enter the Power Saver mode. The switch to Low Power mode cannot be prohibited. (Cannot be disabled) The switch to Deep Sleep mode can be enabled or disabled. * The function is the same when installing the optional Network Expansion Card. 2) Power Saver Mode Timer The time between Standby mode and Low Power mode and the time between Lower Power mode and Deep Sleep mode can be specified. 3) Resume from Power Saver mode Printer returns to Normal mode when a print job is received or any button on the Control Panel is pressed in Low Power mode. Printer returns to Normal mode when a print job is received or the Power Saver button on the Control Panel is pressed in Deep Sleep mode. Paper Type Setting Range Default Remarks Plain 0-15 5 Common for local/overseas Bond 0-15 5 Heavyweight 1 0-15 5 Heavyweight 2 0-15 5 Coated 1 0-15 5 Coated 2 0-15 5 Coated 3 0-15 5 Postcard 0-15 5 Transparency 0-15 5 Label 0-15 5 Common for local/overseas Envelope 0-15 5 Mode Power Saver Details Default Low Power mode Fusing: Paused, Exposure: Paused, Recording: Paused Enabled only Deep Sleep mode Fusing: Paused, Exposure: Paused, Recording: Paused, etc. Enabled Mode Specifying Switch Time Default Standby mode to Low Power mode Specify between 1-60min in increments of 1min 3min Low Power mode to Deep Sleep mode Specify between 1-120min in increments of 1min 5min Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-22 6.1.8.9 Utility Print 1) Printer Settings Printer Settings can be printed at user's command. Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray. The content of Printer Settings is as follows: [Title] Product Name (Log) [General] Memory Capacity, ESS Version, IOT Version, Boot Version, Color Print Volume, Black Print Volume, Total Print Volume, Default Paper Size, Default Plain, Default Label [Network] NIC Version, MAC Address, 10 or 100 base & half or full TCP/IP: TCP/IP Settings (Panel or DHCP), IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway Address, IP Filter (Off or On) Other available protocol [Printer Options] Availability of Network Expansion Card (that version if available) Shows the trays that can be used as Feeder Tray (Tray 1, Tray 2, MSI) Availability of Duplex Unit 250 Sheet Feeder 500 Sheet Feeder [Print Volume] Print Volume by paper size 2) Printing the Panel Settings User can print the settings set in the Control Panel (refer to Section 6.7 Software Related Information). Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray. 3) Printing the Job Log Job Log can be printed instantly as specified by user or set to print automatically. Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray. 4) Printing the Error Log User can print the content of the Error Log. Prints the Paper Jam History and Fatal Error History in B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray. Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-23 6.1.8.10 EWS The website in the main unit or the optional Network Expansion Card can be accessed in a general- purpose web browser. UI corresponds to 7thGen under FX specifications. Items include Printer Status display, Job History display, Network Parameter settings/display functions. 6.1.8.11 Status Messenger The printer has a function that sends a notification E-mail to the preset address to inform of any phenomenon that has occurred. "Contact Person" and "Location" are also included in the E-mail. Japanese and English only The notification to be sent can be chosen from Warning/Caution/Others. The printer status can also be acquired. 6.1.8.12 Multilingual Support Multilingual support for each function is shown in the table below. Function FX AP Report/List English <- Control Panel Display Japanese and English (switch) English EWS Japanese and English (switch) English, TC, SC, K Status Messenger Japanese and English (switch) English Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-24 6.1.9 Software Specifications 6.1.9.1 Firmware Update tool This tool operates in a Windows environment. This tool operates with USB, 1284 and Port9100. Tool Name: FWDL tool 6.1.9.2 Client Hardware 6.1.9.3 Client OS The Client OS supported for each software is shown in the table below. Hardware Guaranteed Conditions Remarks PC/AT Pentium II 400Hz or higher Operation is guaranteed with Windows98, Me, NT4.0, 2000, XP or 2003 Server. This is not a guarantee for performance. Macintosh Operation is guaranteed with Mac OS X. Software Supported Client OS Driver - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server Post Launch - Windows98/Me/NT4.0 - Mac OS X 10.3~ - Linux Status Monitor - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server Post Launch - Windows98/Me/NT4.0 Installer (Win) - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server Post Launch - Windows98/Me/NT4.0 Installer (Mac) Post Launch - Mac OS X 10.3~ Installer (Linux (RPM)) Post Launch Linux Firmware Update tool - Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server) Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-25 6.1.9.4 Other Network OS None 6.1.9.5 Utility Software Support To be applicable to DocuHouse. 6.1.9.6 3rd Party Software Support 1) Cooperation with MetaFrame - Applicable to PUMF 2) Cooperation with InterStage (Old SystemWalker) - Not applicable. 3) Cooperation with Hitachi JP1 - Not applicable. 4) SAP R3 Device Type Application - Not applicable. Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-26 6.1.10 Performance 6.1.10.1 Print Speed 1) PC Conditions/Print Driver Settings When there is no special notice, the OS/application software will use the latest patch by default. - PC Conditions - Print Driver Settings 2) First Print Output Time (FPOT) The table below shows the time from receiving a print command on the print driver to the time when the print is output to the Output Tray. ProCon, however, is excluded. IMPORTANT This value is the average of 5 measurements excluding the highest and lowest values, rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places. Item Conditions PC PC/WinXP: Pentium 4/2.4GHz, 256MB Connection Interface PC/WinXP: Ethernet (Sizeless LPR)/USB 2.0 OS WinXP Application Software Win: MS-Office XP Item Conditions Driver Settings Win: Default Printer Settings Default OS Measurement Chart Paper Paper Type Paper Source Color FPOT XP J6 A4 SEF Plain Bypass Tray Color sec or less XP J4 A4 SEF Plain Bypass Tray B/W 12sec or less Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-27 3) Continuous print speed for different document modes. The table below shows the continuous print speed for different documents. ProCon, however, is excluded. IMPORTANT This value is the average of 5 measurements excluding the highest and lowest values, rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places. REFERENCE MS-Office 2000 Color 1 Sided 150sec or less; B/W 1 Sided 45sec or less 4) Warm Up Time The Warm Up time of the whole printer including the controller is defined as the time from power ON to when the printer is online (this is the state where printing from USB or IEEE1284 becomes possible. Ping will be established for Ethernet after the IP address is fixed. The Warm Up time is within 39sec. (This excludes the Color Regi Adjustment process) OS Measurement Chart Paper Paper Type Paper Source Color 1 or 2 Sided Average Print Speed XP J11 A4 SEF Plain Bypass Tray Color 1 Sided 152sec or less XP J11 A4 SEF Plain Bypass Tray B/W 1 Sided 48sec or less XP J11 A4 SEF Plain Bypass Tray Color 2 Sided 165sec or less XP J11 A4 SEF Plain Bypass Tray B/W 2 Sided 65sec or less Chapter 6 General 6.1 Specifications 6-28 6.1.11 Electrical Properties Follows the regional standards shown below. 6.1.11.1 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency 6.1.11.2 Power Consumption *1: During full option configuration 6.1.12 Noise 6.1.12.1 Single Unit 6.1.12.2 Full System Item Specifications Phase Two wire line single phase Power Supply AC100V10%, AC110-127V10%, AC220-240V10% Frequency 50Hz3Hz / 60Hz3Hz Current Capacity 100V system 8.5A and below, 120V system 7.0A and below, 200V system 4.0A and below Mode Power Consumption Remarks 100V 110V 220V Low Power 17W and below 17W and below 20W and below Complies with International Energy Star Deep Sleep 7W and below 7W and below 9W and below Standby 60W and below 60W and below 72W and below Reference value Color Continuous Print* 1 220W and below 220W and below 220W and below Reference value B/W Continuous Print* 1 280W and below 280W and below 290W and below Reference value Maximum rating value* 1 840W and below 880W and below 910W and below Power Level (B) Impulse Power Level (B) Standby Noise (Standard: less than or equal to 4.0) Print Less than or equal to 6.33 (Standard: 6.30) Less than or equal to 7.05 (Standard: 6.6) Power Level (B) Impulse Power Level (B) Standby Noise (Standard: less than or equal to 4.0) Print Less than or equal to 6.80 (Standard: 6.80) Less than or equal to 7.66 (Standard: 7.1) Chapter 6 General 6.2 Tools and Service Consumables 6-29 6.2 Tools and Service Consumables Basic Tool 6.3 Consumables *1: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, and Image Coverage=5% for each B(50) *2: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, Image Coverage=5% for each, Run Length=2 6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts *1: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, Image Coverage=5% for each, Run Length=2 *2: Replace the Fuser and the 2nd BTR at the same time (whichever needs to be replaced earlier) *3: Replace Deve-K independently *4: Replace Deve-Y, M and C at the same time (replace when whichever's life has expired) Consumables Product Code (Different Destinations) Life Remarks Black Toner Cartridge CT200649 4KPV *1 CRUM equipped Yellow Toner Cartridge CT200652 4KPV *1 CRUM equipped Magenta Toner Cartridge CT200651 4KPV *1 CRUM equipped Cyan Toner Cartridge CT200650 4KPV *1 CRUM equipped Drum/IBT Cartridge (with Waste Toner Bottle) CT350380 14KPV *2 CRUM equipped Periodic Replacement Parts Life (Life Warning Interval) Remarks Fuser Unit *2 100KPV *1 (99KPV) B (50), without CRUM Deve ASSY K *3 100KPV (99KPV) Deve ASSY Y *4 67KPV (66KPV) Deve ASSY M *4 67KPV (66KPV) Deve ASSY C *4 67KPV (66KPV) 1,650K MagRoll ON Time 2nd BTR ASSY *2 100KPV *1 (99KPV) B (10), without CRUM; 2,475K MagRoll ON Time Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-30 6.5 Installing the Printer 6.5.1 Checking the Package Contents, Unpacking the Printer 1) Check that all items in the packaging box are available. NOTE Retain the packaging material and box for future use if there is a possiblilty that the printer will be moved over long distances. - This printer - Drum Cartridge - 4x Toner Cartridge ([K]: 4K, [Y] [M] [C]: 1.5K) - Power cord - Setup and Quick Reference Guide - CentreWare CD-ROM - Control Panel Sheet 2) Remove the printer from its packaging material, and move it to its installation location. Ensure that the installation location is equipped with the following conditions or conditions stated in "For Installation & Relocation" (P. 8). Temperature range 10 - 32 degrees Celsius, humidity range 15 - 85% (no condensation). Humidity should be 70% or below at 32 degrees Celsius, and temperature should be at 28 degrees Celsius or below at 85% humidity. Do not expose the machine to direct sunlight. Do not expose the printer to the direct draft of an air-conditioner or heater. NOTE Sudden temperature fluctuations can affect print quality. Rapid heating of a cold room or moving the printer from a location with low humidity/temperature to high humidity/temperature can cause condensation inside the printer, directly interfering with image transfer. When condensation occurs, refer to "Problems With the Printer" (P. 37). When you use the printer with the bypass tray opened, do not locate the printer in direct sunlight. Doing so may cause a malfunction or unnatural screen image. 3) When the printer is first taken out of the packaging box, the cover of the printer is taped. Remove the tape. 4) Open the front cover and remove the spacer. Then, close the front cover. Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-31 6.5.2 Installing the Optional Accessories If you have bought optional 250/500 Sheet Feeder or Duplex Unit, install them according to the manual bundled with each of the optional accessory. This section describes how to install the additional memory and network expansion card. WARNING Never open or remove machine covers that are secured with screws unless specifically instructed in the manual. A high voltage component can cause electric shock. Do not try to alter the machine configuration, or modify any parts. An unauthorized modification can cause smoke or fire. CAUTION Switch OFF the machine before connecting the interface cable or optional product. Connecting the cable or optional product with a live machine can cause electric shock. 6.5.2.1 Installing the Additional Memory There are three types of additional memory for this printer, 128 MB, 256 MB and 512 MB. When an additional memory is installed, the total memory capacity becomes 192/320/576 MB respectively. IMPORTANT Do not touch the terminal area of the addition memory. Do not bend or damage the additional memory. Be sure to touch a metal surface to eliminate static electricity before touching the additional memory with your bare hands. To add more memory when the printer is in use, you need to configure the memory capacity in the print driver. For details, refer to the Online Help for the print driver. 1) Pull the cover on the left side of the printer forward by hooking your finger on the notch to remove the cover. 2) Hold the additional memory so the notch is aligned with the protrusion on the slot, and insert the additional memory into the slot firmly. NOTE Insert the additional memory firmly by pushing it from the top. When you install a network expansion card, skip the next step and proceed to Step 2 in the next section. 3) Reattach the cover on the left side of the printer to the printer. Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-32 6.5.2.2 Installing the Network Expansion Card 1) Pull the cover on the left side of the printer forward by hooking your finger on the notch to remove the cover. 2) Hold the network expansion card so its connector is toward the connector of the printer, and insert the connector into the slot on the left side of the printer. NOTE Insert the network expansion card firmly by pushing it from the top. 3) Tighten the two screws supplied with the network expansion card on the back side of the printer. 4) Reattach the cover on the left side of the printer to the printer. Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-33 6.5.3 Connecting the Power Cord to Switch On the Printer You can load the paper or install the Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge into this printer while the printer is switched on. When connecting the power cord, keep in mind the warning and caution items stated in "For Power & Earth Connection" (P. 9). 1) Connect the power cord to the power cord connector at the back of the printer. 2) Connect the other end of the power cord to the power outlet. 3) Press the power switch of the printer to the [ | ] position. The Toner Cartridge carrier rotates and then stops. The "Load Black Cartridge" message is displayed on the Control Panel. Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-34 6.5.4 Installing the Toner Cartridge WARNING Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. It can cause an explosion and you can get burnt. IMPORTANT Although the toner is not harmful to your body, wash it off immediately if your hands or clothes are stained with it. 1) After confirming the "Load XXXX (the color of the toner) Cartridge" message on the Control Panel, open the front cover. 2) Hold the tape and gently pull it forward to remove the protective cover. IMPORTANT The protective cover is attached to each toner cartridge slot at the factory. You only have to remove the cover from each toner cartridge slot the first time that you install the toner. 3) Take the Toner Cartridge out of the box, and gently shake it several times as shown in the diagram to distribute the toner evenly. Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-35 4) Remove the top part of the seal from the Toner Cartridge and pull the seal straight off, keeping it parallel with the Toner Cartridge. IMPORTANT When pulling out the seal, pull it out horizontally. The tape might break if it is pulled out diagonally. After the seal has been pulled out, do not shake or bump the Toner Cartridge. 5) Insert the Toner Cartridge by facing the label on the cartridge to the front and aligning it with the arrows on the printer. IMPORTANT Do not touch any parts inside the printer. 6) Push down the lever on the right of the Toner Cartridge to turn mark to the mark nex to the mark. 7) Close the front cover. The Toner Cartridge carrier rotates to the next empty slot. IMPORTANT Make sure the Toner Cartridge is installed correctly. Otherwise, the front cover cannot close firmly. 8) Repeat Steps 1 through 7 until all cartridges are installed. Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-36 6.5.5 Installing the Drum Cartridge WARNING Never throw a Drum Cartridge into an open flame. It can cause an explosion and you can get burnt. 1) When the "Load Drum Cartridge" message is displayed on the Control Panel, open the front cover. Then lift and push back the top cover. IMPORTANT If the optional Duplex Unit is installed, first open the unit D then the top cover. 2) Take the Drum Cartridge out of the packaging box, and then remove the protective sheet. IMPORTANT Hold the Drum Cartridge by the handle. Do not touch the surface of the drum (blue colored part). Also, never allow any material to hit or rub the surface of the drum. Do not expose the Drum Cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light. To ensure good print quality, always keep the Drum Cartridge level when handling it. 3) To insert the Drum Cartridge, push up the lever on the right side of the printer. With the lever in the upright position, hold the Drum Cartridge by the handle, align the arrows on the Drum Cartridge with the corresponding arrows on the printer and guide the cartridge in until it snaps into place. Handle Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-37 4) Pull down the lever on the right to lock the Drum Cartridge in place. Close the top cover, then close the front cover. NOTE When the unit D has been opened as in Step 1, close it. IMPORTANT After installing the Drum Cartridge, the printer makes an adjustment for about 1 to 2 minutes. Do not switch off the printer during this time. 6.5.6 Connecting the Interface Cable Connect the interface cable to be used to the printer. Connect the USB cable only after the print driver has been installed on the computer. 1) Connect the interface cable to the interface connector at the back of the printer. 2) Connect the other end of the cable to the computer or a LAN drop or hub. Parallel USB Network Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-38 6.5.7 Loading Paper This section explains how to load A4 size plain paper in the portrait orientation in the paper tray. NOTE Load the paper into this printer while the printer is switched ON. REFERENCE Paper type and size that can be loaded: "About Paper" (P. 28). 6.5.7.1 Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray 1) Gently pull open the bypass tray cover. IMPORTANT Do not apply excessive force to the bypass tray cover when you open or close it as doing so may damage the machine. 2) Slide the paper guide to the edge of the tray while pinching the knob on the right paper guide. The paper guides should be fully extended. 3) Insert the paper into the bypass tray with the side to be printed facing up and with all four corners aligned. Slide the right paper guide until they rest lightly against the edge of the paper stack. IMPORTANT Align the paper guides with the paper width correctly. Be careful not to bend the paper. Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line or the maximum capacity allowed. 4) Close the bypass tray cover. NOTE When you print on paper fed from the bypass tray, set the paper size and type in the print driver. Paper feed direction Maximum fill line Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-39 6.5.7.2 Loading Paper in Paper Trays (Optional) 1) Remove the paper tray from this printer. 2) Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. Squeeze the length guide and slide it to the desired paper size. 3) Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up and with all four corners aligned. Slide the width guides until they rest lightly against the edge of the paper stack. IMPORTANT Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line or the maximum capacity allowed. Align the width guides with the paper width correctly. If the width guides are not in place, the paper will not be properly fed and this may cause paper jams. 4) Push the paper tray completely into the printer. 5) Set the paper size and type according to the message displayed on the Control Panel. NOTE When you set the paper size and type on the Control Panel, press the [ ] or [ ] button to select the item, then press the [Eject/Set] button to determine the selection. For details, refer to "6 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel" (P. 32). Maximum fill line Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-40 6.5.7.3 Using the Extension Output Tray Before printing a document, pull out the extension output tray. The extension output tray is designed to prevent paper from falling from the printer after the print job is complete. If the extension output tray is still not long enough for the paper you are loading, pull the extension output tray further. 6.5.8 Printing Reports/Lists To check whether the printer is correctly installed, use the Control Panel to print the reports/lists. Print the [Printer Settings] to check whether optional accessories have been correctly installed. Print the [Panel Settings] to check paper size and type for each tray. NOTE If you have made a mistake when operating the Control Panel, press the [Menu] button to restart. For details on how to operate the Control Panel, refer to "6 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel" (P. 32). IMPORTANT When you have installed 250 sheet/500 Sheet Feeder (optional), load A4 size paper in Tray 1 to print reports/lists. 1) Press the [Menu] button to display the Menu screen. 2) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Report/List] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 3) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Printer Settings] or [Panel Settings] is displayed, then press the [Eject/Set] button. The specified report/list will be printed. Chapter 6 General 6.5 Installing the Printer 6-41 6.5.8.1 Printing Example This section introduces an example of [Printer Settings]. NOTE The layout of the reports/lists may be different depending on the configuration and settings of the printer. Check the installed optional accessories here. Chapter 6 General 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6-42 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6.6.1 Supported Environment This printer can be used as a local printer when connected to a computer directly by interface cable or as a network printer via a network. 6.6.1.1 Supported OS and Environment IMPORTANT Supported OS are subject to change without prior notice. Refer to our company's web site. IMPORTANT To use this printer as a network printer, refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM to configure the network environment settings. Connection Local Network Port Parallel USB LPD NetWare *1 SMB *1*2 IPP *1*3 Port 9100 Protocol - - TCP/IP IPX/SPX Net BEUI TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP OS Windows 2000 O O *4 O O O O O O Windows XP O O *4 O O O O O Windows Server TM
2003 O O *4 O O O O O *1: Network expansion card (optional) is required. *2: Used when printing via Windows network. *3: Used when printing via the internet. *4: Connected computer must have USB port. Chapter 6 General 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6-43 6.6.2 Setting IP Address When the printer is connected to the network, it retrieves the IP address automatically from the DHCP server once it is switched on. If the DHCP server is not available or not in use, use one of the following methods to retrieve and set the IP address. Set the IP address from the Control Panel. Use the IP Address Setting Tool in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer. IMPORTANT When using the DHCP server, the IP address may be changed so you need to check the IP address on a regular basis. When using the DHCP server in the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) environment, the network expansion card is required. The address information can also be retrieved automatically via the BOOTP or RARP servers. For such cases, change the [Get IP Address] selection on the Control Panel to [BOOTP] or [RARP]. The IP address is controlled by the whole network system. Setting an incorrect IP address may have an adverse effect on the whole network system. Please check with your network administrator if you have any questions concerning your network environment. REFERENCE Details on retrieving IP address: User Guide 4.2 "Description of Menu Items" IP Address Setting Tool: CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM CentreWare Internet Services: "Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services" (P. 45) NOTE You can change the IP address using the CentreWare Internet Services. You can check the current IP address, subnet mask and gateway address settings from the [Printer Settings]. Refer to "Printing Reports/Lists" (P. 40) on how to print the [Printer Settings]. This section explains how to set the IP address from the Control Panel. NOTE If you have made a mistake when operating the Control Panel, press the [Menu] button to restart. Chapter 6 General 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6-44 6.6.2.1 Setting IP Address 1) Press the [Menu] button to display the Menu screen. 2) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Admin Menu] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 3) Check that [Network Settings] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 4) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [TCP/IP] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 5) Check that [Get IP Address] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 6) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Panel] is displayed, then press the [Eject/Set] button. 7) After "Reboot to apply settings" is displayed for 3 seconds, return to the setting screen. After you complete setting the gateway address, switch ON the printer. Then continue. 8) Press the [ ] button to return to [Get IP Address]. 9) Press the [ ] to display [IP Address], then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 10) Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the IP address, then press the [Eject/Set] button. 11) To set the subnet mask and gateway address, press the [ ] button and proceed to "Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address". 6.6.2.2 Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address NOTE When "Ready to Print" is displayed, follow Steps 1 to 4 in the previous section before proceeding to the next procedure. 1) When [IP Address] is displayed, press the [ ] or [ ] button to display [Subnet Mask], then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 2) Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the subnet mask, then press the [Eject/Set] button. 3) Press the [ ] button to return to [Subnet Mask]. 4) Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Gateway Address] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. 5) Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the gateway address, then press the [Eject/Set] button. 6) Switch OFF the printer and then switch it ON again. Chapter 6 General 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6-45 6.6.3 Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services CentreWare Internet Services are services that allow the user to make use of a web browser in a TCP/IP-enabled environment to display the printer or job printing status and to change the settings. Settings for the system and network ports can be configured under the [Properties] tab of this service. NOTE CentreWare Internet Services is not available when the printer is used as a local printer. Refer to the User Guide 6.3 "Checking/Managing the Printer Status on a Web Browser" when the CentreWare Internet Services screen does not appear after following the procedures below. 1) Boot up the computer, and start the web browser. 2) Enter the printers IP address or URL in the address input column of the web browser and press the [Enter] key. - Entering URL - Entering IP address The top page of CentreWare Internet Services appears. Chapter 6 General 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6-46 6.6.3.1 Items that can be set on CentreWare Internet Services Main features that can be set in each tab of the CentreWare Internet Services are as follows. 6.6.3.2 Using Online Help For details regarding the items that can be set in each tab, click the [Help] button to display the Online Help. NOTE When you click the [Help] button, the online manual on our companys web site is displayed. Tab Main features Jobs Displays the Job list and Job History list. Status [General] Displays the printer product name, IP address, and status of the printer. [Printer Status] Displays the sizes of paper loaded in the paper trays and the amount remaining, output tray status, remaining status of consumables. [Fault Status] Displays the status of the Control Panel, location of the error and contents of the Fault Status. Properties [Machine Details] Displays the [Product Name] and [Serial Number]. You can also configure the [Name]*, [Location]*, [Contact Person]* and [Administrator E-mail Address]*. [Configuration] Displays the printers specifications, Page Description Language (PDL), and information about the memory. [Billing Meter] Displays the total number of output pages and the number of output pages after turning on the printer of output pages. [Initialization] Initialize NV memory and restart printer. [Internet Services Settings]* Allows you to configure the intervals of the update by the second and whether the display of the CentreWare Internet Services is updated automatically using the browser. Allows you to configure the administrators name and password and whether the administrator mode is to be used in CentreWare Internet Services. The default administrators name and password are "admin" and "x-admin" respectively. Be sure to change the default password. [Port Status] Allows you to activate or deactivate the ports. [Port settings] Allows you to configure Ethernet settings. [Protocol Settings]* Allows you to configure detailed settings for each protocol. Support Displays the support information. This is linked to our company's web site. *: These items can be configured only on CentreWare Internet Services. They cannot be set on the Control Panel. Chapter 6 General 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6-47 6.6.4 Installing the Print Driver. To print from the computer, install the print driver and other reguired software. The print driver is software that converts print data and instructions from the computer to data that can be interpreted by this printer. Depending on the environment being used, the required software and its installation procedure may be different. Refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer to install each software. 6.6.4.1 Installing the SimpleMonitor SimpleMonitor is a tool that allows you to check the print job you sent and printer status on a computer, when you use this printer as a local printer. Allows you to check the sizes of paper loaded in the paper trays and their remaining amount, output tray status, remaining status of consumables. Refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM for the installation procedure. 6.6.4.2 Setting Configuration of Optional Accessories and Paper When installation of the print driver is completed, set the configuration of the optional accessories, and type and size of the paper loaded in the paper trays on the [Options] tab in the print driver. For details on the way of setting, refer to the Online Help for the print driver or User Guide 1.5 "Display Optional Accessory Configuration and Paper Tray Settings". Display the [Options] tab by the following procedure. The procedure here explains with Windows XP as an example. 1) From the [Start] menu, click [Printers and Faxes]. 2) Click the icon of this printer, and then select [Properties] from the [File] menu. 3) Click the [Options] tab. 6.6.4.3 Uninstalling the Print Driver The print driver for Windows can be uninstalled by using the uninstall tool of the print driver in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer. For details, refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM for the uninstall tool. NOTE To uninstall another software of Fuji Xerox, refer to the ReadMe files for each software in the product information (HTML) on the CentreWare CD-ROM. Chapter 6 General 6.7 Software Related Information 6-48 6.7 Software Related Information 6.7.1 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel For details on how to operate the Control Panel, refer to the User Guide 4 Setting on the Control Panel. Main operations and buttons on the Control Panel NOTE Indicates items that can be set when optional accessories are installed. (1): Network expansion card (2): 250 Sheet Feeder or 500 Sheet Feeder * Indicates default value. Continued on next page Display/Close the Menu screen [Menu] button Switch between the menu levels [ ] button (moves one level downwards) or [ ] button (displays one level upwards) Switch between menu or items in the same level [ ] button (displays the next menu) or [ ] button (displays the next menu or item) Move the cursor (_) of the setting value to the right or left [ ] button (moves to the right) or [ ] button (moves to the left) Confirm setting [Eject/Set] button Reset settings to default value Press [ ] and [ ] button at the same time Chapter 6 General 6.7 Software Related Information 6-49 Continued from previous page Chapter 7 Wiring Data Chapter 7 Wiring Data Table of Contents 7-1 Table of Contents 7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)] ................................................................................ 7-2 7.1.1 P/J List .................................................................................................................................... 7-2 7.2 P/J Layout ................................................................................................................. 7-5 7.3 Connection Chart .................................................................................................... 7-12 7.3.1 Symbols in Overall Connection Chart................................................................................... 7-12 7.3.2 Overall Connection Chart ..................................................................................................... 7-13 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts.......................................................................... 7-14 7.4.1 Notes on using the Connection Charts Between Parts ........................................................ 7-14 7.4.2 Organization of the Connection Charts Between Parts ........................................................ 7-16 1 DC POWER SUPPLY ................................................................................................................... 7-18 2 MSI & REGI .................................................................................................................................. 7-20 3 FEEDER (500) .............................................................................................................................. 7-22 4 ROS .............................................................................................................................................. 7-24 5 XEROGRAPHIC ........................................................................................................................... 7-26 6 HIGH VOLTAGE ........................................................................................................................... 7-28 7 DEVELOPER ................................................................................................................................ 7-30 8 2nd BTR ........................................................................................................................................ 7-32 9 FUSER .......................................................................................................................................... 7-34 10 CONTROLLER ........................................................................................................................... 7-36 11 DUPLEX ...................................................................................................................................... 7-38 Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)] 7-2 7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)] 7.1.1 P/J List IOT P/J Coordinates Remarks 1 G-156 Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 2 G-156 Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY AC 3 G-157 Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L 29 H-154 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY PANEL 70 H-154 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the FFC-ASSY ESS 71 H-155 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 72 H-155 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 100 F-122 Connection between the SWITCH-P/H DOOR and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 101 G-123 Connection between the SENSOR OHP and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 102 F-123 Connection between the SENSOR REGI and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 103 D-124 Connection between the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 104 H-110 Connection between the SENSOR HUM & TEMP and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 105 D-108 Connection between the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 106 H-108 Connection between the ANTENNA CTRG and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 107 D-107 Connection between the SENSOR IBT RETRACT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 108 D-106 Connection between the SENSOR TR-0 and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO 109 D-106 Connection between the ANTENNA ASSY and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO 111 G-137 Connection between the SENSOR FUSER IN and the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS 112 H-137 Connection between the SENSOR 2BTR RETRUCT and the HARNESS ASSY ADC 113 H-136 Connection between the SWITCH 2BTR COVER and the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW 114 D-104 Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 116 G-108 Connection between the SWITCH ASSY TOP and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 117 D-105 Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 126 F-138 Connection between the SENSOR TNER FULL and the HARNESS ASSY TNER FULL 128 G-153 Connection between the FUSER LOCK SWITCH and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 200 H-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY P/R and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 201 G-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY P/R and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 202 F-124 Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 203 F-122 Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY REGI and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 204 C-109 Connection within the MOT ASSY ROT 220 B-106 Connection between the OP PANEL and the HARNESS ASSY PANEL 400 I-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY ESS 401 I-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU 403 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 404 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY FSR 405 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)] 7-3 406 H-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG 407 H-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 408 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 409 H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 410 I-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 411 I-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO 412 I-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 413 I-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 414 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO 415 J-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS-ASSY MAIN 416 J-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO 417 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L 418 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY ADC 420 J-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 421 J-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 422 I-147 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY ADC 429 D-109 Connection between the PWBA CRUM and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 430 E-109 Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 431 F-138 Connection between the SENSOR ASSY ADC and the HARNESS ASSY ADC 432 D-109 Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 433 D-109 Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the PWB ASSY MOT 500 H-153 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU 501 I-152 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 502 I-153 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 503 I-155 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY AC 504 H-154 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY BTR 505 F-109 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY 2BTR 506 E-109 Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the WIRE ASSY IBT 507 E-109 Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the WIRE ASSY DTN 508 H-155 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY BCR 509 H-156 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY DEVE 510 I-108 Connection between the HOLDER ASSY BIAS and the WIRE ASSY DEVE 512 I-107 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY BTR 513 H-107 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY IBT 514 I-108 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY BCR 515 H-153 Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 516 F-110 Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 600 F-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY MICRO and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 601 H-138 Connection between the ROS ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 602 H-138 Connection between the ROS ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN 603 F-124 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 604 F-124 Connection between the MOTOR-PH and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 605 E-124 Connection between the SOLENOID PICK UP and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 607 E-140 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS ASSY DUP2 614 E-105 Connection between the FUSER ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L 617 D-140 Connection between the HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN P/J Coordinates Remarks Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)] 7-4 DUP 500 FEEDER 620 H-137 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS and the HARNESS ASSY ADC 621 I-136 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW and the HARNESS ASSY ADC T2 I-107 Connection between the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and the WIRE ASSY 2BTR T4 H-107 Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY DTN P/J Coordinates Remarks 122 G-207 Connection between the SWITCH-DUP DOOR and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 123 E-209 Connection between the SENSOR LOW PASS and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 124 F-205 Connection between the SENSOR UPPER PASS and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 442 H-209 Connection between the SENSOR UPPER PASS and the MOTOR ASSY DUP 443 G-209 Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 444 H-208 Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 607 B-209 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 611 D-204 Connection between the SOLENOID ASSY DUP and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 612 G-206 Connection between the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 P/J Coordinates Remarks 119 E-307 Connection between the SENSOR NO PAPER and the HARNESS ASSY FEED3 120 D-307 Connection between the SENSOR T/R (P120) and the HARNESS ASSY FEED3 121 C-308 Connection between the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN 435 E-309 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 436 E-309 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED2 437 E-309 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN 440 E-308 Connection between the PWBA MOT and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN 446 D-308 Connection between the PWBA MOT and the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER 608 D-307 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 609 C-309 Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY FEED and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN 610 C-308 Connection between the SOLENOID FEED and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN 618 D-307 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY FEED MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED3 4358 D-309 Does Not Connect P/J Coordinates Remarks Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 P/J Layout 7-5 7.2 P/J Layout 108 117 114 614 109 105 T4 (IBT) 204 107 220 429 106 433 432 430 104 116 506 507 516 505 510 (DEVE) 514 (BCR) 513 (IBT) 512 (1BTR) T2 (2BTR) A 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 101 B C D E F G H I J K L Leg_Sec04_001FA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 P/J Layout 7-6 604 603 605 103 100 202 101 102 203 A 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 116 B C D E F G H I J K L Leg_Sec04_002FA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 P/J Layout 7-7 126 617 431 111 620 112 113 601 607 602 621 A 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 131 B C D E F G H I J K L Leg_Sec04_003EB Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 P/J Layout 7-8 501 515 504 503 508 509 502 500 608 3 2 1 CN71 CN29 CN70 CN72 400 415 412 403 404 405 421 420 411 413 409 406 416 414 422 418 417 401 410 408 407 600 128 201 200 A 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 146 B C D E F G H I J K L Leg_Sec04_004FA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 P/J Layout 7-9 611 124 612 122 123 442 607 444 443 A 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 201 B C D E F G H I J K L Leg_Sec04_005EA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 P/J Layout 7-10 121 608 618 120 119 446 609 610 4358 436 435 437 440 A 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 301 B C D E F G H I J K L Leg_Sec04_006EA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 P/J Layout 7-11 Blank Page Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.3 Connection Chart 7-12 7.3 Connection Chart 7.3.1 Symbols in Overall Connection Chart The way to read the Overall Connection Chart is shown below. Symbol Description Shows the connection to a part from a harness, wire, etc. Shows the difference in connection from the specifications. Shows the connection to a part from a conductive component (leaf spring, etc). Shows the connection to a part from a screwed end. Shows a frame ground. Shows a connector and the corresponding connector number. Shows a joining terminal with a leaf spring, etc. on a circuit board and the corresponding connector (port) number. Shows a connector that is directly mounted onto a circuit board and the corresponding connector number. Shows a part if a part name is indicated. Shows item 'Z' of Plate (PL) 'X.Y' in "Chapter 5 Parts List" if PL X.Y.Z is indicated. Shows a functional component within a part and the corresponding component name. Shows a section in "7.4. Connection Charts Between Parts" and the corresponding section number. Shows the screw for securing a conductive component (harness, leaf spring, etc). Shows a conductive component (leaf spring, etc). Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.3 Connection Chart 7-13 7.3.2 Overall Connection Chart PWBA FUSER CONT PL12.2.12 P/J 1 P/J 2 P/J 3 P/J 4 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J 401 PWBA ESS PL12.2.7 P/J 400 P/J 70 P/J 71 OP PANEL PL1.1.17 P/J 29 P/J 220 ROS ASSY PL8.1.1 P/J 72 P/J 602 P/J 407 PWBA DUP-L PL13.4.13 P/J 420 P/J 607 P/J 443 P/J 444 SWITCH-DUP DOOR PL13.3.7 P/J 122 SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7 P/J 611 SENSOR UPPER PASS PL13.2.10 P/J 124 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18 P/J 612 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14 SENSOR LOW PASS PL13.3.11 P/J 123 P/J 442 PWBA HVPS PL12.1.9 P/J 516 P/J 507 P/J 505 P/J 506 LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 P/J 501 P/J 502 P/J 410 P/J 503 P/J 601 DRIVE ASSY PRO PL11.1.2 SENSOR TNER FULL PL7.1.24 P/J 126 P/J 617 SENSOR IBT RETRACT PL6.1.26 P/J 107 SENSOR TR-0 PL7.1.2 P/J 108 ANTENNA ASSY PL7.1.10 P/J 109 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 P/J 200 P/J 411 P/J 414 P/J 413 P/J 415 P/J 416 SENSOR HUM &TEMP PL12.1.6 P/J 104 PWBA CRUM PL12.1.11 P/J 429 MOT ASSY MAG PL11.1.4 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI PL9.1.18 P/J 105 ANTENNA CTRG PL9.1.12 P/J 106 SENSOR FUSER IN PL6.1.3 P/J 111 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT PL6.1.22 P/J 112 SWITCH 2BTR COVER PL6.1.18 P/J 113 SENSOR ASSY ADC PL6.1.20 P/J 431 MOT ASSY MICRO PL11.1.7 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3 FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 SWITCH-INLK FUSER PL1.1.34 MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20 P/J 604 SOLENOID PICK UP PL4.1.23 P/J 605 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI PL5.2.22 P/J 202 CLUTCH ASSY REGI PL5.2.2 P/J 203 SWITCH-PH DOOR PL5.2.23 P/J 100 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY PL4.1.24 P/J 103 P/J 603 P/J 408 P/J 409 P/J 418 P/J 620 P/J 621 P/J 422 P/J 600 PWB ASSY ROT PL12.1.10 P/J 433 P/J 430 P/J 412 P/J 405 P/J 406 MOT ASSY ROT PL11.1.5 P/J 204 P/J 432 P/J 201 P/J 404 P/J 417 P/J 403 P/J 614 P/J 114 PWBA TRAY 500 PL14.3.3 P/J 421 P/J 608 P/J 435 P/J 437 PWBA MOT PL14.3.4 P/J 440 P/J 446 CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL14.3.12 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL14.3.18 SENSOR NO PAPER PL14.4.3 SOLENOID FEED PL14.3.8 P/J 609 P/J 121 P/J 119 P/J 610 P/J 618 SENSOR T/R (P120) PL14.4.7 P/J 120 N.C. P/J 436 FUSER LOCK SWITCH PL10.1.6 SWITCH ASSY TOP PL1.1.7 P/J 116 P/J 116 SWITCH-INLK FUSER PL1.1.34 P/J 117 P/J 117 P/J 515 P/J 500 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL14.3.9 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE PL9.2.5 IBT ASSY PL7.1.1 2ND BTR ASSY PL6.1.12 P/J 504 P/J 509 P/J 508 FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 P/J 614 9-1 5 7 8 2 11 3 9-2 1 6 4 10 Leg_007_001FA J 4358 SENSOR OHP PL5.2.16 SENSOR REGI PL5.2.19 P/J 101 P/J 102 P/J 128 P/J 128 Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-14 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7.4.1 Notes on using the Connection Charts Between Parts The way to read the Connection Charts Between Parts in the following pages is shown below. The descriptions for common symbols have been omitted. Symbols Description Shows a plug. Shows a jack. Shows Pin yy and Jack yy of connectors Pxx and Jxx. Shows a part. Shows item 'Z' of Plate (PL) 'X.Y' in "Chapter 5 Parts List" if PL X.Y.Z is indicated. Shows a functional component within a part and the corresponding component name. Shows a Control within the PWB section and an overview of it. Shows the connection to a part from a harness, wire, etc. and the corresponding signal name/description. The arrow shows the direction of the signal. Shows a function and the logical value (Low: L, High: H) of the signal when the function is in operation. The voltage value shown is when the signal is high. The arrow shows the direction of the signal. Shows a function and the logical value (Low: L, High: H) of the signal when the function is detected. The voltage value shown is when the signal is high. The arrow shows the direction of the signal. P/JXX YY PWBA HNB DRV PL X.Y.Z Heater Control DEVE_A REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-15 Shows the connection between wires. I/L +24VDC Shows the DC voltage when the Interlock Switch within the HNB MCU with CPU is turned ON. +5VDC +3.3VDC Shows DC voltage. SG Shows a signal ground. AG Shows an analog ground. RTN Shows a return. Symbols Description Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-16 7.4.2 Organization of the Connection Charts Between Parts The Connection Charts are divided into 11 sections showing in detail the connection between parts. 1 DC POWER SUPPLY Connection between the PWBA MCU and the LV/HVPS Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA FUSER CONTROL Connection between the LV/HVPS and the MOT ASSY P/R Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWB ASSY ROT Connection between the LV/HVPS and the SWITCH ASSY TOP Connection between the SWITCH ASSY TOP and the SWITCH-INLK FUSER Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the LV/HVPS 2 MSI & REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOTOR-PH Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SOLENOID PICK UP Connection between the PWBA MCU and the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the CLUTCH ASSY REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH-PH DOOR Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR OHP Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY 3 FEEDER (500) Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA TRAY 500 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the CLUTCH ASSY FEED Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SWITCH FEEDER Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SENSOR NO PAPER Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SENSOR T/R Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SOLENOID FEEDER Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the PWBA MOT Connection between the PWBA MOT and the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER 4 ROS Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ROS ASSY Connection between the ROS ASSY and the PWBA ESS 5 XEROGRAPHIC Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR TNER FULL Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR IBT RETRACT Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR TR-O Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA ASSY Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY P/R Connection between the LV/HVPS and the MOT ASSY P/R 6 HIGH VOLTAGE Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA HVPS Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, IBT ASSY, 2ND BTR ASSY Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA MCU Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-17 7 DEVELOPER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR HUM & TEMP Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA CRUM Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWB ASSY ROT Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the MOT ASSY ROT Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the LV/HVPS 8 2nd BTR Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR FUSER IN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH 2BTR COVER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR ASSY ADC Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MICRO 9 FUSER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY FUSER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FUSER ASSY Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FUSER LOCK SWITCH Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA FUSER CONTROL Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the FUSER ASSY Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the PWBA MCU Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the FUSER LOCK SWITCH Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA MCU 10 CONTROLLER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA ESS Connection between the PWBA ESS and the OP PANEL Connection between the PWBA ESS and the LV/HVPS 11 DUPLEX Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA DUP-L Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SENSOR LOW PASS Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SWITCH-DUP DOOR Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SOLENOID ASSY DUP Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SENSOR UPPER PASS Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the MOTOR ASSY DUP Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-18 1 DC POWER SUPPLY LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 Power Save P/J 500 3 +5VDC Supply +24VDC Supply +3.3VDC Supply 15 P/J 500 5 P/J 502 3 4 +5VDC +24VDC 5 6 7 8 1 2 9 10 11 12 +3.3VDC PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 4 P/J 502 13 SWITCH- INLK FUSER PL.1.1.34 +5VDC SWITCH ASSY TOP PL.1.1.7 I/L +5VDC POWER SAVE P/J 401 20 19 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 I/L +5VDC P/J 401 18 +5VDC SG P/J 410 3 4 I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG SG 5 6 7 8 +3.3VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG 1 2 P/J 201 1 2 P/J 432 1 3 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 PWBA FUSER CONTROL PL12.2.12 P/J 2 3 1 P/J 503 3 1 Interlock +24VDC PWB ASSY ROT PL12.1.10 Interlock +24VDC Interlock +5VDC +5VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC +3.3VDC 3 P/J 116 1 1 P/J 116 3 3 P/J 117 1 1 P/J 117 3 Leg_007_002FA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-19 - Overcurrent Protection All output will be suspended if each output (+24VDC, +5VDC, +3.3VDC) of the LV/HVPS is short circuited between the earth or the ground. The power supply of equipment is turned OFF after the short circuit is released. After some time, the power is turned ON and each output resumes. When the current exceeds 16A for each output, overcurrent protection will be activated. - Overvoltage Protection All output will be suspended if overvoltage occurs for each output of the LV/HVPS. The voltage for each output when overvoltage protection is activated is as follows. +24VDC:36VDC +5VDC:7VDC +3.3VDC:5VDC - Power Save - Output suspended by Interlock Switch The I/L +5VDC signal which passed through the Upper Interlock Switch and the Fuser Interlock Switch serves as the power supply for the relay coil within the LV/HVPS. The signal opens and closes the relay contact and controls the Interlock +24VDC and Interlock +5VDC. Signal Wire Name Remarks POWER SAVE Signal that turns OFF +24VDC Signal Wire Name Remarks I/L +5VDC Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-20 2 MSI & REGI SG PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 2 3 4 5 P/H MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC P/H MOT PWM +3.3VDC P/H MOT TG +3.3VDC P/H MOT ON CW/CCW SG P/J 409 1 6 I/L +24VDC P/J 604 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 M MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20 P/J 409 7 I/L +24VDC 8 FEED SOL ON (L) +24VDC P/J 605 2 1 1 2 P/J 408 1 PRE REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC 2 I/L +24VDC P/J 202 2 1 1 2 3 REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC 4 I/L +24VDC 3 4 10 9 P/J 203 2 1 1 2 5 6 P/H POOR SW OPENED (H) +3.3VDC 5 6 8 7 P/J 603 12 11 1 2 7 SG 8 OHP SENSED (H) +5VDC 7 8 6 5 9 +5VDC 9 4 P/J 100 2 1 2 1 P/J 101 3 10 PULL UP +5VDC 11 SG 10 11 3 2 12 REGI SENSED (H) +5VDC 12 1 2 1 P/J 102 3 SENSOR REGI PL5.2.19 SENSOR OHP PL5.2.16 SWITCH-PH DOOR PL5.2.23 13 PULL UP +5VDC 14 SG 15 PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +5VDC 2 1 P/J 103 3 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY PL4.1.24 SOLENOID PICK UP PL4.1.23 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI PL5.2.22 CLUTCH ASSY REGI PL5.2.2 INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC +5VDC Leg_Sec007_003FB Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-21 Signal Wire Name Remarks PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +5VDC Signal for detection of paper in MSI by Sensor Photo (No Paper Sensor). P/H MOTER ON (H)+3.3VDC P/H MOTER PWM P/H MOTER FG P/H MOTER CW/CCW P/H Motor drive control signal. FEED SOL ON (L)+24VDC Solenoid Feed ON/OFF signal. PREREGI CL ON (L)+24VDC Pre-Regi Clutch ON/OFF signal. REGI CL ON (L)+24VDC Regi Clutch ON/OFF signal. P/H DOOR SW OPEND (H)+3.3VDC Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the CHTE ASSY REATR by the P/H Door Switch. OHP SENSED (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of transparency by Sensor Photo (OHP Sensor). REGI SENSED (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of paper at the Regi section by Sensor Photo (REGI Sensor). Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-22 3 FEEDER (500) PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J 421 10 9 TRAY SENSOR 10 9 P/J 608 1 2 8 RXD 8 3 2 3 P/J 435 1 7 TXD 6 SG 7 6 4 5 5 +5VDC 5 6 5 6 4 4 SG 3 SG 4 3 7 8 2 I/L +24VDC 2 9 8 9 7 1 I/L +24VDC 1 10 10 PWBA TRAY 500 PL14.3.3 +5VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC PWBA TRAY 500 PL.14.3.3 P/J 437 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 16 17 FEED MOT ON (H) I/L +24VDC SG 1 2 4 P/J 440 5 PWBA MOT PL14.3.4 P/J 446 1 2 3 4 5 6 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL14.3.9 M I/L +24VDC FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC 1 P/J 609 2 2 1 SG P/J 121 2 1 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL14.3.18 P/J 119 3 2 1 PULL UP +5VDC SG NO PAPER SENSED (H) +5VDC SENSOR NO PAPER PL14.4.3 13 14 15 P/J 120 3 2 1 PULL UP +5VDC SG PAPER PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC SENSOR T/R PL14.4.7 INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC +5VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL14.3.12 +5VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC I/L +24VDC FEED SOL ON (L) +24VDC P/J 610 2 1 1 2 SOLENOID FEED PL14.3.8 P/J 618 6 5 4 1 2 3 3 2 1 4 5 6 INTERLOCK +24VDC N.C. N.C. N.C. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 P/J 436 1 J 4358 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 DOOR SW OPENED (H) +5VDC Leg_Sec007_004FB Tray Interface Connector Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-23 Signal Wire Name Remarks TRAY SENSOR RXD TXD PWBA TRAY CONT. control signal FEED MOTOR ON (H)+ FEEDER MOTOR control signal FEED CL ON (L)+24VDC Feed Clutch ON/OFF signal. DOOR SW OPEND (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Rear Cover by the Door Rear Cover Switch. NO PAPER SENSED (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of paper in paper tray by Sensor Photo (No Paper Sensor). PAPER PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC Signal for detection of start of paper transport by Sensor Photo (Paper Pass Sensor). FEED SOL ON (L)+24VDC Solenoid Feed ON/OFF signal. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-24 4 ROS SOS PWB SCANNER PWB SCANNER MOTOR PWBA LD PWBA ESS PL12.2.7 P/J 72 1 2 P/J 407 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 P/J 424 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J 425 5 4 3 1 P/J 426 3 2 1 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J 602 2 1 P/J 601 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 P/J 427 2 1 DATA- DATA+ DATA- DATA+ P CONT LASER ON (L) +5VDC SG VREF SG +5VDC +3.3VDC I/L +24VDC SG SCAN MOT ON(L) +5VDC SCAN MOT CLOCK SG SOS SENSED (L) +5VDC +5VDC ROS ASSY PL8.1.1 Single Beam Laser Diode M INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC +3.3VDC +5VDC Leg_007_005FA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-25 Signal Wire Name Remarks ESS DATA- ESS DATA+ Image signal from ESS. MCU DATA- MCU DATA+ Image signal from MCU. PCONT LASER ON (L)+5VDC VREF Control signal of the PWBA LD within the ROS ASSY. SCANNER MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC SCANNER MOTOR CLOCK Control signal of the PWBA Scanner within the ROS ASSY. SOS SENSED (L)+5VDC Standard signal for start of Laser Fast Scan. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-26 5 XEROGRAPHIC PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 2 3 4 5 6 IBT BRUSH MOT ON IBT BRUSH MOT PWM IBT BRUSH MOT TG IBT BRUSH MOT CW/CCW SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC IBT BRUSH MOTOR M P/J 411 1 1 2 3 IBT CLEN RET MOT ON SG IBT CLEANER RETRACT MOTOR P/J 414 M P/J 413 8 9 I/L +24VDC RETRACT SOL ON (L) +24VDC 10 11 SG FULL TONER SENSED (H) +5VDC 12 PULL UP +5VDC P/J 606 2 1 P/J 617 3 2 1 1 2 3 P/J 126 3 2 1 SENSOR TNER FULL PL7.1.24 P/J 415 3 4 PULL UP +5VDC SG 5 IBT RETRACT SENSED (L) +5VDC P/J 107 3 2 1 IBT RETRACT SENSOR PL6.1.26 P/J 416 1 2 +5VDC TRO SENSED (H) +5VDC 3 SG P/J 108 3 2 1 SENSOR TR-0 PL7.1.2 4 ANTENNA OUT 5 ANTENNA IN P/J 109 2 1 ANTENNA ASSY PL7.1.10 P/J 403 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 P/J 502 9 10 P/R MOT GAIN P/J 200 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J 201 1 2 P/R MOT CLK P/R MOT LD P/R MOT FG P/R MOT ON (L) + +5VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC +5VDC +5VDC MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 INTERLOCK +24VDC M Leg_Sec007_006FC DRIVE ASSY PRO PL11.1.2 N.C. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-27 Signal Wire Name Remarks IBT BRUSH MOT ON IBT BRUSH MOT PWM IBT BRUSH MOT TG IBT BRUSH MOT CW/CCW IBT Brush Motor drive control signal. IBT CLEN RET MOT START IBT CLEN RET MOT PWM IBT CLEN RET MOT TG IBT Cleaner Retract Motor drive control signal. FULL TONER SENSED (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of full toner by Sensor Photo (Sensor Toner Full). IBT RETRACT SENSED (L)+5VDC Signal for detection of retraction of IBT Cleaner by Sensor Photo (IBT Retract Sensor). TR0 SENSED (H)+5VDCS Signal for detection of belt position by Sensor Photo (TR0 Sensor). ANTENNA OUT ANTENNA IN Crum XERO Antenna control signal. P/R MOT GAIN P/R MOT CLK P/R MOT LD P/R MOT FG P/R MOT ON (L)+ P/R Motor drive control signal. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-28 6 HIGH VOLTAGE LV/HVPS 12.2.3 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 P/J 500 22 11 10 9 8 7 6 6 P/J 515 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 P/J 504 1 P/J 509 1 P/J 508 1 P/J 401 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 P/J 516 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J 507 1 P/J 505 1 P/J 506 1 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 PWBA HVPS PL12.1.9 1st BTR CONT IBT CLEANER H/L SG SG BCR CONT DE-TONER CONT DEVE BIAS ON DEVE BIAS CONT IBT CLEANER ON 1st BTR REV ON 2nd BTR REV ON 1st BTR ON 2nd BTR ON DEVE BIAS CLK 2nd BTR CONT BCR CLK SG I/L +24VDC CLEANER H/L DE-TONER CONT IBT CLEANER ON 2nd BTR REV ON 2nd BTR ON 2nd BTR CONT DE-TONER IBT ASSY PL7.1.1 2ND BTR ASSY PL6.1.12 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE PL9.2.5 1st BTR IBT CLEANER DEVE BCR INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC D C A H F G 2nd BTR Leg_Sec007_007FB Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-29 Signal Wire Name Remarks 1st BTR CONT 1st BTR Bias voltage control signal. IBT CLEANER H/L IBT Cleaner Bias voltage control signal. BCR CONT BCR Bias voltage control signal. DE-TONER CONT DE-TONER Bias voltage control signal. DEVE BIAS ON DEVE Bias ON/OFF signal. DEVE BIAS CONT DEVE Bias voltage control signal. IBT CLEANER ON Belt Cleaning Brush Bias ON/OFF signal. 1st BTR REV ON 1st BTR DC Bias control signal. 2nd BTR REV ON 2nd BTR DC Bias control signal. 1st BTR ON 1st BTR Bias ON/OFF signal. 2nd BTR ON 2nd BTR Bias ON/OFF signal. DEVE BIAS CLK DEVE AC Bias cycle control signal. 2nd BTR CONT 2nd BTR Bias voltage control signal. BCR CLK BCR Bias cycle control signal. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-30 7 DEVELOPER PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J 405 1 2 3 MAGNET ROLL MOTOR MAG ROLL MOT ON 3 5 7 P/J 406 1 PULL UP +5VDC 4 5 6 MAG ROLL MOT PWM MAG ROLL MOT TG MAG ROLL MOT CW/CCW SG I/L +24VDC M 2 DISP CLUTCH ON (L) +24VDC I/L +24VDC P/J 413 5 6 7 SG HOME POSITION SENSED (H) +5VDC P/J 105 3 3 1 2 2 1 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI PL9.1.18 HOLD ANTENNA IN P/J 415 1 2 1 ANTENNA CTRG PL9.1.12 P/J 415 6 7 8 9 CLOCK ON (H) +5VDC P/J 430 4 PWB ASSY ROT PL12.1.10 MOT ASSY ROT PL11.1.5 M I/L +24VDC 3 P/J 432 1 P/J 502 11 12 P/J 433 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 11 DEVE ROT A I/L +24VDC DEVE ROT XA DEVE ROT B I/L +24VDC DEVE ROT XB ANTENNA OUT Interlock +24VDC SG LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 Interlock +24VDC +5VDC Interlock +24VDC 2 3 4 2 3 4 TEMP. SG HUMI. +5VDC DATA +5VDC CLOCK SG SENSOR HUM & TEMP PL12.1.6 3 2 1 3 2 1 PWBA CRUM PL12.1.11 +5VDC +5VDC P/J 413 1 P/J 412 1 P/J 104 4 P/J 429 4 SG P/J 204 1 P/J 106 2 +5VDC +5VDC MOT ASSY MAG PL11.1.4 DISPENSE CLUTCH Leg_007_008FA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-31 Signal Wire Name Remarks MAG ROLL MOT ON MAG ROLL MOT PWM MAG ROLL MOT TG MAG ROLL MOT CW/CCW Magnet Roll Motor drive control signal. TEMP. Temperature data in the equipment measured by sensor. (Analog value) HUMI. Humidity data in the equipment measured by sensor. (Analog value) HOME POSITION SENSED (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of Home Position of Deve Rotary by Sensor Photo (Rotary Home Position Sensor). ANTENNA OUT ANTENNA IN CRUME Cartridge Antenna control signal. SG HOLD CLOCK ON (H) +5VDC PWBA Rotate Motor Control control signal. DEVE ROT A,XA,B,XB Deve Rotate Motor excitation signal. DATA CLOCK PWBA CRUM control signal. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-32 8 2nd BTR PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 4 5 6 PULL UP +5VDC Interlock +24VDC 7 8 SG RETRACT SENSED (H) +5VDC SG COVER OPENED (H) +3.3VDC P/J 112 3 2 1 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT PL6.1.22 SENSOR ASSY ADC PL6.1.20 MOT ASSY MICRO PL11.1.7 P/J 422 1 2 3 4 5 6 +5VDC 1 P/J 113 2 SWITCH 2BTR COVER PL6.1.18 7 P/J 431 8 ADC SOL RELEASE ON (L) +24VDC I/L +24VDC 6 5 4 3 2 1 ADC SOL NIP ON (L ) +24VDC SG ADC LED COLOR ON (L) +5VDC ADC LED BLACK ON (L) +5VDC ADC SENSOR +5VDC 7 8 P/J 403 1 2 3 1 3 2 3 2 1 P/J 600 RETRACT MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC I/L +24VDC 1 P/J 621 2 2 1 P/J 418 1 2 3 SG FUSER IN SENSED (L)+5VDC +5VDC SENSOR FUSER IN PL6.1.3 2 1 1 P/J 620 3 2 2 3 1 +5VDC SG Interlock +24VDC P/J 111 3 +5VDC Leg_Sec007_009FB M Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-33 Signal Wire Name Remarks FUSER IN SENSED (L)+5VDC Signal for detection of paper at the 2nd BTR section by Sensor Photo (Fuser In Sensor). RETRACT SENSED (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of retraction of 2nd BTR section by Sensor Photo (2nd BTR Retract Sensor). ADC SOL RELEASE ON (L)+24VDC ON/OFF signal of Solenoid within Sensor ADC. (Shutter is at reference board reflection measurement position) ADC SOL NIP ON (L)+24VDC ON/OFF signal of Solenoid within Sensor ADC. (Shutter is at diffused light measurement position) ADC LED COLOR ON (L)+5VDC LED ON signal for detection of Color Toner Patch within Sensor ADC. ADC LED BLACK ON (L)+5VDC LED ON signal for detection of Black Toner Patch within Sensor ADC. ADC SENSOR Toner patch density data in the equipment measured by sensor. (Analog value) RETRACT MOT ON (H)+3.3VDC RETRACT MOT PWM 2nd BTR Retract Motor control signal. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-34 9 FUSER RL PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J 404 1 2 3 4 5 Interlock +24VDC +5VDC 6 P/J 417 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FUSER MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC FUSER MOT PWM FUSER MOT TG +5VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG SG Vc PULL UP +5VDC SG FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +5VDC FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 Safety Temp. Sensor Temp. Sensor 1 2 P/J 615 2 1 1 2 3 3 P/J 616 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 12 11 10 9 8 P/J 614 7 8 9 7 6 5 1 2 3 1 2 P/J 619 3 FUSER EXIT SENSOR P/J 110 3 2 1 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3 M P/J 403 11 12 SG FUSER DOOR SW OPENED (H) +3.3VDC P/J 114 2 1 SWITCH-FUSER DOOR PL1.1.36 FUSER LOCK SWITCH PL10.1.6 RELAY ON (L) +24VDC PWBA FUSER CONT PL12.2.12 5 P614 P/J 1 3 1 22 LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 P/J 500 2 1 6 P/J 3 2 1 I/L +24VDC P/J 410 9 1 2 10 P/J 614 3 1 Thermostat 100/115V 220/240V Heater 3 2 Thermostat Heater FRIKER CLK +3.3VDC LAMP ON (L) 220/240V ONLY USE 5 6 P/J 401 21 Interlock +24VDC FUSER RELAY CONTROL P/J 503 4 P/J 2 4 +5VDC Vd Leg_Sec007_010FB Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-35 Signal Wire Name Remarks FUSER MOT ON (H)+3.3VDC FUSER MOT PWM FUSER MOT TG FUSER MOT CW/CCW Fuser Motor drive control signal. RL Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for detection of high temperatures. (Analog value) VC Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for temperature control. (Analog value) VD Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for temperature control. (Analog value) FUSER EXIT SENSED (L)+5VDC Signal for detection of paper output by Sensor Photo (Fuser Exit Sensor). DATA CLOCK Crum control signal. FLICKER CLK +3.3VDC Control signal for countering flickering. (Exclusively for AC220V/AC240V) LAMP ON (L)+ Fuser Lamp ON signal. RELAY ON (L)+24VDC ON/OFF signal for Fuser Lamp Relay within PWBA Fuser Cont. FUSER DOOR SW OPENED (H)+3.3VDC Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Cover Fuser. Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-36 10 CONTROLLER PWBA ESS PL12.2.7 P/J 70 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 P/J 71 1 2 3 4 5 6 P/J 400 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J 501 1 2 3 4 5 6 P/J 29 P/J 220 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 OP PANEL PL1.1.17 +3.3VDC +5VDC Leg_007_011FA Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-37 Blank Page Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-38 11 DUPLEX PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J 420 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SG SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG +5VDC DUPLEX START DUPLEX READY FUSER EXIT SENSOR 10 11 12 PRE REGI CLUTCH RXD TXD 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 P/J 443 12 J 607 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 P607 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 10 11 12 PWBA DUP-L PL13.4.13 P/J 443 13 14 15 PULL UP +5VDC SG LOW PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC P/J 123 3 2 1 SENSOR LOW PASS PL13.3.11 P/J 444 1 2 SG DOOR SW OPENED (H) +5VDC P/J 122 2 1 SWITCH-DUP DOOR PL13.3.7 3 4 PULL (L) +24VDC I/L +24VDC 5 PUSH (L) +24VDC P/J 611 3 2 1 2 1 3 SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7 1 PWBA DUP-L PL13.4.13 6 7 8 PULL UP +5VDC SG UPPER PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC P/J 124 3 2 1 SENSOR UPPER PASS PL13.2.10 9 10 I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC 11 12 13 DUP UPPER A DUP UPPER B DUP UPPER XA P/J 612 6 5 1 2 4 3 2 3 4 5 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18 14 DUP UPPER XB 1 6 M P/J 442 1 2 I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC 3 4 5 DUP LOWER A DUP LOWER B DUP LOWER XA MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14 6 DUP LOWER XB M INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC +5VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC Leg_Sec007_012FB Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7-39 Signal Wire Name Remarks DUPLEX START DUPLEX READY FUSER EXIT SENSOR PRE REGI CLUTCH TXD RXD PWBA DUP control signal. LOW PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC Signal for detection of paper at the Transport section by Sensor Photo (Low Pass Sensor). DOOR SW OPENED (H)+5VDC Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Cover Dup by the Duplex Door Switch. GATE SOL PULL ON (L)+24VDC Signal for Gate Solenoid Pull (for use during 1-Sided Print). GATE SOL PUSH ON (L)+24VDC Signal for Gate Solenoid Push (for use during 2-Sided Print). UPPER PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC Signal for detection of paper at the Invert section by Sensor Photo (Upper Pass Sensor). DUP UPPER A, XA, B, XB Upper Roll Motor excitation signal. DUP LOWER A, XA, B, XB Lower Roll Motor excitation signal. Chapter 8 Accessories Chapter 8 Accessories Table of Contents 8-1 Table of Contents 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide ................................................................. 8-2 8.1.1 Checking the Packaged Items................................................................................................ 8-2 8.1.2 Installation Procedure............................................................................................................. 8-3 8.1.2.1 Removing the Tray Module from the Printer ................................................................ 8-3 8.1.2.2 Connecting Tray Modules ............................................................................................ 8-5 8.1.2.3 Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules ................................................................. 8-6 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide................................................................................... 8-8 8.2.1 Checking the Packaged Items................................................................................................ 8-8 8.2.2 Installation Procedure............................................................................................................. 8-8 Chapter 8 Accessories 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8-2 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide This guide explains how to install the 250 Sheet Feeder or the 500 Sheet Feeder. To ensure safe operation, be sure to read the Safety Notes section of the manual bundled with the printer. CAUTION Switch OFF the machine before connecting the interface cable or optional product. Connecting the cable or optional product with a live machine can cause electric shock. When lifting the machine, one facing the front of the machine (Control Panel) and the other facing the back, should firmly grip the recessed areas on the bottom part of both sides of the machine. Never try to lift the machine by gripping any other areas. Lifting the machine by gripping any other areas can cause the machine to fall and result in injuries. 8.1.1 Checking the Packaged Items The following items can be found inside the packaging box. If there are any missing items, contact our Customer Support Center or your dealers. Tray module and paper tray 2 screws (only 500 Sheet Feeder) Label G, H (only for 500 Sheet Feeder) This guide (This illustration shows the 250 Sheet Feeder.) Tray module Paper tray (These screws are not used when installing only one tray module.) Chapter 8 Accessories 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8-3 8.1.2 Installation Procedure The 250 Sheet Feeder and 500 Sheet Feeder can be installed to the printer in the following configurations. The installation procedures differ depending on the configurations. Follow the procedure for your tray configuration. 8.1.2.1 Removing the Tray Module from the Printer 1) Press the power switch on the left side of the printer to the [O] position to switch OFF the power. Next, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and the printer. 2) Remove the paper tray from the tray module that is already installed to the printer. 3) Loosen the 2 fixing screws located on the upper surface inside the tray module by turning them in the directions shown by the arrows. IMPORTANT Be sure to loosen both the fixing screws. If the printer is lifted up while only one fixing screw is loosened, the tray module may fall and cause injury. When installing one 250 Sheet Feeder When installing one 500 Sheet Feeder When installing the 250 Sheet Feeder in the upper position and the 500 Sheet Feeder in the lower position "Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules"(P.6) "Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules"(P.6) When one tray module has already been installed - "Removing the Tray Module from the Printer"(P.3) When installing two tray modules at the same time - "Connecting Tray Modules"(P.5) 250 500 500 250 Chapter 8 Accessories 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8-4 4) Remove the printer from the tray module by holding the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the printer. IMPORTANT The rear side of this printer is heavier than the front. Take note of this difference in weight when moving the printer. To lift the printer, face the front and back of the printer and grip the recessed areas at the bottom left and right with both hands. 5) In the case of removing the tray module of the 500 Sheet Feeder, reinsert the paper tray into the tray module, and then proceed to the next section. In case of removing the tray module of the 250 Sheet Feeder, leave the paper tray removed from the tray module, and then proceed to the Step 2 of the next section. Chapter 8 Accessories 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8-5 8.1.2.2 Connecting Tray Modules 1) Remove the paper tray from the upper tray module of the 250 Sheet Feeder. 2) Align the corners of the top and bottom tray modules, lower the top tray module so that the three guide pins on the bottom tray module enter the holes on the bottom of the top tray module. IMPORTANT The tray module must be lowered gently. Otherwise, the interior parts may be damaged. 3) Tighten the two screws, which were included in the packaging, until they are secure. Then, proceed to Step 2 of the next section. Chapter 8 Accessories 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8-6 8.1.2.3 Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules NOTE Although the following illustrations are for the case of installing two tray modules, the procedure to install one tray module is the same as below. 1) Remove the paper tray from the tray module. 2) Press the power switch on the left side of the printer to the [O] position to switch OFF the power. Next, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and the printer. 3) Lift the printer by holding the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the printer and align the three guide pins on the tray module with the holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower the printer onto the tray module. IMPORTANT The rear side of this printer is heavier than the front. Take note of this difference in weight when moving the printer. To lift the printer, face the front and back of the printer and grip the recessed areas at the bottom left and right with both hands. The printer must be lowered gently. Otherwise, the interior parts may be damaged. 4) Tighten the 2 fixing screws located on the upper surface inside the tray module by turning them in the directions shown by the arrows, while pushing upward. 5) Insert the paper tray completely into the tray module. Chapter 8 Accessories 8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8-7 6) When installing the 500 Sheet Feeder, put the labels, which were included in the packaging, on the feed cover at the back of the tray module. IMPORTANT When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed directly under the printer, use the "G" label. When it is under the 250 Sheet Feeder, use the "H" label. 7) Connect the power cord. Press the power switch of this printer to the [ | ] position to switch ON the power. Installation of the 250/500 Sheet Feeder is now completed. For details on how to load paper into the paper tray, refer to the manual bundled with the printer. NOTE You can check if the 250/500 Sheet Feeder is installed correctly by printing the [Printer Settings]. For details on how to print the list, refer to the manual bundled with the printer. After installing the 250/500 Sheet Feeder, update the options configuration of the printer on the [Options] tab of the [Properties] dialog box. For details, refer to the Online Help for the print driver. Chapter 8 Accessories 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide 8-8 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide This guide explains how to install the Duplex Unit. To ensure safe operation, be sure to read the Safety Notes section of the manual bundled with the printer. CAUTION Switch OFF the machine before connecting the interface cable or optional product. Connecting the cable or optional product with a live machine can cause electric shock. 8.2.1 Checking the Packaged Items The following items can be found inside the packaging box. If there are any missing items, contact our Customer Support Center or your dealers. 8.2.2 Installation Procedure 1) Press the power switch on the left side of the printer to the [O] position to switch OFF the power. Next, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and the printer. 2) Open the cover E. Insert and push your fingers into the round holes on both sides of the cover E, then remove only the outside cover by sliding the cover up slightly. Unit D Connector cover Label This guide Chapter 8 Accessories 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide 8-9 3) Close the cover E. 4) Open the cover A. To remove the cover A, push in the cover A while pulling out on the left side of the printer cover. 5) Insert the hooks on the unit D into the grooves on the back side of the printer. IMPORTANT The unit D must be supported until the support straps have been fastened in Step 7. 6) Attach the straps to both sides of the printer with the screw. Chapter 8 Accessories 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide 8-10 7) Close the unit D. Tighten the screws at the bottom left and right. 8) Open the unit D. Remove the connector cover, and then connect the connector at the bottom left of the unit D to the printer. NOTE Keep the original cover somewhere safe. 9) Attach the connector cover provided with this product. 10) Close the unit D. 11) Put the label provided with this product in the position as shown in the diagram. Chapter 8 Accessories 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide 8-11 12) Connect the power cord. Press the power switch of this printer to the [ | ] position to switch ON the power. Installation of the duplex unit is now completed. NOTE You can check if the Duplex Unit is installed correctly by printing the [Printer Settings]. For details on how to print the list, refer to the manual bundled with the printer. After installing the Duplex Unit, update the options configuration of the printer on the [Options] tab of the [Properties] dialog box. For details, refer to the Online Help for the print driver. Chapter 10 Machine Overview Chapter 10 Machine Overview Table of Contents 10-1 Table of Contents 10.1 Print Process........................................................................................................... 10-2 10.1.1 Print Process Overview........................................................................................................ 10-2 10.1.2 Print Process Schematic ...................................................................................................... 10-3 10.1.3 Print Process Technical Description..................................................................................... 10-4 10.1.3.1 Electrical charge.......................................................................................................... 10-4 10.1.3.2 Exposure ..................................................................................................................... 10-5 10.1.3.3 Development ............................................................................................................... 10-7 10.1.3.4 Primary transfer (Drum to Belt) ................................................................................. 10-10 10.1.3.5 Cleaning (Drum) ........................................................................................................ 10-11 10.1.3.6 Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation) ......................................................... 10-11 10.1.3.7 Secondary transfer (Belt to paper) ............................................................................ 10-13 10.1.3.8 Discharge .................................................................................................................. 10-15 10.1.3.9 Cleaning .................................................................................................................... 10-15 10.1.3.10 Fusing........................................................................................................................ 10-16 10.2 Print Data Flow ..................................................................................................... 10-17 10.2.1 Data Flow ........................................................................................................................... 10-17 10.3 Drive Channels ..................................................................................................... 10-18 10.3.1 DRIVE ASSY FEED ........................................................................................................... 10-18 10.3.2 MOTOR ASSY P/R, DRIVE ASSY PRO............................................................................ 10-19 10.3.3 MOTOR ASSY MAG, MOTOR ASSY ROT........................................................................ 10-20 10.3.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP........................................................................................................... 10-21 10.3.5 MOTOR ASSY FSR ........................................................................................................... 10-22 10.3.6 MOTOR-PH........................................................................................................................ 10-23 10.4 Paper Feed ........................................................................................................... 10-24 10.4.1 MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter)................................................................................................... 10-25 10.4.1.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-25 10.4.2 Registration & FUSER........................................................................................................ 10-27 10.4.2.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-27 10.4.2.2 Paper Lead Edge Adjustment ................................................................................... 10-29 10.4.3 500 Paper Feeder............................................................................................................... 10-30 10.4.3.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-30 10.4.4 Duplex ................................................................................................................................ 10-33 10.4.4.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-33 10.5 Xerographic........................................................................................................... 10-34 10.5.1 Component Functions ........................................................................................................ 10-35 10.5.1.1 ROS ASSY................................................................................................................ 10-35 10.5.1.2 XERO CRU ............................................................................................................... 10-36 10.5.1.3 Development ............................................................................................................. 10-39 10.5.1.4 2nd BTR .................................................................................................................... 10-41 10.5.1.5 FUSER ASSY............................................................................................................ 10-42 10.5.2 Process Control .................................................................................................................. 10-43 10.6 Electrical ............................................................................................................... 10-46 10.6.1 Primary Operations............................................................................................................. 10-46 10.7 Operation Modes .................................................................................................. 10-48 Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-2 10.1 Print Process 10.1.1 Print Process Overview This machine is a "full-color laser printer", which makes use of the electrophotographic recording method principles. The machine has 4 toners: "Yellow, Magenta, Cyan and Black (Y, M, C, K)" and a Drum that develops toner images. The toner image for each color is developed on the Drum and transferred to the Belt (intermediate transfer unit). Superposing the color images on the Belt realizes full-color printing. This machine's print process consists of the following basic steps: (1) Electrical charge: Charges the Drum surface with electrical charges. (2) Exposure: Exposes the image part with laser beams. (3) Development: Develops the image part with toners. (4) Primary transfer: Transfers the toner image on the Drum to the Belt. (5) Cleaning: Cleans the Drum. (6) Repetition: Repeats steps (1) to (5) for each toner in full-color mode. (7) Secondary transfer: Transfers the toner image on the Belt to paper. (8) Discharge: Removes the electrical charge on the paper. (9) Cleaning: Cleans the Belt. (10) Fusing: Fuses the toners on the paper with heat and pressure. Leg_Sec06_001FA Drum Paper 1Charge 2Exposure 3Development 41st transfer (drum to belt) 6Repeating 6Forming complete toner image 72nd transfer (belt to paper) 5Cleaning 9Cleaning 8Neutralization Fixing Belt (Intermediate transfer Belt) Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-3 10.1.2 Print Process Schematic The print process schematic is shown below. Leg_Sec06_002EB IBT BELT ASSY(Belt) [41st transfer (drum to belt)] [6Repeating (forming complete toner image)] [72nd transfer (belt to paper)] Cleaning Brush [9Cleaning (Belt)] Cleaning Roll [9Cleaning (Belt)] Cleaning Sheet [9Cleaning (Belt)] ROTARY FRAME ASSY Toner Cartridge Developer Assy [3Development] BELT CLEANER ASSY BCR [1Charge] ROS ASSY [2Exposure] 1ST BTR [41st transfer (drum to belt)] HEAT ROLL [Fixing] BACK UP ROLL [72nd transfer (belt to paper)] Detack Saw [8Neutralization] 2ND BTR [72nd transfer (belt to paper)] Drum Cleaning Blade [5Cleaning (drum)] : Laser beam : Paper feed PRESSURE ROLL [Fixing] Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-4 10.1.3 Print Process Technical Description 10.1.3.1 Electrical charge In the "electrical charge" process, the BCR (Bias Charge Roll) evenly distributes a negative electrical charge on the surface of the Drum that rotates at a fixed speed. - The BCR is always in contact with the Drum and driven by the Drum rotation. The BCR is a conductive roll that discharges the negative voltage with added AC voltage applied to it from the HVPS to the Drum surface. The Drum surface is evenly charged with negative electricity by DC bias voltage. - The Drum surface is photoconductive (becomes a nonconductor when it is in a dark place and a conductor when it receives light) and is internally composed of a conductor (aluminum cylinder). HVPS BCR Leg_Sec06_005FA : Negative charge : Positive charge Drum Photoconductor Conductor Leg_Sec06_006FA Drum surface -V 0 Leg_Sec06_007FA Potential on drum surface Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-5 10.1.3.2 Exposure In the "exposure" process, the negatively charged Drum surface is scanned with laser light to form an invisible electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface. - The laser light is emitted from the laser diode in the ROS ASSY to scan the Drum surface thoroughly from end to end with the polygon mirror, fixed mirrors and lenses of the Scanner Assy in the ROS ASSY. The laser diode emits one beam of laser light. Leg_Sec06_008FA Drum Mirror Lens COL Lens CYL Lens L1 Polygon Mirror PWBA SOS SOS Sensor Scanner Assy PWBA LD Mirror SOS Window Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-6 - Emission of the laser light is triggered by the print data (image data) from the printer controller. Laser light is output only when the print data is composed of pixels (small dots forming a text, image, etc). (The laser diodes for the parts that will be developed with toners are lit up, while the diodes for the parts that will not be developed are lit off.) The Drum surface exposed to the laser light becomes a conductor, in which negative electric charges flows towards positive side on the Drum and counteract with positive electric charges, resulting in potential drop on the Drum surface. This lower potential parts forms an electrostatic latent image. ROS ASSY Leg_Sec06_009FA Photoconductor Conductor Drum (Laser beam) : Negative charge : Positive charge Leg_Sec06_010FA <Concept of drum> Laser beam Photoconductor Conductor Electrostatic latent image Leg_Sec06_011FA Drum surface (Laser beam) Electrostatic latent image -V 0 Leg_Sec06_012FA Potential on drum surface (Laser beam) Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-7 10.1.3.3 Development In the "development" process, the electrically charged toners adhere to the electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface to form a visible image on it. - This machine employs the "rotary development method", which performs development by rotating 4 developers (Developer Assy) sequentially, and the "trickle development method", which uses 2-element (carrier and toner) developer. The developer in the Developer Assy is beat with a spiral stirrer called Auger and supplied to the Magnet Roll, which is placed in neighborhood on the Drum surface. Beating generates frictional electric charges (toner becomes negative and carrier becomes positive) and they magnetize each other and fuse. Since the carrier is a magnetic substance, it is magnetized by the Magnet Roll and forms even layers through the Trimmer Blade. Negative voltage with added AC voltage from the HVPS has been applied onto the Magnet Roll. Since the potential of the electrostatic latent image that has been formed on the Drum by exposure is relatively positive, the negatively charged toners on the Magnet Roll are magnetized to form a toner image. Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-8 HVPS Toner Cartridge Magnet Roll Drum Trimmer Blade Auger Developer Assy Leg_Sec06_013FA : Negative charge : Positive charge : Toner : Carrier Leg_Sec06_014FA Drum surface Toner image -V 0 Leg_Sec06_015FA Potential on drum surface Developer bias Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-9 - As the number of printed sheets increases, more toners in the developer are consumed. To keep appropriate development density, the equivalent amount of toner to the one consumed must be filled from the Toner Cartridge to the Developer Assy. This filling is called "toner dispense". Dispensing of toner is carried out by using two kinds of controls ("PCDC" and "ADC"). - To create a full-color image using 4 color toners, toner images for Y, M, C and K must be formed on the Drum sequentially. This machine has 4 Developer Assy, which are placed at 90-degree intervals on a circle. By rotating the Rotary Frame Assy, the Developer Assy for each color is opposed to the Drum to form a toner image for the color. This is called "Rotary Development Method". - The carrier's electrostatic charge characteristic will deteriorate due to toner contamination on the surface or surface damage by beating. To maintain the electrostatic charge, a small amount of carrier is mixed in toner of a Toner Cartridge. While the toner and carrier is supplied at toner dispense, the deteriorated carrier in the Developer Assy is collected in a separate compartment in the Toner Cartridge. This is called "Trickle Development Method". The trickle development is performed by using the Rotary Frame Assy rotation at rotary development. The trickle development mechanism is shown below. (1) A pipe is inserted in the carrier in the Developer Assy. (2) A small amount of carrier enters the pipe hole. (3) The carrier is taken up and moved inside the pipe. (4) The carrier is collected in the Toner Cartridge. Developer Assy C Toner Cartridge C Toner Cartridge BK Toner Cartridge M Toner Cartridge Y Developer Assy BK Developer Assy M Developer Assy Y Drum Rotary Frame Assy Leg_Sec06_016FA Rotary Frame Assy L shaped pipe Drum Leg_Sec06_017FA Toner Cartridge Separate chamber for collecting carrier Leg_Sec06_018FA Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-10 10.1.3.4 Primary transfer (Drum to Belt) In the "primary transfer" process, the toner images formed on the Drum surface are transferred onto the Belt surface in the XERO CRU by the 1st BTR (First Bias Transfer Roll). - The 1st BTR is a conductive roll and has positive charge from the HVPS. The 1st BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and supplies positive electricity on the side. The toner images on the Drum surface that have been negatively charged are magnetized by the positive electricity on the rear side of the Belt and transferred from the Drum to the Belt. HVPS 1ST BTR Drum : Negative charge : Positive charge : Toner Belt Leg_Sec06_019FA -V 0 Leg_Sec06_020FA Potential on drum surface Leg_Sec06_021FA Drum surface Un-transferred toner Leg_Sec06_022FA Belt surface Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-11 10.1.3.5 Cleaning (Drum) In the "Cleaning (Drum)" process, unnecessary toner is removed from the Drum surface. - Cleaning a Drum The toner that was not transferred to the Belt in the "primary transfer" process remains on the Drum surface. Since the remaining toner on the Drum surface becomes an obstacle for the subsequent processes, the Cleaning Blade that is in contact with the Drum sweeps off the remaining toner and collects it in the Cleaner Box. 10.1.3.6 Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation) In the "Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation)" process, the toner images for each color that have formed on the Drum surface are transferred to the Belt sequentially, forming a complete toner image that is composed of 4 colors on the Belt surface. Cleaning Blade Drum Leg_Sec06_023FA : Negative charge : Positive charge : Toner Leg_Sec06_024FA : Black toner : Cyan toner : Magenta toner : Yellow toner 1ST BTR Belt Drum Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-12 Leg_Sec06_025FA Drum surface (Yellow toner image) Drum surface (Magenta toner image) Belt surface Yellow toner image Magenta toner image Cyan toner image Black toner image Drum surface (Cyan toner image) Drum surface (Black toner image) Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-13 10.1.3.7 Secondary transfer (Belt to paper) In the "secondary transfer" process, the toner image formed on the Belt surface is transferred onto paper by the 2nd BTR (Second Bias Transfer Roll). - The 2nd BTR gets in contact with paper only during paper transfer so that it will not damage the toner image forming on the Belt surface. In normal situations, the 2nd BTR is in the Home position, which is detected by the SENSOR RETRACT 2BTR. To get in contact with the paper, it is driven and moved by the MOT ASSY MICRO. 2ND BTR ASSY SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT MOT ASSY MICRO Leg_Sec06_026FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-14 - The 2nd BTR is a conductive roll which is in contact with the back of the toner transfer paper. It has positive charge from the HVPS. The Back Up Roll, which is placed opposite the 2nd BTR, is grounded to the frame ground by using a conductive roll. The 2nd BTR positioned at the back of the paper charges the paper positively so that the negatively charged toner images can be transferred from the Belt surface to the paper. HVPS 2nd BTR Back Up Roll Belt Paper Leg_Sec06_027FA HVPS 2nd BTR Detack Saw Back Up Roll Belt Leg_Sec06_028FA : Negative charge : Positive charge : Toner Paper Leg_Sec06_029FA Belt surface Residual toner Leg_Sec06_030FA Paper surface Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-15 10.1.3.8 Discharge In the "Discharge" process, the electrical charge on the paper is neutralized/removed by the Detack Saw (discharge plate). - The Detack Saw is in contact with the back of paper. The electrical charge from "the secondary transfer" makes the toners scatter to neighboring metals. Therefore, the electricity must be neutralized/removed. 10.1.3.9 Cleaning In the "Cleaning (Belt)" process, the remaining toner is removed after toner images have been transferred to paper. - The Belt Cleaner gets in contact with the Belt only during the cleaning so that it will not damage the toner images forming on the Belt surface. It is driven by the IBT Retract Motor when getting in contact. - The remaining toner on the Belt surface is absorbed by the Cleaning Roll. After that, it is absorbed by a cleaning brush and collected in the Cleaner Box. Belt Cleaner Assy Cleaning Blade : Toner Cleaning Brush Belt Leg_Sec06_031FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.1 Print Process 10-16 10.1.3.10 Fusing In the "Fusing" process, the toners are fused on the paper using heat and pressure. - The Fuser Assy does not have a Pressure Roll and has a Fuser Belt instead. The Heat Roll is rotated by the MOT ASSY FSR drive and the Fuser Belt starts operation by following the friction. The inside of the Fuser Belt is as shown in the figure below. The pressure system in the Belt nips the Belt and Heat Roll. - In the Fuser Assy, toners are melted in the Heat Roll by heat from the Heater Lamp. And the pressure for nipping the Heat Roll and Fuser Belt makes the toners fuse on paper. Heat Roll Fuser Belt Nip Area Paper Leg_Sec06_032FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.2 Print Data Flow 10-17 10.2 Print Data Flow 10.2.1 Data Flow The print data (electric signals) from the Printer Controller goes through the following flow before becoming a print image. REFERENCE Forming a 2-dimensional Print Image According to the electric signals from the Printer Controller (VIDEO signals: representing image data using high and low voltages), scanning an image while turning ON/OFF the laser light creates a dot image for one line. By doing the above scan for a whole image, a complete monochromatic image (2-dimensional dot image) is created. To create a full-color image, this 2-dimensional dot image must be created respectively for 4 colors. The resolution is calculated as follows: Fast scan direction: number of dots/inch Slow scan direction: number of scan lines/inch Leg_Sec06_033FB Host (electric signal) Printer controller (electric signal) ROS ASSY (laser beam) Toner image on paper Printed image on paper Toner image on drum (toner image) Electrostatic latent image on drum (invisible image) Toner image on belt (intermediate transfer belt) Leg_Sec06_034FA Paper feeding direction Number of dots/inch Number of scanning lines/inch Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.3 Drive Channels 10-18 10.3 Drive Channels 10.3.1 DRIVE ASSY FEED The DRIVE ASSY FEED rotation is transmitted through the following flow: DRIVE ASSY FEED CLUTCH ASSY FEED ROLL ASSY TURN 500 GEAR FEED ROLL ASSY FEED 500 500 FEEDER ASSY Leg_Sec06_035EB DRIVE ASSY FEED GEAR FEED CLUTCH ASSY FEED FRONT Leg_Sec06_042EB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.3 Drive Channels 10-19 10.3.2 MOTOR ASSY P/R, DRIVE ASSY PRO The MOTOR ASSY P/R and DRIVE ASSY PRO rotations are transmitted through the following flow: DRIVE ASSY PRO MOT ASSY P/R FLANGE GEAR INPUT GEAR BRUSH 22/30 CAM ASSY DRUM GEAR BRUSH 32 GEAR DRIVE BRUSH XERO CRU ROLL ASSY BRUSH IBT GEAR-19 CAM ASSY-IBT CL GEAR IDLE 26/40 GEAR DTR 23 ROLL DTN Leg_Sec06_036EB MOT ASSY P/R DRIVE ASSY PRO GEAR-19 GEAR INPUT GEAR BRUSH 32 GEAR IDLE 26/40 GEAR DTR 23 GEAR DRIVE BRUSH GEAR BRUSH 22/30 IBT ASSY FRONT Leg_Sec06_045EC Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.3 Drive Channels 10-20 10.3.3 MOTOR ASSY MAG, MOTOR ASSY ROT The MOTOR ASSY MAG and MOTOR ASSY ROT rotations are transmitted through the following flow: MOT ASSY MAG MOT ASSY ROT GEAR IDLE DISP GEAR AUGER DISPENCE INPUT GEAR HOUSING ASSY-DEVE DEVE ASSY AUGER DISPENCE GEAR AUGER ADMIX GEAR MAG ROLL MAG GEAR IDLE GEAR AUGER SUPPLY FRAM ASSY-ROTARY AUGER SUPPLY AUGER ADMIX Leg_Sec06_037FB TNR CRU (TONER CARTRIDGE) GEAR AGITATOR AGITATOR INPUT GEAR(K) INPUT GEAR(Y) INPUT GEAR(M) INPUT GEAR(C) MOT ASSY MAG MOT ASSY ROT FRAM ASSY-ROTARY GEAR IDLE DISP(K) GEAR IDLE DISP(C) GEAR IDLE DISP(Y) GEAR IDLE DISP(M) FRONT Leg_Sec06_044FC Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.3 Drive Channels 10-21 10.3.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP The MOTOR ASSY DUP rotation is transmitted through the following flow: MOTOR ASSY DUP MOTOR ASSY DUP INV GEAR 40/42 GEAR 36 GEAR 48H GEAR 40/42 TRANSPORT ASSY DUP INVERTER ASSY DUP GEAR 36 GEAR 36 GEAR 30 OW GEAR 36 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT GEAR 30 ROLLER ASSY DUP GEAR 48H GEAR 20/21H GEAR 36 GEAR 30 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER Leg_Sec06_038FB GEAR 30 GEAR 30 GEAR 36 GEAR 20/21H GEAR 48H MOTOR ASSY DUP INV INVERTER ASSY DUP TRANSPORT ASSY DUP GEAR 36 GEAR 36 GEAR 40/42 GEAR 48H MOTOR ASSY DUP GEAR 40/42 GEAR 36 GEAR 36 GEAR 30 OW FRONT Leg_Sec06_041FC Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.3 Drive Channels 10-22 10.3.5 MOTOR ASSY FSR The MOTOR ASSY FSR rotation is transmitted through the following flow: MOTOR ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor) GEAR-IDLER EXIT GEAR EXIT GEAR HR ROLL ASSY FUSER FUSER ASSY TRANSFER ASSY EXIT ROLLER BELT ASSY GEAR 2ND GEAR-IDLER GEAR-27 2ND BTR ASSY MOT ASSY MICRO DRIVE ASSY BTR GEAR-28 CAM ASSY-2ND Leg_Sec06_039EB GEAR EXIT GEAR-IDLER EXIT GEAR-IDLER GEAR-27 GEAR 2ND FUSER ASSY DRIVE ASSY BTR TRANSFER ASSY 2ND BTR ASSY MOTOR ASSY FSR BELT ASSY ROLL ASSY FUSER GEAR HR GEAR-28 MOT ASSY MICRO FRONT Leg_Sec06_043EC Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.3 Drive Channels 10-23 10.3.6 MOTOR-PH The MOTOR -PH rotation is transmitted through the following flow: GEAR 43 CLUTCH ASSY REGI GEAR 43 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI PH ASSY MSI ROLL REGI METAL ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI ROLL REGI RUBBER GEAR 28/40 MOTOR-PH GEAR 21/104 GEAR PICK UP ROLL ASSY MSI HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI Leg_Sec06_040EB GEAR 21/104 MOTOR -PH GEAR 28/40 GEAR PICK UP HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI MSI PH ASSY CLUTCH ASSY REGI CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI GEAR 43 GEAR 43 FRONT Leg_Sec06_046EC Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-24 10.4 Paper Feed The following illustration describes the main functional parts for paper feed. They are separated in the following blocks according to the basic configuration. - MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter) - Registration & FUSER - 500 Paper Feeder - Duplex (Option) Leg_Sec06_004EC SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) Fuser Exit Sensor (FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)) Registration & Fuser Duplex SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) MSI 500 Paper Feeder ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) PAPER FEED Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-25 10.4.1 MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter) 10.4.1.1 Primary Operations - GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12)/GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) The GUIDE SIDE L/GUIDE ASSY SIDE R move vertically against the paper feed direction to align paper widths. - SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) The SOLENOID PICK UP controls the GEAR PICK UP rotation. When the Solenoid is excited, the GEAR PICK UP is unlocked and the MOTOR-PH drives to rotate the ROLL MSI. ROLL MSI SOLENOID PICK UP SENSOR PAPER EMPTY GUIDE ASSY SIDE R GUIDE SIDE L PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI Leg_06_047FA ROLL MSI SOLENOID PICK UP Leg_Sec06_048FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-26 - PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) In normal situations, the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI is pressed down by the Cam, which is attached to the shaft. When paper is fed, the shaft rotates and removes the pressure from the Cam. Then, the paper is pressed on the ROLL MSI by spring pressure. - ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) The paper that has been pressed by the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI is fed by frictional force from the ROLL MSI. - SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) The SENSOR PAPER EMPTY detects whether or not paper is loaded. When no paper is loaded, the Actuator empty weight blocks a sensor, which enables it to detect no paper status. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) ROLL MSI Cam Cam Leg_Sec06_049FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-27 10.4.2 Registration & FUSER 10.4.2.1 Primary Operations - CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) Drive from the MOTOR-PH is transmitted to the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to feed paper to the Regi part. - SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) This is a reflective sensor that detects whether paper is a plain paper or transparency. When the light emitted from the emission part of the sensor is reflected on the paper and the sensor receiver detected it, the paper is considered as a plain paper. - SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) This detects that paper leading edge has reached the Regi Assy. (No Paper: Light Received By Sensor) Since this unit does not have a switch for paper size detection, it only detects the paper length by using the SENSOR REGI during paper feed. If the print data and paper size do not match, an error is sent to the Controller. - CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) Drive from the MOTOR-PH is transmitted to the ROLL-REGI METAL to feed paper to the Transfer part. - MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) This is a DC motor that drives the Rolls in the MSI and REGI. - SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) This is a reflective sensor that detects the paper after toner image transfer has been fed just before the Fuser. SENSOR REGI Fuser Exit Sensor SENSOR FUSER IN FUSER ASSY SENSOR OHP MOTOR-PH CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY REGI Leg_06_050FA Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-28 - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) This fuses the complete toner images that have been transferred by the 2nd BTR on paper. It also feeds the paper before/after fusing. - Fuser Exit Sensor (In FUSER ASSY) This detects that paper has been output from the Fuser. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-29 10.4.2.2 Paper Lead Edge Adjustment When this is loaded in a tray or cassette and it feeds paper to the toner transfer part, images may not be transferred on a proper location. Therefore, paper lead edge needs alignment using the "Roll Loop" method at the Regi part. With the "Roll Loop" method, paper enters a loop by aligning the paper that has passed through the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the stopped ROLL-REGI METAL. Rotating the ROLL-REGI METAL in the loop aligns the paper lead edges before it is output from the ROLL-REGI METAL. ROLL-REGI METAL ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI Leg_Sec06_051FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-30 10.4.3 500 Paper Feeder 10.4.3.1 Primary Operations - Connector (HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 (PL14.3.14)) This is used for communications with and power supply to the machine. - PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) This controls the Motor, Sensor, etc. in the 500 Paper Feeder. - 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) The 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY capacity is only 500 sheets (optional). Leg_Sec06_052EB 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 GUIDE END ASSY MOTOR ASSY FEEDER SWITCH FEEDER DOOR SOLENOID FEED ROLL ASSY TURN 500 SENSOR T/R HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 SENSOR NO PAPER PWBA TRAY 500 PWBA MOT Leg_Sec06_053EB Connection Connector Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-31 - GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4)/GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) The GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500/GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 move vertically against the paper feed direction to align paper widths. - GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) The GUIDE END ASSY moves in parallel to the paper feed direction to align paper widths. - SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) This controls rotation of the Feed Gear. When the Solenoid is turned ON, the Feed Gear is unlocked and the Feed Roll starts rotating. The SOLENOID FEED controls the paper feed timing by repeatedly turning ON/OFF for each sheet. - PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) The PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is locked at the Bottom side when the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is pulled out from the 500 Paper Feeder. When the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is inserted in the 500 Paper Feeder, the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is unlocked and presses paper on the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 using spring pressure. - MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9) The MOTOR ASSY FEEDER drives the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 and ROLL ASSY TURN 500. - ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) The paper that has been pressed by the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is fed by frictional force from the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. When 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is pulled out, the nip with HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 is released. - ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) This transfers the paper that has been fed by the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 to the Regi part. - SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) This detects that paper has been transferred from the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) - SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) The SENSOR NO PAPER detects whether or not paper is loaded. When no paper is loaded, the Actuator empty weight blocks a sensor, which enables it to detect no paper status. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) - SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) The SWITCH FEEDER DOOR detects the opening/closing of the Tray door. SOLENOID FEED ROLL ASSY FEED 500 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 Leg_Sec06_054FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-32 - LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) This secures the 500 Paper Feeder to the machine by rotating the right and left levers. Leg_06_071FA LOCK MC TO FDR Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.4 Paper Feed 10-33 10.4.4 Duplex 10.4.4.1 Primary Operations - SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) The SWITCH-DUP DOOR detects the opening/closing of the Duplex door. - SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7) The SOLENOID ASSY DUP switches the gate in the Fuser. When the SOLENOID ASSY DUP is turned ON, the Actuator pushes up the gate to feed paper to the Invert part. - MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) The MOTOR ASSY DUP INV drives the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER to feed paper to the Transport part. When the paper from the Fuser is output halfway to the Catch Tray, the Motor reverses rotation to feed the paper to the Transport part. - SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) The SENSOR UPPER PASS detects that paper has been fed to the Invert part of the Duplex. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) - MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) The MOTOR ASSY DUP drives the ROLLER ASSY DUP and ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT to feed paper in the Transport part. - SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) The SENSOR LOW PASS detects that paper has been fed in the Transport part. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) - PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) This controls the Motor, Sensor, etc. in the Duplex. SOLENOID ASSY DUP ROLLER ASSY INVERTER MOTOR ASSY DUP INV SWITCH-DUP DOOR PWBA DUP-L MOTOR ASSY DUP SENSOR LOW PASS ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT ROLLER ASSY DUP SENSOR UPPER PASS Leg_Sec06_055FB Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-34 10.5 Xerographic The following describes the main functions of the Xerographic parts and how to control them (process control). The Xerographic is composed of the following blocks according to the function. - ROS ASSY - XERO CRU - Development - 2nd BTR - FUSER ROS ASSY Development XERO CRU Second BTR FUSER Leg_Sec06_003EB : Laser beam : Paper feed Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-35 10.5.1 Component Functions 10.5.1.1 ROS ASSY - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - The ROS ASSY (Raster Output Scanner Assembly) is an exposure device that outputs laser light to form the electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface. (The ROS ASSY is referred to as "ROS" hereinafter) The ROS is composed of the following main components. - The PWBA LD (Laser Diode) converts the image data of input electric signals to blinking laser light. To stabilize laser light amount when the electrostatic latent image is formed, the PWBA LD always monitors and controls the laser light amount. This is called "APC (Auto Power Control)". - The Scanner Assy contains the polygon mirror that is attached to the Scanner Motor that rotates at a fixed speed and Motor rotation axis. The polygon mirror is exposed to the laser light output from the PWBA LD. The polygon mirror has a six-face reflective mirror. By rotating the Scanner Motor, the reflection angle of laser light is changed. This reflection angle change enables scanning of laser light in the Drum axis direction. One mirror face can scan one line. - The laser light reflected from the polygon mirror reaches the Drum surface via a lens, mirror and window. The lens corrects aberration, the mirror ensures the correct light path, and the window prevents foreign substances from entering the interior of the ROS. - The SOS Sensor on the PWBA SOS (Start of Scan) converts incoming laser light to electric signals as scan start reference and sends it to the PWBA MCU. The signals from the SOS Sensor are used to match the start timing of laser light scan and the timing of image drawing. Leg_Sec06_008FA Drum Mirror Lens COL Lens CYL Lens L1 Polygon Mirror PWBA SOS SOS Sensor Scanner Assy PWBA LD Mirror SOS Window Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-36 10.5.1.2 XERO CRU - The XERO CRU is composed of the Belt, Belt Cleaner, Drum, Drum Cleaner, 1st BTR and Toner Waste Box for each Cleaner. For the XERO CRU, the ANTENNA ASSY, SENSOR TR-0, SENSOR ASSY ADC, SENSOR IBT RETRACT, SENSOR HUM & TEMP, MOT ASSY P/R, IBT Brush Motor and IBT Cleaner Retract Motor are attached in the unit. - XERO CRU (IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)) - The Belt forms a complete toner image by superposing 4 color images, each of which has been transferred from the 1st BTR to the IBT Belt. After forming the complete 4-color toner image, the image is transferred onto paper by using the positive electricity arisen from the 2nd BTR (secondary transfer). - The remaining toner on the Belt surface is collected by the Cleaning Blade in the Belt Cleaner in the Waste Toner Box. - The Drum surface is photoconductive (becomes a nonconductor when it is in a dark place and a conductor when it receives light) and is internally composed of a conductor (aluminum cylinder). SENSOR IBT RETRACT IBT Cleaner Retract Motor ANTENNA ASSY IBT Brush Motor SENSOR TR-0 MOT ASSY P/R SENSOR HUM & TEMP SENSOR ASSY ADC SENSOR TNER FULL Cleaning Sheet Cleaner Brush Cleaning Roll Drum Cleaner 1ST BTR Drum Belt Leg_Sec06_056EC Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-37 The Drum Cleaner is composed of the Cleaning Blade and Toner Waste Box. It sweeps off the remaining toner on the Drum surface with the Cleaning Blade that is in contact with the Drum. The Toner Waste Box has the SENSOR TNER FULL Actuator that operates when the waste toner increases and blocks the Sensor to detect full toner. When full toner is detected, the XERO CRU needs to be replaced. - The 1st BTR is a conductive roll and positive voltage from the HVPS is applied to it. The 1st BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and applies positive voltage on the side. - In the CRUM XERO, specific data that is related to the XERO CRU is stored. - IBT Brush Motor (DRIVE ASSY PRO(PL11.1.2)) The IBT Brush Motor drives the brush in the Belt Cleaner. - IBT Cleaner Retract Motor (DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2)) The IBT Cleaner Retract Motor drives the Cam to advance the Belt Cleaner to the IBT Belt (gets in contact with the Belt). The Belt Cleaner comes into contact with the Belt by rotating the Cam. - SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) The SENSOR IBT RETRACT detects the Cam position for the Belt Cleaner retract. - MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) The MOT ASSY P/R drives the Drum. The Motor is combined with the Drum by coupling. - SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) The SENSOR TR-0 reads a silver seal on the Belt surface that is out of the toner image formation area and detects the Belt position. When the silver seal detection count exceeds the specified value, the XERO CRU needs to be replaced. - SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads a toner patch on the Belt before the secondary transfer and converts it to a voltage value. The voltage value is used for toner density control. - SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) The SENSOR HUM & TEMP reads the temperature/humidity in the device and converts them to voltage values. The voltage values are used for toner density control. Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-38 - SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) The SENSOR TNER FULL detects Full Toner in the Remaining Toner Waste Box. The remaining toner swept by the Drum Cleaning Blade is collected in the Waste Box. The Waste Box has an Actuator, which blocks the area that has been detected by the SENSOR TNER FULL. The Actuator is retained by a spring and lowered by the weight of the Waste Toner Box. When it blocks the Sensor detectable part, Full Toner is detected. Leg_Sec06_068FB SENSOR TNER FULL Actuator Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-39 10.5.1.3 Development The Rotary Developer is composed of the TNR CRU (Toner Cartridge) and ANTENNA CTRG for 4 colors, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE and FRAME ASSY ROTARY. The Dispense Clutch, MOT ASSY MAG, MOT ASSY ROT, and SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI are attached in the unit. - TNR CRU (PL9.2.1-4) (Toner Cartridge) - The TNR CRU supplies toner and carrier and has a separate compartment in which deteriorated carrier will be collected. This is called the "Trickle Development Method". - In the ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12), specific data that is related to the Toner Cartridge is stored. Wireless communication is used for writing data in the ANTENNA CTRG. - HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (PL9.2.5-8) The HOUSING ASSY-DEVE for 4 colors (Y, M, C and K) are provided. Each of them is composed of two Augers (for toner beating and toner supply respectively), the Magnet Roll (which magnetizes magnetic carrier to form developed layers and supplies toner to the Drum) and the Trimmer Blade (which makes the developed layers even on the Magnet Roll). To avoid insertion mistake, the FRAME ASSY ROTARY is designed with a hole at a raised portion. TNR CRU ANTENNA CTRG HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Dispense Clutch MOT ASSY ROT SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI MOT ASSY MAG Leg_Sec06_058EA Leg_Sec06_066FA Y M C K Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-40 When the Magnet Roll rotation time exceeds the specified value, the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE needs to be replaced. - Dispense Clutch (In MOT ASSY MAG) The Dispense Clutch links with the MOT ASSY MAG drive to rotate the Auger for toner supply. - MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) The MOT ASSY MAG rotates the Magnet Roll in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. - MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) The MOT ASSY ROT rotates the FRAME ASSY ROTARY, which holds the HOUSING ASSY- DEVE. - SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) The SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI detects the Rotary Developer position so that the Rotary Developer is placed at an appropriate location. The Home position can be obtained by rotating the Black toner Developer transfer position by approximate 10 degrees clockwise. - LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) The LATCH ROTARY locks the Rotary Developer so that it does not move when the Front Cover is opened. LATCH ROTARY Front Cover Leg_06_059FA Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-41 10.5.1.4 2nd BTR - The 2nd BTR (2ND BTR ASSY(PL6.1.12)) is a conductive roll in contact with the back side of the toner transfer paper. It has applied voltage from the HVPS. - The MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) operates when the toner images on the Belt are transferred to paper. The Motor drive rotates the shaft, which rotates the Cam that is attached to the shaft. The Cam advances the BTR (to be in contact with the paper) to transfer the toner images. After the transfer is complete, the Motor starts rotation and the BTR is returned to the retract position by a spring. - The SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) detects the BTR position. The shaft with Cam, which retracts the BTR, has a Sensor Actuator. When it is blocked, retraction occurs. When it is not blocked, advancement occurs. - When the number of printed sheets exceeds the specified value, the 2nd BTR needs to be replaced. Leg_Sec06_070FB 2ND BTR ASSY SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT MOT ASSY MICRO Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-42 10.5.1.5 FUSER ASSY - The FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) fuses the complete toner image that has been transferred on the paper by using heat and pressure, feeds the paper before/after fusing, and switches the gate in the Fuser to feed the paper to the Output Tray or Duplex Unit. The Fuser is composed of the following parts. Heat Roll Belt Heater Lamp Exit Roll Thermostat Temp. Sensor (contact type/non-contact type) Exit Sensor - Thermostat When the Heat Roll temperature is over a certain temperature, it blocks the Heater Lamp path in the Heat Roll. - Temp. Sensor (contact type/non-contact type) Non-contact type: Monitors the Heat Roll surface temperature and controls the ON/OFF of the Heater Lamp. Contact type: Monitors the Heat Roll surface temperature and shuts power supply to the Heater Lamp when the temperature becomes abnormally high. - When the number of printed sheets exceeds the specified value, the FUSER ASSY needs to be replaced. Leg_06_060FA FUSER ASSY Heater Lamp Heat Roll Exit Roll Thermostat Temp. Sensor (Contact Type) Temp. Sensor (Non-Contact Type) Exit Sensor Fuser Belt Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-43 10.5.2 Process Control To always gain a stable image quality, the parameters related to image formation needs to be corrected as needed. The control of the whole print process including the parameter correction is called "Process Control". - TC (Toner Content) Control The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads the density of the toner patch for TC Control that has been created on the Belt surface. Using the read data, it controls the laser light amount and application of high voltages. The TC Control steps are shown below. (1) Sensor ADC Adjustment The Sensor ADC has a configuration as shown in the figure. Using two LEDs for Black and Color, it reads the patch density of each of the two reflection paths, which have difference light axis angles. The LED for Black uses a mirror reflection light path and the LED for Color uses a diffused reflection light path. Laser Power Control Voltage/Current Control Toner Dispense Control Toner Density Life Counter Temp. Humidity BCR 1st BTR LV/HVPS ROS ASSY PWBA CRUM MCU PWB SENSOR ASSY ADC SENSOR HUM&TEMP Motor/ Clutch Leg_Sec06_064EB Calculation of correction value Calculation of parameter for creation of ADC toner patch Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-44 (2) Adjustments for Environment and Component Deterioration Temperature and humidity that change everyday and component deterioration (e.g. the IBT Belt or Drum, etc.) due to print jobs have influences on the image quality. Therefore, the temperature/ humidity data from the SENSOR HUM & TEMP and the unit usage information from the CRUM are checked and imported during parameter correction. (3) Toner Patch Creation Using the parameters that have been calculated using various information, the HVPS supplied power, laser light amount and toner supply amount are determined and 4 toner patches for each color are created on the Belt surface. (4) Toner Patch Reading The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads the density of the created toner patches and compares it with a desired value. When a difference is detected, it re-calculates the parameter and goes back to (3). When the read value is extremely light or dark, the following controls are carried out: - Admix Control When the patch density read by the SENSOR ASSY ADC is too light, toner supply to the Developer is increased. This is called "Admix Control". - Sweep Control When the patch density read by the SENSOR ASSY ADC is too dark, toner is transferred to the Drum and toner in the Drum Cleaner is swept off to forcibly output the toner from the Developer. This is called "Sweep Control". Leg_Sec06_057FA Belt Built in reference plate LED for diffuse reflection (For YMC) Position when shutter opens, Position at (Patch detection) Common light receiving element LED for front reflection (For K) Position when shutter is closed (reference plate is detected) Parts for switching light path of reference plate Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.5 Xerographic 10-45 (5) Adjustment during Print Job Performing a print job consumes the toner in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. To keep a stable image quality, toner is loaded in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE even during printing. To achieve an appropriate toner supply amount, the following controls are carried out: - PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control) Estimates the toner amount to be consumed by using the count value of the image data that has been entered from the Controller to control the toner supply amount to the Developer. The supply amount control is performed using the Toner Dispense time. (6) Adjustment after printing When more than 20 sheets has been printed in total, the following image quality adjustments described in (1) to (4) are carried out. - Toner Cartridge Management (1) Near Empty detection Counts the operation time of the Dispense Clutch, which operates to supply toner from the Cartridge. When the time exceeds a specified value, Near Empty is detected. (2) Empty detection Whether or not the Cartridge has no toner is determined by using the TC value. When the read value from the TC patch is low, forced toner supply (Admix Control) is performed. If the low density persists, Toner Empty is detected. (3) Empty reset In the Toner Empty status, turning the power OFF/ON and opening/closing a cover are considered that the toner cartridge has been replaced. When the system considers the Toner Cartridge is placed (installed), it carries out forced toner supply. ROS ASSY Toner Cartridge Developer Assy Dispense Clutch MOT ASSY MAG Auger (MCU PWB) Leg_Sec06_062FB Drum Laser beam (Printer controller) Video signal Video signal count Calculation of dispense time Calculation of toner consumption Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.6 Electrical 10-46 10.6 Electrical The following illustrates and describes the main functional parts. 10.6.1 Primary Operations - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) The PWBA MCU communicates with the Printer Controller and controls the units for printing operation. - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) The LV/HVPS supplies the +24VDC, +5VDC and +3.3VDC power supplies from the AC power supply to respective units and supplies high voltages to the units for transfer or discharge. - PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) The PWBA HVPS supplies high voltages to the IBT Cleaner, 2nd BTR and Cleaning Sheet. - PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) The PWBA FUSER CONT controls the ON/OFF of the Fuser Lamp and turns ON/OFF the AC power supply, which is supplied to the machine by using the Switch on the PWBA. - PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10) The PWB ASSY ROT uses the PWBA MCU input signals to generate pulses for the Motor and supplies them to the Motor. SWITCH-FUSER DOOR FUSER LOCK SWITCH SWITCH 2BTR COVER SWITCH ASSY TOP OP PANEL PWBA HVPS PWB ASSY ROT PWBA MCU LV / HVPS PWBA CRUM PWBA ESS PWBA FUSER CONT SWITCH-PH DOOR SWITCH-INLK FUSER Leg_Sec06_061EC Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.6 Electrical 10-47 - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) The PWBA ESS converts print data that has been input from a network, USB or parallel port etc. and communicates with a PC. The optional expansion memory is 512MB at the maximum. - OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) The OP PANEL displays the machine status by using the LCD and LED and perform operations with the Switches on the OP PANEL. - SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) The SWITCH-FUSER DOOR is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the COVER FUSER. - SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) The SWITCH-PH DOOR is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the CHUTE ASSY REAR. - PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) This is a non-volatile memory that stores machine information. (Non-Volatile Memory) - SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) The SWITCH 2BTR COVER is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the COVER-RR 2ND. - SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) The SWITCH ASSY TOP is a switch to disconnect +24VDC drive power supply for the Motor etc. when the COVER TOP and COVER FRONT ASSY U are opened. - SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) The SWITCH-INLK FUSER is a switch to disconnect +24VDC drive power supply for the Motor etc. when the COVER FUSER is opened. - FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) The FUSER LOCK SWITCH is a switch to disconnect the coil power supply for the Fuser Lamp power supply relay in the PWBA FUSER CONT when the Fuser latch lever is released. Leg_Sec06_072EB FUSER LOCK SWITCH FUSER ASSY Latch Lever Chapter 10 Machine Overview 10.7 Operation Modes 10-48 10.7 Operation Modes There are 7 operation modes: - WARM UP mode The status when the machine is warming up (before it gets ready to print). - READY mode The status when the machine is waiting for a print operation after the WARM UP mode. - PRINTING mode The status when the machine is printing. - LIGHT SLEEP mode The status when the Fuser has been turned OFF to save electricity. - DEEP SLEEP mode The status when the +24VDC is turned OFF in addition to the status in the LIGHT SLEEP mode to save electricity. - DIAG TEST mode The status when the machine is ready to accept diag commands or performing a diag. - ERROR mode The status when the machine has detected any error. (Excluding the errors related to No Paper Tray, No Paper and Life Warnings) The status transition among the modes is shown below. NOTE l For more information on the transitions between each mode, refer to the interface specifications. Leg_Sec06_065FA Power Up ERROR mode DEEP SLEEP mode LIGHT SLEEP mode WARM UP mode READY mode PRINTING mode DIAG TEST mode Warmed Up PAGE on SLPOFF SLPOFF SLPON (Deep) SLPON (Light) SLPON (Light) DIAGOFF DIAGON Any Mode PERST ENGERR ENGERR ENGERR SLPON (Deep)